# $FreeBSD$
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: The FreeBSD Dutch Documentation Project\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-07 13:39+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-23 13:07+0100\n"
"Language: nl_NL\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Last-Translator: Remko Lodder <remko@FreeBSD.org>\n"
"Language-Team: The FreeBSD Dutch Documentation Project\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 2.0beta4\n"

#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:613
msgid "FreeBSD Handbook"
msgstr "FreeBSD Handboek"

#. (itstool) path: info/author
#: book.translate.xml:615
msgid "<orgname>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</orgname>"
msgstr "<orgname>The FreeBSD Dutch Documentation Project</orgname>"

#. (itstool) path: info/pubdate
#. (itstool) path: info/releaseinfo
#: book.translate.xml:619 book.translate.xml:621
msgid "$FreeBSD$"
msgstr "$FreeBSD$"

#. (itstool) path: info/copyright
#: book.translate.xml:623
msgid "<year>1995</year> <year>1996</year> <year>1997</year> <year>1998</year> <year>1999</year> <year>2000</year> <year>2001</year> <year>2002</year> <year>2003</year> <year>2004</year> <year>2005</year> <year>2006</year> <year>2007</year> <year>2008</year> <year>2009</year> <year>2010</year> <year>2011</year> <year>2012</year> <year>2013</year> <year>2014</year> <year>2015</year> <year>2016</year> <holder>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</holder>"
msgstr "<year>1995</year> <year>1996</year> <year>1997</year> <year>1998</year> <year>1999</year> <year>2000</year> <year>2001</year> <year>2002</year> <year>2003</year> <year>2004</year> <year>2005</year> <year>2006</year> <year>2007</year> <year>2008</year> <year>2009</year> <year>2010</year> <year>2011</year> <year>2012</year> <year>2013</year> <year>2014</year> <year>2015</year> <year>2016</year> <holder>The FreeBSD Dutch Documentation Project</holder>"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title
#: book.translate.xml:651
msgid "Copyright"
msgstr "Copyright"

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:653
msgid "Redistribution and use in source (XML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms (XML, HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:"
msgstr "Redistribution and use in source (XML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms (XML, HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:660
msgid "Redistributions of source code (XML DocBook) must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as the first lines of this file unmodified."
msgstr "Redistributions of source code (XML DocBook) must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as the first lines of this file unmodified."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:666
msgid "Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs, converted to PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution."
msgstr "Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs, converted to PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution."

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:675
msgid "THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT \"AS IS\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."
msgstr "THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT \"AS IS\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:692
msgid "FreeBSD is a registered trademark of the FreeBSD Foundation."
msgstr "FreeBSD is een geregistreerd trademark van de FreeBSD Foundation."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:694
msgid "3Com and HomeConnect are registered trademarks of 3Com Corporation."
msgstr "3Com en HomeConnect zijn geregistreerde handelsmerken van 3Com Corporation."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:696
msgid "3ware is a registered trademark of 3ware Inc."
msgstr "3ware is een gedeponeerd handelsmerk van 3ware Inc."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:698
msgid "ARM is a registered trademark of ARM Limited."
msgstr "ARM is een geregistreerd handelsmerk van ARM Limited."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:700
msgid "Adaptec is a registered trademark of Adaptec, Inc."
msgstr "Adaptec is een geregistreerd handelsmerk van Adaptec, Inc."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:702
msgid "Adobe, Acrobat, Acrobat Reader, Flash and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries."
msgstr "Adobe, Acrobat, Acrobat Reader, Flash en PostScript zijn gedeponeerde handelsmerken of handelsmerken van Adobe Systems Incorporated in de Verenigde Staten en/of andere landen."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:706
msgid "Apple, AirPort, FireWire, iMac, iPhone, iPad, Mac, Macintosh, Mac OS, Quicktime, and TrueType are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries."
msgstr "Apple, AirPort, FireWire, iMac, iPhone, iPad, Mac, Macintosh, Mac OS, Quicktime, en TrueType zijn handelsmerken van Apple Inc., gedeponeerd in de V.S. en andere landen."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:711
msgid "Android is a trademark of Google Inc."
msgstr "Android is een handelsmerk van Google Inc."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:713
msgid "Heidelberg, Helvetica, Palatino, and Times Roman are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG in the U.S. and other countries."
msgstr "Heidelberg, Helvetica, Palatino en Times Roman zijn handelsmerken of geregistreerde handelsmerken van Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG in de VS en andere landen."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:717
msgid "IBM, AIX, OS/2, PowerPC, PS/2, S/390, and ThinkPad are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both."
msgstr "IBM, AIX, OS/2, PowerPC, PS/2, S/390 en ThinkPad zijn handelsmerken van International Business Machines Corporation in de Verenigde Staten, andere landen, of beide."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:721
msgid "IEEE, POSIX, and 802 are registered trademarks of Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. in the United States."
msgstr "IEEE, POSIX, en 802 zijn geregistreerde handelsmerken van Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. in de Verenigde Staten."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:724
msgid "Intel, Celeron, Centrino, Core, EtherExpress, i386, i486, Itanium, Pentium, and Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries."
msgstr "Intel, Celeron, Centrino, Core, EtherExpress, i386, i486, Itanium, Pentium en Xeon zijn handelsmerken of geregistreerde handelsmerken van Intel Corporation of haar dochterondernemingen in de Verenigde Staten en andere landen."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:728
msgid "Intuit and Quicken are registered trademarks and/or registered service marks of Intuit Inc., or one of its subsidiaries, in the United States and other countries."
msgstr "Intuit en Quicken zijn geregistreerde handelsmerken en/of geregistreerde dienstmerken van Intuit Inc., of een van haar dochterondernemingen, in de Verenigde Staten en andere landen."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:731
msgid "Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds."
msgstr "Linux is het geregistreerde handelsmerk van Linus Torvalds."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:733
msgid "LSI Logic, AcceleRAID, eXtremeRAID, MegaRAID and Mylex are trademarks or registered trademarks of LSI Logic Corp."
msgstr "LSI Logic, AcceleRAID, eXtremeRAID, MegaRAID en Mylex zijn handelsmerken of geregistreerde handelsmerken van LSI Logic Corp."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:736
msgid "Microsoft, IntelliMouse, MS-DOS, Outlook, Windows, Windows Media and Windows NT are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries."
msgstr "Microsoft, IntelliMouse, MS-DOS, Outlook, Windows, Windows Media en Windows NT zijn geregistreerde handelsmerken of handelsmerken van Microsoft Corporation in de Verenigde Staten en/of andere landen."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:740
msgid "Motif, OSF/1, and UNIX are registered trademarks and IT DialTone and The Open Group are trademarks of The Open Group in the United States and other countries."
msgstr "Motif, OSF/1, en UNIX zijn geregistreerde handelsmerken en IT DialTone en The Open Group zijn handelsmerken van The Open Group in de Verenigde Staten en andere landen."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:744
msgid "Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation."
msgstr "ORACLE  is een gedeponeerd handelsmerk van Oracle Corporation."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:746
msgid "RealNetworks, RealPlayer, and RealAudio are the registered trademarks of RealNetworks, Inc."
msgstr "RealNetworks, RealPlayer, en RealAudio zijn de geregistreerde handelsmerken van RealNetworks, Inc."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:749
msgid "Red Hat, RPM, are trademarks or registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc. in the United States and other countries."
msgstr "Red Hat, RPM, zijn handelsmerken of geregistreerde handelsmerken van Red Hat, Inc. in de Verenigde Staten en andere landen."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:752
msgid "Sun, Sun Microsystems, Java, Java Virtual Machine, JDK, JRE, JSP, JVM, Netra, OpenJDK, Solaris, StarOffice, SunOS and VirtualBox are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and other countries."
msgstr "Sun, zijn Sun Microsystems, Java, Java Virtual Machine, JDK, JRE, JSP, JVM, Netra, OpenJDK, Solaris, StarOffice, SunOS en VirtualBox handelsmerken of geregistreerde handelsmerken van Sun Microsystems, Inc. in de Verenigde Staten en andere landen."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:757
msgid "MATLAB is a registered trademark of The MathWorks, Inc."
msgstr "MATLAB is een geregistreerd handelsmerk van The MathWorks, Inc."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:759
msgid "SpeedTouch is a trademark of Thomson."
msgstr "SpeedTouch is een handelsmerk van Thomson."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:761
msgid "VMware is a trademark of VMware, Inc."
msgstr "VMware is een handelsmerk van VMware, Inc."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:763
msgid "Mathematica is a registered trademark of Wolfram Research, Inc."
msgstr "Mathematica is een geregistreerd handelsmerk van Wolfram Research, Inc."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:765
msgid "XFree86 is a trademark of The XFree86 Project, Inc."
msgstr "XFree86 is een handelsmerk van The XFree86 Project, Inc."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:767
msgid "Ogg Vorbis and Xiph.Org are trademarks of Xiph.Org."
msgstr "Ogg Vorbis en Xiph.Org zijn handelsmerken van Xiph.Org."

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:769
msgid "Many of the designations used by manufacturers and sellers to distinguish their products are claimed as trademarks. Where those designations appear in this document, and the FreeBSD Project was aware of the trademark claim, the designations have been followed by the <quote>™</quote> or the <quote>®</quote> symbol."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: book.translate.xml:778
msgid "Welcome to FreeBSD! This handbook covers the installation and day to day use of <emphasis>FreeBSD 11.0-RELEASE</emphasis>, <emphasis>FreeBSD 10.3-RELEASE</emphasis>, and <emphasis>FreeBSD 9.3-RELEASE</emphasis>. This book is the result of ongoing work by many individuals. Some sections might be outdated. Those interested in helping to update and expand this document should send email to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: book.translate.xml:787
msgid "The latest version of this book is available from the <link xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/\">FreeBSD web site</link>. Previous versions can be obtained from <uri xlink:href=\"https://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/\">https://docs.FreeBSD.org/doc/</uri>. The book can be downloaded in a variety of formats and compression options from the <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/doc/\">FreeBSD FTP server</link> or one of the numerous <link linkend=\"mirrors-ftp\">mirror sites</link>. Printed copies can be purchased at the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com/\">FreeBSD Mall</link>. Searches can be performed on the handbook and other documents on the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/search/index.html\">search page</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/title
#: book.translate.xml:808
msgid "Preface"
msgstr "Inleiding"

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-audience
#: book.translate.xml:810
msgid "Intended Audience"
msgstr "Beoogde doelgroep"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:813
msgid "The FreeBSD newcomer will find that the first section of this book guides the user through the FreeBSD installation process and gently introduces the concepts and conventions that underpin <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>. Working through this section requires little more than the desire to explore, and the ability to take on board new concepts as they are introduced."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:820
msgid "Once you have traveled this far, the second, far larger, section of the Handbook is a comprehensive reference to all manner of topics of interest to FreeBSD system administrators. Some of these chapters may recommend that you do some prior reading, and this is noted in the synopsis at the beginning of each chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:827
msgid "For a list of additional sources of information, please see <xref linkend=\"bibliography\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes-from3
#: book.translate.xml:830
msgid "Changes from the Third Edition"
msgstr "Wijzigingen ten opzichte van de derde editie"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:833
msgid "The current online version of the Handbook represents the cumulative effort of many hundreds of contributors over the past 10 years. The following are some of the significant changes since the two volume third edition was published in 2004:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:840
msgid "<xref linkend=\"dtrace\"/> has been added with information about the powerful DTrace performance analysis tool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:845
msgid "<xref linkend=\"filesystems\"/> has been added with information about non-native file systems in FreeBSD, such as ZFS from <trademark>Sun</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:851
msgid "<xref linkend=\"audit\"/> has been added to cover the new auditing capabilities in FreeBSD and explain its use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:856
msgid "<xref linkend=\"virtualization\"/> has been added with information about installing FreeBSD on virtualization software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:862
msgid "<xref linkend=\"bsdinstall\"/> has been added to cover installation of FreeBSD using the new installation utility, <application>bsdinstall</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes-from2
#: book.translate.xml:868
msgid "Changes from the Second Edition (2004)"
msgstr "Wijzigingen ten opzichte van de tweede editie (2004)"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:871
msgid "The third edition was the culmination of over two years of work by the dedicated members of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. The printed edition grew to such a size that it was necessary to publish as two separate volumes. The following are the major changes in this new edition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:879
msgid "<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/> has been expanded with new information about the ACPI power and resource management, the <command>cron</command> system utility, and more kernel tuning options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:886
msgid "<xref linkend=\"security\"/> has been expanded with new information about virtual private networks (VPNs), file system access control lists (ACLs), and security advisories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:892
msgid "<xref linkend=\"mac\"/> is a new chapter with this edition. It explains what MAC is and how this mechanism can be used to secure a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:898
msgid "<xref linkend=\"disks\"/> has been expanded with new information about USB storage devices, file system snapshots, file system quotas, file and network backed filesystems, and encrypted disk partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:905
msgid "A troubleshooting section has been added to <xref linkend=\"ppp-and-slip\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:909
msgid "<xref linkend=\"mail\"/> has been expanded with new information about using alternative transport agents, SMTP authentication, UUCP, <application>fetchmail</application>, <application>procmail</application>, and other advanced topics."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:917
msgid "<xref linkend=\"network-servers\"/> is all new with this edition. This chapter includes information about setting up the <application>Apache HTTP Server</application>, <application>ftpd</application>, and setting up a server for <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> clients with <application>Samba</application>. Some sections from <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> were moved here to improve the presentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:927
msgid "<xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/> has been expanded with new information about using <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark> devices with FreeBSD, setting up wireless networks, and Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) networking."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:934
msgid "A glossary has been added to provide a central location for the definitions of technical terms used throughout the book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:940
msgid "A number of aesthetic improvements have been made to the tables and figures throughout the book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-changes
#: book.translate.xml:945
msgid "Changes from the First Edition (2001)"
msgstr "Wijzigingen ten opzichte van de eerste editie (2001)"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:948
msgid "The second edition was the culmination of over two years of work by the dedicated members of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. The following were the major changes in this edition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:956
msgid "A complete Index has been added."
msgstr "Een volledige index is toegevoegd."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:960
msgid "All ASCII figures have been replaced by graphical diagrams."
msgstr "Alle ASCII-figuren zijn vervangen door grafische diagrammen."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:965
msgid "A standard synopsis has been added to each chapter to give a quick summary of what information the chapter contains, and what the reader is expected to know."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:971
msgid "The content has been logically reorganized into three parts: <quote>Getting Started</quote>, <quote>System Administration</quote>, and <quote>Appendices</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:978
msgid "<xref linkend=\"basics\"/> has been expanded to contain additional information about processes, daemons, and signals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:984
msgid "<xref linkend=\"ports\"/> has been expanded to contain additional information about binary package management."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:990
msgid "<xref linkend=\"x11\"/> has been completely rewritten with an emphasis on using modern desktop technologies such as <application>KDE</application> and <application>GNOME</application> on <trademark>XFree86</trademark> 4.X."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:997
msgid "<xref linkend=\"boot\"/> has been expanded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1001
msgid "<xref linkend=\"disks\"/> has been written from what used to be two separate chapters on <quote>Disks</quote> and <quote>Backups</quote>. We feel that the topics are easier to comprehend when presented as a single chapter. A section on RAID (both hardware and software) has also been added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1010
msgid "<xref linkend=\"serialcomms\"/> has been completely reorganized and updated for FreeBSD 4.X/5.X."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1015
msgid "<xref linkend=\"ppp-and-slip\"/> has been substantially updated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1020
msgid "Many new sections have been added to <xref linkend=\"advanced-networking\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1024
msgid "<xref linkend=\"mail\"/> has been expanded to include more information about configuring <application>sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1030
msgid "<xref linkend=\"linuxemu\"/> has been expanded to include information about installing <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Oracle</trademark></application> and <application><trademark class=\"registered\">SAP</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">R/3</trademark></application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1037
msgid "The following new topics are covered in this second edition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1042
msgid "<xref linkend=\"config-tuning\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1046
msgid "<xref linkend=\"multimedia\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-overview
#: book.translate.xml:1052
msgid "Organization of This Book"
msgstr "Organisatie van dit boek"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1054
msgid "This book is split into five logically distinct sections. The first section, <emphasis>Getting Started</emphasis>, covers the installation and basic usage of FreeBSD. It is expected that the reader will follow these chapters in sequence, possibly skipping chapters covering familiar topics. The second section, <emphasis>Common Tasks</emphasis>, covers some frequently used features of FreeBSD. This section, and all subsequent sections, can be read out of order. Each chapter begins with a succinct synopsis that describes what the chapter covers and what the reader is expected to already know. This is meant to allow the casual reader to skip around to find chapters of interest. The third section, <emphasis>System Administration</emphasis>, covers administration topics. The fourth section, <emphasis>Network Communication</emphasis>, covers networking and server topics. The fifth section contains appendices of reference information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1079
msgid "Introduces FreeBSD to a new user. It describes the history of the FreeBSD Project, its goals and development model."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1089
msgid "Walks a user through the entire installation process of FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>x</replaceable> and later using <application>bsdinstall</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1099
msgid "Covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD operating system. If you are familiar with <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> or another flavor of <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> then you can probably skip this chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1110
msgid "Covers the installation of third-party software with both FreeBSD's innovative <quote>Ports Collection</quote> and standard binary packages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1120
msgid "Describes the X Window System in general and using X11 on FreeBSD in particular. Also describes common desktop environments such as <application>KDE</application> and <application>GNOME</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1133
msgid "Lists some common desktop applications, such as web browsers and productivity suites, and describes how to install them on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1142
msgid "Shows how to set up sound and video playback support for your system. Also describes some sample audio and video applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1152
msgid "Explains why you might need to configure a new kernel and provides detailed instructions for configuring, building, and installing a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1162
msgid "Describes managing printers on FreeBSD, including information about banner pages, printer accounting, and initial setup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1172
msgid "Describes the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> compatibility features of FreeBSD. Also provides detailed installation instructions for many popular <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> applications such as <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Oracle</trademark></application> and <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Mathematica</trademark></application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1186
msgid "Describes the parameters available for system administrators to tune a FreeBSD system for optimum performance. Also describes the various configuration files used in FreeBSD and where to find them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1197
msgid "Describes the FreeBSD boot process and explains how to control this process with configuration options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1206
msgid "Describes many different tools available to help keep your FreeBSD system secure, including Kerberos, IPsec and OpenSSH."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1216
msgid "Describes the jails framework, and the improvements of jails over the traditional chroot support of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1225
msgid "Explains what Mandatory Access Control (MAC) is and how this mechanism can be used to secure a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1235
msgid "Describes what FreeBSD Event Auditing is, how it can be installed, configured, and how audit trails can be inspected or monitored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1245
msgid "Describes how to manage storage media and filesystems with FreeBSD. This includes physical disks, RAID arrays, optical and tape media, memory-backed disks, and network filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1256
msgid "Describes what the GEOM framework in FreeBSD is and how to configure various supported RAID levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1265
msgid "Examines support of non-native file systems in FreeBSD, like the Z File System from <trademark>Sun</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1274
msgid "Describes what virtualization systems offer, and how they can be used with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1283
msgid "Describes how to use FreeBSD in languages other than English. Covers both system and application level localization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1293
msgid "Explains the differences between FreeBSD-STABLE, FreeBSD-CURRENT, and FreeBSD releases. Describes which users would benefit from tracking a development system and outlines that process. Covers the methods users may take to update their system to the latest security release."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1306
msgid "Describes how to configure and use the DTrace tool from <trademark>Sun</trademark> in FreeBSD. Dynamic tracing can help locate performance issues, by performing real time system analysis."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1319
msgid "Explains how to connect terminals and modems to your FreeBSD system for both dial in and dial out connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1329
msgid "Describes how to use PPP to connect to remote systems with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1338
msgid "Explains the different components of an email server and dives into simple configuration topics for the most popular mail server software: <application>sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1349
msgid "Provides detailed instructions and example configuration files to set up your FreeBSD machine as a network filesystem server, domain name server, network information system server, or time synchronization server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1360
msgid "Explains the philosophy behind software-based firewalls and provides detailed information about the configuration of the different firewalls available for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1370
msgid "Describes many networking topics, including sharing an Internet connection with other computers on your LAN, advanced routing topics, wireless networking, <trademark class=\"registered\">Bluetooth</trademark>, ATM, IPv6, and much more."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1383
msgid "Lists different sources for obtaining FreeBSD media on CDROM or DVD as well as different sites on the Internet that allow you to download and install FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1393
msgid "This book touches on many different subjects that may leave you hungry for a more detailed explanation. The bibliography lists many excellent books that are referenced in the text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1404
msgid "Describes the many forums available for FreeBSD users to post questions and engage in technical conversations about FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1414
msgid "Lists the PGP fingerprints of several FreeBSD Developers."
msgstr "Hier ziet u de PGP-vingerafdrukken van verschillende FreeBSD ontwikkelaars."

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv
#: book.translate.xml:1420
msgid "Conventions used in this book"
msgstr "Conventies in dit boek"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1423
msgid "To provide a consistent and easy to read text, several conventions are followed throughout the book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-typographic
#: book.translate.xml:1426
msgid "Typographic Conventions"
msgstr "Typografische aannames"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1430
msgid "<emphasis>Italic</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Cursief</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1433
msgid "An <emphasis>italic</emphasis> font is used for filenames, URLs, emphasized text, and the first usage of technical terms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1440
msgid "<literal>Monospace</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>Monospace</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1443
msgid "A <literal>monospaced</literal> font is used for error messages, commands, environment variables, names of ports, hostnames, user names, group names, device names, variables, and code fragments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1451
msgid "<application>Bold</application>"
msgstr "<application>Vet</application>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1454
msgid "A <keycap>bold</keycap> font is used for applications, commands, and keys."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-commands
#: book.translate.xml:1461
msgid "User Input"
msgstr "gebruikersinput"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1464
msgid "Keys are shown in <keycap>bold</keycap> to stand out from other text. Key combinations that are meant to be typed simultaneously are shown with `<literal>+</literal>' between the keys, such as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1469
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Del</keycap></keycombo>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1475
msgid "Meaning the user should type the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, <keycap>Alt</keycap>, and <keycap>Del</keycap> keys at the same time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1479
msgid "Keys that are meant to be typed in sequence will be separated with commas, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1482
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>X</keycap> </keycombo>, <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1491
msgid "Would mean that the user is expected to type the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and <keycap>X</keycap> keys simultaneously and then to type the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and <keycap>S</keycap> keys simultaneously."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-conv-examples
#: book.translate.xml:1497
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "Voorbeelden"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1499
msgid "Examples starting with <filename>C:\\&gt;</filename> indicate a <trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> command. Unless otherwise noted, these commands may be executed from a <quote>Command Prompt</quote> window in a modern <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1505
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>E:\\&gt;</prompt> <userinput>tools\\fdimage floppies\\kern.flp A:</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>E:\\&gt;</prompt> <userinput>tools\\fdimage floppies\\kern.flp A:</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1507
msgid "Examples starting with <prompt>#</prompt> indicate a command that must be invoked as the superuser in FreeBSD. You can login as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to type the command, or login as your normal account and use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to gain superuser privileges."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1513
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=kern.flp of=/dev/fd0</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=kern.flp of=/dev/fd0</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1515
msgid "Examples starting with <prompt>%</prompt> indicate a command that should be invoked from a normal user account. Unless otherwise noted, C-shell syntax is used for setting environment variables and other shell commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1520
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>top</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>top</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: preface/bridgehead
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#preface-acknowledgements
#: book.translate.xml:1522
msgid "Acknowledgments"
msgstr "Erkenningen"

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1524
msgid "The book you are holding represents the efforts of many hundreds of people around the world. Whether they sent in fixes for typos, or submitted complete chapters, all the contributions have been useful."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/para
#: book.translate.xml:1529
msgid "Several companies have supported the development of this document by paying authors to work on it full-time, paying for publication, etc. In particular, BSDi (subsequently acquired by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.windriver.com\">Wind River Systems</link>) paid members of the FreeBSD Documentation Project to work on improving this book full time leading up to the publication of the first printed edition in March 2000 (ISBN 1-57176-241-8). Wind River Systems then paid several additional authors to make a number of improvements to the print-output infrastructure and to add additional chapters to the text. This work culminated in the publication of the second printed edition in November 2001 (ISBN 1-57176-303-1). In 2003-2004, <link xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsdmall.com\">FreeBSD Mall, Inc</link>, paid several contributors to improve the Handbook in preparation for the third printed edition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:1548
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Aan de Slag"

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:1551
msgid "This part of the handbook is for users and administrators who are new to FreeBSD. These chapters:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1556
msgid "Introduce FreeBSD."
msgstr "Het introduceren van FreeBSD."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1560
msgid "Guide readers through the installation process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1564
msgid "Teach <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> basics and fundamentals."
msgstr "Leren van <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> beginselen en fundamenten."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1568
msgid "Show how to install the wealth of third party applications available for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1573
msgid "Introduce X, the <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> windowing system, and detail how to configure a desktop environment that makes users more productive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:1579
msgid "The number of forward references in the text have been kept to a minimum so that this section can be read from front to back with minimal page flipping."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1593 book.translate.xml:23827 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Introductie"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:1596 book.translate.xml:2861
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Jim</firstname> <surname>Mock</surname> </personname> <contrib>Restructured, reorganized, and parts rewritten by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1608 book.translate.xml:2916 book.translate.xml:5528
#: book.translate.xml:8917 book.translate.xml:10650 book.translate.xml:12840
#: book.translate.xml:13969 book.translate.xml:15590 book.translate.xml:18073
#: book.translate.xml:19341 book.translate.xml:22826 book.translate.xml:23739
#: book.translate.xml:27838 book.translate.xml:29448 book.translate.xml:31216
#: book.translate.xml:31950 book.translate.xml:35730 book.translate.xml:41662
#: book.translate.xml:41869 book.translate.xml:43150 book.translate.xml:44190
#: book.translate.xml:46339 book.translate.xml:46724 book.translate.xml:48927
#: book.translate.xml:50595 book.translate.xml:52508 book.translate.xml:58238
#: book.translate.xml:61925
msgid "Synopsis"
msgstr "Overzicht"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1610
msgid "Thank you for your interest in FreeBSD! The following chapter covers various aspects of the FreeBSD Project, such as its history, goals, development model, and so on."
msgstr "Dank u voor uw interesse in FreeBSD! Het volgende hoofdstuk behandelt verschillende aspecten van het FreeBSD Project, zoals de geschiedenis, doelen, ontwikkelingsmodel, enzovoort."

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1614 book.translate.xml:2943 book.translate.xml:5535
#: book.translate.xml:8929 book.translate.xml:10671 book.translate.xml:15603
#: book.translate.xml:18099 book.translate.xml:19355 book.translate.xml:23752
#: book.translate.xml:27910 book.translate.xml:29475 book.translate.xml:31240
#: book.translate.xml:31958 book.translate.xml:35756 book.translate.xml:41694
#: book.translate.xml:41877 book.translate.xml:44202 book.translate.xml:46377
#: book.translate.xml:46735 book.translate.xml:48938 book.translate.xml:50606
#: book.translate.xml:58293 book.translate.xml:61930
msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know:"
msgstr "Na het lezen van dit hoofdstuk, zult u het volgende weten:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1618
msgid "How FreeBSD relates to other computer operating systems."
msgstr "Hoe FreeBSD zich verhoudt tot andere besturingssystemen."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1623
msgid "The history of the FreeBSD Project."
msgstr "De geschiedenis van het FreeBSD Project."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1627
msgid "The goals of the FreeBSD Project."
msgstr "De doelen van het FreeBSD Project."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1631
msgid "The basics of the FreeBSD open-source development model."
msgstr "De basisprincipes van het FreeBSD open-source ontwikkelmodel."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1636
msgid "And of course: where the name <quote>FreeBSD</quote> comes from."
msgstr "En natuurlijk: waar de naam <quote>FreeBSD</quote> vandaan komt."

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1643
msgid "Welcome to FreeBSD!"
msgstr "Welkom bij FreeBSD!"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1645 book.translate.xml:1814
msgid "<primary>4.4BSD-Lite</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>4.4BSD-Lite</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1647
msgid "FreeBSD is a 4.4BSD-Lite based operating system for Intel (x86 and <trademark class=\"registered\">Itanium</trademark>), AMD64, Sun <trademark class=\"registered\">UltraSPARC</trademark> computers. Ports to other architectures are also under way. You can also read about <link linkend=\"history\">the history of FreeBSD</link>, or the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases\">current release</link>. If you are interested in contributing something to the Project (code, hardware, funding), see the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/contributing/index.html\">Contributing to FreeBSD</link> article."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1657
msgid "What Can FreeBSD Do?"
msgstr "Wat kan FreeBSD?"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1659
msgid "FreeBSD has many noteworthy features. Some of these are:"
msgstr "FreeBSD heeft veel benoemenswaardige opties.  Enkele van deze zijn:"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1665
msgid "<primary>preemptive multitasking</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>preemptive multitasking</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1664
msgid "<emphasis>Preemptive multitasking</emphasis> <_:indexterm-1/> with dynamic priority adjustment to ensure smooth and fair sharing of the computer between applications and users, even under the heaviest of loads."
msgstr "<emphasis>Preemptive multitasking</emphasis> <_:indexterm-1/> met dynamische prioriteit aanpassingen om te zorgen voor een geleidelijke en eerlijke verdeling van de computer tussen applicaties en gebruikers, zelfs onder de zwaarste belasting."

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1674
msgid "<primary>multi-user facilities</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>multi-user facilities</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1674
msgid "<emphasis>Multi-user facilities</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> which allow many people to use a FreeBSD system simultaneously for a variety of things. This means, for example, that system peripherals such as printers and tape drives are properly shared between all users on the system or the network and that individual resource limits can be placed on users or groups of users, protecting critical system resources from over-use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1687
msgid "<primary>TCP/IP networking</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>TCP/IP networking</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1686
msgid "Strong <emphasis>TCP/IP networking</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> with support for industry standards such as SCTP, DHCP, NFS, NIS, PPP, SLIP, IPsec, and IPv6. This means that your FreeBSD machine can interoperate easily with other systems as well as act as an enterprise server, providing vital functions such as NFS (remote file access) and email services or putting your organization on the Internet with WWW, FTP, routing and firewall (security) services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1700
msgid "<primary>memory protection</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>memory protection</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1700
msgid "<emphasis>Memory protection</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> ensures that applications (or users) cannot interfere with each other. One application crashing will not affect others in any way."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1709 book.translate.xml:1952
msgid "<primary>X Window System</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>X Window System</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1708
msgid "The industry standard <emphasis>X Window System</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> (X11R7) can provide a graphical user interface (GUI) on any machine and comes with full sources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1718 book.translate.xml:18078
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>Linux</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>Linux</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1722
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>SCO</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>SCO</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1726
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>SVR4</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>SVR4</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1730
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>BSD/OS</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>BSD/OS</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1734
msgid "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>NetBSD</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>binary compatibility</primary> <secondary>NetBSD</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1717
msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:indexterm-5/> <emphasis>Binary compatibility</emphasis> with many programs built for Linux, SCO, SVR4, BSDI and NetBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1744
msgid "Thousands of <emphasis>ready-to-run</emphasis> applications are available from the FreeBSD <emphasis>ports</emphasis> and <emphasis>packages</emphasis> collection. Why search the net when you can find it all right here?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1752
msgid "Thousands of additional and <emphasis>easy-to-port</emphasis> applications are available on the Internet. FreeBSD is source code compatible with most popular commercial <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> systems and thus most applications require few, if any, changes to compile."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1761
msgid "<primary>virtual memory</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>virtual memory</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1760
msgid "Demand paged <emphasis>virtual memory</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> and <quote>merged VM/buffer cache</quote> design efficiently satisfies applications with large appetites for memory while still maintaining interactive response to other users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1770
msgid "<primary>Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP)</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1770
msgid "<emphasis>SMP</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> support for machines with multiple CPUs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1779
msgid "<primary>compilers</primary> <secondary>C</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>compilers</primary> <secondary>C</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1783
msgid "<primary>compilers</primary> <secondary>C++</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>compilers</primary> <secondary>C++</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1778
msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> A full complement of <emphasis>C</emphasis> and <emphasis>C++</emphasis> development tools. Many additional languages for advanced research and development are also available in the ports and packages collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1796
msgid "<primary>source code</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>source code</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1796
msgid "<emphasis>Source code</emphasis><_:indexterm-1/> for the entire system means you have the greatest degree of control over your environment. Why be locked into a proprietary solution at the mercy of your vendor when you can have a truly open system?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1805
msgid "Extensive <emphasis>online documentation</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1810
msgid "<emphasis>And many more!</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>En nog veel meer!</emphasis>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1817
msgid "<primary>Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG)</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG)</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1814
msgid "FreeBSD is based on the 4.4BSD-Lite<_:indexterm-1/> release from Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG)<_:indexterm-2/> at the University of California at Berkeley, and carries on the distinguished tradition of BSD systems development. In addition to the fine work provided by CSRG, the FreeBSD Project has put in many thousands of hours in fine tuning the system for maximum performance and reliability in real-life load situations. FreeBSD offers performance and reliability on par with commercial offerings, combined with many cutting-edge features not available anywhere else."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1828
msgid "The applications to which FreeBSD can be put are truly limited only by your own imagination. From software development to factory automation, inventory control to azimuth correction of remote satellite antennae; if it can be done with a commercial <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> product then it is more than likely that you can do it with FreeBSD too! FreeBSD also benefits significantly from literally thousands of high quality applications developed by research centers and universities around the world, often available at little to no cost. Commercial applications are also available and appearing in greater numbers every day."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1840
msgid "Because the source code for FreeBSD itself is generally available, the system can also be customized to an almost unheard of degree for special applications or projects, and in ways not generally possible with operating systems from most major commercial vendors. Here is just a sampling of some of the applications in which people are currently using FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1850
msgid "<emphasis>Internet Services:</emphasis> The robust TCP/IP networking built into FreeBSD makes it an ideal platform for a variety of Internet services such as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1857
msgid "<primary>web servers</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>web servers</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1857
msgid "World Wide Web servers<_:indexterm-1/> (standard or secure [SSL])"
msgstr "World Wide webservers<_:indexterm-1> </_:indexterm-1> (standaard of beveiligd [SSL])"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1864
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 routing"
msgstr "IPv4- en IPv6-routering"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: chapter/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1868 book.translate.xml:58229
msgid "<primary>firewall</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>firewall</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1871 book.translate.xml:61395
msgid "<primary>NAT</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>NAT</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1868
msgid "Firewalls<_:indexterm-1/> and NAT<_:indexterm-2/> (<quote>IP masquerading</quote>) gateways"
msgstr "Firewalls<_:indexterm-1/> en NAT<_:indexterm-2/> (<quote>IP-maskering</quote>) gateways"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1878
msgid "<primary>FTP servers</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>FTP servers</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1878
msgid "FTP servers<_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr "FTP servers<_:indexterm-1/>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1885
msgid "<primary>electronic mail</primary> <see>email</see>"
msgstr "<primary>electronic mail</primary> <see>email</see>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1889 book.translate.xml:50597
msgid "<primary>email</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>email</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1884
msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> Electronic Mail servers"
msgstr "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> E-mail servers"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1896
msgid "And more..."
msgstr "En meer..."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1902
msgid "<emphasis>Education:</emphasis> Are you a student of computer science or a related engineering field? There is no better way of learning about operating systems, computer architecture and networking than the hands on, under the hood experience that FreeBSD can provide. A number of freely available CAD, mathematical and graphic design packages also make it highly useful to those whose primary interest in a computer is to get <emphasis>other</emphasis> work done!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1914
msgid "<emphasis>Research:</emphasis> With source code for the entire system available, FreeBSD is an excellent platform for research in operating systems as well as other branches of computer science. FreeBSD's freely available nature also makes it possible for remote groups to collaborate on ideas or shared development without having to worry about special licensing agreements or limitations on what may be discussed in open forums."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1926 book.translate.xml:62278
msgid "<primary>router</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>router</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1928
msgid "<primary>DNS Server</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>DNS Server</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1925
msgid "<emphasis>Networking:</emphasis> Need a new router?<_:indexterm-1/> A name server (DNS)?<_:indexterm-2/> A firewall to keep people out of your internal network? FreeBSD can easily turn that unused PC sitting in the corner into an advanced router with sophisticated packet-filtering capabilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1939
msgid "<primary>embedded</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>embedded</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1937
msgid "<emphasis>Embedded:</emphasis> FreeBSD makes an excellent platform to build embedded systems upon. <_:indexterm-1/> With support for the <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">MIPS</trademark> and <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark> platforms, coupled with a robust network stack, cutting edge features and the permissive <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/introduction.html#bsd-license-restrictions\">BSD license</link> FreeBSD makes an excellent foundation for building embedded routers, firewalls, and other devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1955 book.translate.xml:12040
msgid "<primary>GNOME</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>GNOME</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1958 book.translate.xml:12127
msgid "<primary>KDE</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>KDE</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1951
msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <emphasis>Desktop:</emphasis> FreeBSD makes a fine choice for an inexpensive desktop solution using the freely available X11 server. FreeBSD offers a choice from many open-source desktop environments, including the standard <application>GNOME</application> and <application>KDE</application> graphical user interfaces. FreeBSD can even boot <quote>diskless</quote> from a central server, making individual workstations even cheaper and easier to administer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1977
msgid "<primary>Compiler</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Compiler</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1974
msgid "<emphasis>Software Development:</emphasis> The basic FreeBSD system comes with a full complement of development tools including a full C/C++<_:indexterm-1/> compiler and debugger suite. Support for many other languages are also available through the ports and packages collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1986
msgid "FreeBSD is available to download free of charge, or can be obtained on either CD-ROM or DVD. Please see <xref linkend=\"mirrors\"/> for more information about obtaining FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1993
msgid "Who Uses FreeBSD?"
msgstr "Wie gebruiken FreeBSD?"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:1995
msgid "<primary>users</primary> <secondary>large sites running FreeBSD</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>gebruikers</primary> <secondary>grote sites met FreeBSD</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2000
msgid "FreeBSD's advanced features, proven security, predictable release cycle, and permissive license have led to its use as a platform for building many commercial and open source appliances, devices, and products. Many of the world's largest IT companies use FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2010 book.translate.xml:56898
msgid "<primary>Apache</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Apache</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2009
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.apache.org/\">Apache</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The Apache Software Foundation runs most of its public facing infrastructure, including possibly one of the largest SVN repositories in the world with over 1.4 million commits, on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2020
msgid "<primary>Apple</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Apple</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2019
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.apple.com/\">Apple</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - OS X borrows heavily from FreeBSD for the network stack, virtual file system, and many userland components. Apple iOS also contains elements borrowed from FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2030
msgid "<primary>Cisco</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Cisco</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2029
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.cisco.com/\">Cisco</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - IronPort network security and anti-spam appliances run a modified FreeBSD kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2038
msgid "<primary>Citrix</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Citrix</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2037
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.citrix.com/\">Citrix</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The NetScaler line of security appliances provide layer 4-7 load balancing, content caching, application firewall, secure VPN, and mobile cloud network access, along with the power of a FreeBSD shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2049
msgid "<primary>Dell KACE</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Dell KACE</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2047
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.dell.com/KACE\">Dell KACE</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The KACE system management appliances run FreeBSD because of its reliability, scalability, and the community that supports its continued development."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2059
msgid "<primary>Experts Exchange</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Experts Exchange</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2057
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.experts-exchange.com/\">Experts Exchange</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - All public facing web servers are powered by FreeBSD and they make extensive use of jails to isolate development and testing environments without the overhead of virtualization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2069
msgid "<primary>Isilon</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Isilon</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2068
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.isilon.com/\">Isilon</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - Isilon's enterprise storage appliances are based on FreeBSD. The extremely liberal FreeBSD license allowed Isilon to integrate their intellectual property throughout the kernel and focus on building their product instead of an operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2081
msgid "<primary>iXsystems</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>iXsystems</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2080
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ixsystems.com/\">iXsystems</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The TrueNAS line of unified storage appliances is based on FreeBSD. In addition to their commercial products, iXsystems also manages development of the open source projects PC-BSD and FreeNAS."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2091
msgid "<primary>Juniper</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Juniper</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2090
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.juniper.net/\">Juniper</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The JunOS operating system that powers all Juniper networking gear (including routers, switches, security, and networking appliances) is based on FreeBSD. Juniper is one of many vendors that showcases the symbiotic relationship between the project and vendors of commercial products. Improvements generated at Juniper are upstreamed into FreeBSD to reduce the complexity of integrating new features from FreeBSD back into JunOS in the future."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2106
msgid "<primary>McAfee</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>McAfee</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2105
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.mcafee.com/\">McAfee</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - SecurOS, the basis of McAfee enterprise firewall products including Sidewinder is based on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2115
msgid "<primary>NetApp</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>NetApp</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2114
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netapp.com/\">NetApp</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The Data ONTAP GX line of storage appliances are based on FreeBSD. In addition, NetApp has contributed back many features, including the new BSD licensed hypervisor, bhyve."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2125 book.translate.xml:2399
msgid "<primary>Netflix</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Netflix</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2124
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netflix.com/\">Netflix</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The OpenConnect appliance that Netflix uses to stream movies to its customers is based on FreeBSD. Netflix has made extensive contributions to the codebase and works to maintain a zero delta from mainline FreeBSD. Netflix OpenConnect appliances are responsible for delivering more than 32% of all Internet traffic in North America."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2138
msgid "<primary>Sandvine</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Sandvine</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2137
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sandvine.com/\">Sandvine</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - Sandvine uses FreeBSD as the basis of their high performance realtime network processing platforms that make up their intelligent network policy control products."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2148
msgid "<primary>Sony</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Sony</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2147
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sony.com/\">Sony</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The PlayStation 4 gaming console runs a modified version of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2156
msgid "<primary>Sophos</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Sophos</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2155
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sophos.com/\">Sophos</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The Sophos Email Appliance product is based on a hardened FreeBSD and scans inbound mail for spam and viruses, while also monitoring outbound mail for malware as well as the accidental loss of sensitive information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2168
msgid "<primary>Spectra Logic</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Spectra Logic</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2166
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.spectralogic.com/\">Spectra Logic</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The nTier line of archive grade storage appliances run FreeBSD and OpenZFS."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2176
msgid "<primary>Stormshield</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Stormshield</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2175
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"https://www.stormshield.eu\">Stormshield</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - Stormshield Network Security appliances are based on a hardened version of FreeBSD. The BSD license allows us to integrate our own intellectual property with the system while returning a great deal of interesting development to the community."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2189
msgid "<primary>The Weather Channel</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>The Weather Channel</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2187
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.weather.com/\">The Weather Channel</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The IntelliStar appliance that is installed at each local cable providers headend and is responsible for injecting local weather forecasts into the cable TV network's programming runs FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2200
msgid "<primary>Verisign</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Verisign</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2199
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.verisign.com/\">Verisign</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - Verisign is responsible for operating the .com and .net root domain registries as well as the accompanying DNS infrastructure. They rely on a number of different network operating systems including FreeBSD to ensure there is no common point of failure in their infrastructure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2213
msgid "<primary>Voxer</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Voxer</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2212
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.voxer.com/\">Voxer</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - Voxer powers their mobile voice messaging platform with ZFS on FreeBSD. Voxer switched from a Solaris derivative to FreeBSD because of its superior documentation, larger and more active community, and more developer friendly environment. In addition to critical features like <acronym>ZFS</acronym> and DTrace, FreeBSD also offers TRIM support for <acronym>ZFS</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2227
msgid "<primary>WhatsApp</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>WhatsApp</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2226
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.whatsapp.com/\">WhatsApp</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - When WhatsApp needed a platform that would be able to handle more than 1 million concurrent TCP connections per server, they chose FreeBSD. They then proceeded to scale past 2.5 million connections per server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2239
msgid "<primary>Wheel Systems</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Wheel Systems</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2237
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://wheelsystems.com/\">Wheel Systems</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - The FUDO security appliance allows enterprises to monitor, control, record, and audit contractors and administrators who work on their systems. Based on all of the best security features of FreeBSD including ZFS, GELI, Capsicum, HAST, and auditdistd."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2251
msgid "FreeBSD has also spawned a number of related open source projects:"
msgstr "FreeBSD heeft ook geleid tot een aantal aanverwante open source projecten:"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2258
msgid "<primary>BSD Router</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>BSD Router</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2256
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://bsdrp.net/\">BSD Router</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A FreeBSD based replacement for large enterprise routers designed to run on standard PC hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2267
msgid "<primary>FreeNAS</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>FreeNAS</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2266
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.freenas.org/\">FreeNAS</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A customized FreeBSD designed to be used as a network file server appliance. Provides a python based web interface to simplify the management of both the UFS and ZFS file systems. Includes support for NFS, SMB/CIFS, AFP, FTP, and iSCSI. Includes an extensible plugin system based on FreeBSD jails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2279
msgid "<primary>GhostBSD</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>GhostBSD</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2278
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.ghostbsd.org/\">GhostBSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A desktop oriented distribution of FreeBSD bundled with the Gnome desktop environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2287
msgid "<primary>mfsBSD</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>mfsBSD</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2286
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://mfsbsd.vx.sk/\">mfsBSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A toolkit for building a FreeBSD system image that runs entirely from memory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2295
msgid "<primary>NAS4Free</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>NAS4Free</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2294
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.nas4free.org/\">NAS4Free</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A file server distribution based on FreeBSD with a PHP powered web interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2303
msgid "<primary>OPNsense</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>OPNsense</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2302
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.opnsense.org/\">OPNSense</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - OPNsense is an open source, easy-to-use and easy-to-build FreeBSD based firewall and routing platform. OPNsense includes most of the features available in expensive commercial firewalls, and more in many cases. It brings the rich feature set of commercial offerings with the benefits of open and verifiable sources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2315
msgid "<primary>PC-BSD</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>PC-BSD</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2314
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pcbsd.org/\">PC-BSD</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A customized version of FreeBSD geared towards desktop users with graphical utilities to exposing the power of FreeBSD to all users. Designed to ease the transition of Windows and OS X users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2325
msgid "<primary>pfSense</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>pfSense</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2324
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pfsense.org/\">pfSense</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - A firewall distribution based on FreeBSD with a huge array of features and extensive IPv6 support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2334
msgid "<primary>ZRouter</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>ZRouter</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2333
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://zrouter.org/\">ZRouter</link> <_:indexterm-1/> - An open source alternative firmware for embedded devices based on FreeBSD. Designed to replace the proprietary firmware on off-the-shelf routers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2342
msgid "FreeBSD is also used to power some of the biggest sites on the Internet, including:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2348
msgid "<primary>Yahoo!</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Yahoo!</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2347
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.yahoo.com/\">Yahoo!</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2355
msgid "<primary>Yandex</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Yandex</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2354
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.yandex.ru/\">Yandex</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2362
msgid "<primary>Rambler</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Rambler</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2361
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.rambler.ru/\">Rambler</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2369
msgid "<primary>Sina</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Sina</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2368
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sina.com/\">Sina</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2377
msgid "<primary>Pair Networks</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Pair Networks</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2375
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.pair.com/\">Pair Networks</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2385
msgid "<primary>Sony Japan</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Sony Japan</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2383
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.sony.co.jp/\">Sony Japan</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2392
msgid "<primary>Netcraft</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Netcraft</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2391
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.netcraft.com/\">Netcraft</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2398
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"https://signup.netflix.com/openconnect\">Netflix</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2406
msgid "<primary>NetEase</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>NetEase</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2405
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.163.com/\">NetEase</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2413
msgid "<primary>Weathernews</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Weathernews</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2412
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.weathernews.com/\">Weathernews</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2421
msgid "<primary>TELEHOUSE America</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>TELEHOUSE America</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2419
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.telehouse.com/\">TELEHOUSE America</link> <_:indexterm-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2428
msgid "and many more. Wikipedia also maintains a <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_products_based_on_FreeBSD\">list of products based on FreeBSD</link>."
msgstr "en nog veel meer. Wikipedia onderhoudt ook een <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_products_based_on_FreeBSD\"> lijst van producten gebaseerd op FreeBSD."

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2434
msgid "About the FreeBSD Project"
msgstr "Over het FreeBSD Project"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2436
msgid "The following section provides some background information on the project, including a brief history, project goals, and the development model of the project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2441
msgid "A Brief History of FreeBSD"
msgstr "Een korte geschiedenis van FreeBSD"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2443
msgid "<primary>386BSD Patchkit</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>386BSD Patchkit</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2444
msgid "<primary>Hubbard, Jordan</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Hubbard, Jordan</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2445
msgid "<primary>Williams, Nate</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Williams, Nate</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2446
msgid "<primary>Grimes, Rod</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Grimes, Rod</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2447
msgid "<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>history</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>history</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2452
msgid "The FreeBSD Project had its genesis in the early part of 1993, partially as an outgrowth of the Unofficial 386BSDPatchkit by the patchkit's last 3 coordinators: Nate Williams, Rod Grimes and Jordan Hubbard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2457 book.translate.xml:2497
msgid "<primary>386BSD</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>386BSD</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2458
msgid "The original goal was to produce an intermediate snapshot of 386BSD in order to fix a number of problems with it that the patchkit mechanism just was not capable of solving. The early working title for the project was 386BSD 0.5 or 386BSD Interim in reference of that fact."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2464
msgid "<primary>Jolitz, Bill</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Jolitz, Bill</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2465
msgid "386BSD was Bill Jolitz's operating system, which had been up to that point suffering rather severely from almost a year's worth of neglect. As the patchkit swelled ever more uncomfortably with each passing day, they decided to assist Bill by providing this interim <quote>cleanup</quote> snapshot. Those plans came to a rude halt when Bill Jolitz suddenly decided to withdraw his sanction from the project without any clear indication of what would be done instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2475
msgid "<primary>Greenman, David</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Greenman, David</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2476
msgid "<primary>Walnut Creek CDROM</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Walnut Creek CDROM</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2478
msgid "The trio thought that the goal remained worthwhile, even without Bill's support, and so they adopted the name \"FreeBSD\" coined by David Greenman. The initial objectives were set after consulting with the system's current users and, once it became clear that the project was on the road to perhaps even becoming a reality, Jordan contacted Walnut Creek CDROM with an eye toward improving FreeBSD's distribution channels for those many unfortunates without easy access to the Internet. Walnut Creek CDROM not only supported the idea of distributing FreeBSD on CD but also went so far as to provide the project with a machine to work on and a fast Internet connection. Without Walnut Creek CDROM's almost unprecedented degree of faith in what was, at the time, a completely unknown project, it is quite unlikely that FreeBSD would have gotten as far, as fast, as it has today."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2494
msgid "<primary>4.3BSD-Lite</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>4.3BSD-Lite</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2495 book.translate.xml:2510
msgid "<primary>Net/2</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Net/2</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2496 book.translate.xml:2509
msgid "<primary>U.C. Berkeley</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>U.C. Berkeley</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2498 book.translate.xml:8884
msgid "<primary>Free Software Foundation</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Free Software Foundation</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2500
msgid "The first CD-ROM (and general net-wide) distribution was FreeBSD 1.0, released in December of 1993. This was based on the 4.3BSD-Lite (<quote>Net/2</quote>) tape from U.C. Berkeley, with many components also provided by 386BSD and the Free Software Foundation. It was a fairly reasonable success for a first offering, and they followed it with the highly successful FreeBSD 1.1 release in May of 1994."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2508
msgid "<primary>Novell</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Novell</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2511
msgid "<primary>AT&amp;T</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>AT&amp;T</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2512
msgid "Around this time, some rather unexpected storm clouds formed on the horizon as Novell and U.C. Berkeley settled their long-running lawsuit over the legal status of the Berkeley Net/2 tape. A condition of that settlement was U.C. Berkeley's concession that large parts of Net/2 were <quote>encumbered</quote> code and the property of Novell, who had in turn acquired it from AT&amp;T some time previously. What Berkeley got in return was Novell's <quote>blessing</quote> that the 4.4BSD-Lite release, when it was finally released, would be declared unencumbered and all existing Net/2 users would be strongly encouraged to switch. This included FreeBSD, and the project was given until the end of July 1994 to stop shipping its own Net/2 based product. Under the terms of that agreement, the project was allowed one last release before the deadline, that release being FreeBSD 1.1.5.1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2529
msgid "FreeBSD then set about the arduous task of literally re-inventing itself from a completely new and rather incomplete set of 4.4BSD-Lite bits. The <quote>Lite</quote> releases were light in part because Berkeley's CSRG had removed large chunks of code required for actually constructing a bootable running system (due to various legal requirements) and the fact that the Intel port of 4.4 was highly incomplete. It took the project until November of 1994 to make this transition, and in December it released FreeBSD 2.0 to the world. Despite being still more than a little rough around the edges, the release was a significant success and was followed by the more robust and easier to install FreeBSD 2.0.5 release in June of 1995."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2543
msgid "Since that time, FreeBSD has made a series of releases each time improving the stability, speed, and feature set of the previous version."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2547
msgid "For now, long-term development projects continue to take place in the 10.X-CURRENT (trunk) branch, and snapshot releases of 10.X are continually made available from <link xlink:href=\"ftp://ftp.FreeBSD.org/pub/FreeBSD/snapshots/\">the snapshot server</link> as work progresses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:2555
msgid "FreeBSD Project Goals"
msgstr "Doelen van het FreeBSD Project"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2558
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Jordan</firstname> <surname>Hubbard</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Jordan</firstname> <surname>Hubbard</surname> </personname> <contrib>Bijgedragen door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2568
msgid "<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>goals</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>goals</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2572
msgid "The goals of the FreeBSD Project are to provide software that may be used for any purpose and without strings attached. Many of us have a significant investment in the code (and project) and would certainly not mind a little financial compensation now and then, but we are definitely not prepared to insist on it. We believe that our first and foremost <quote>mission</quote> is to provide code to any and all comers, and for whatever purpose, so that the code gets the widest possible use and provides the widest possible benefit. This is, I believe, one of the most fundamental goals of Free Software and one that we enthusiastically support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2584
msgid "<primary>GNU General Public License (GPL)</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>GNU General Public License (GPL)</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2587
msgid "<primary>GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2590
msgid "<primary>BSD Copyright</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>BSD Copyright</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2591
msgid "That code in our source tree which falls under the GNU General Public License (GPL) or Library General Public License (LGPL) comes with slightly more strings attached, though at least on the side of enforced access rather than the usual opposite. Due to the additional complexities that can evolve in the commercial use of GPL software we do, however, prefer software submitted under the more relaxed BSD copyright when it is a reasonable option to do so."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:2603
msgid "The FreeBSD Development Model"
msgstr "Het FreeBSD ontwikkelmodel"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2606
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Satoshi</firstname> <surname>Asami</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Satoshi</firstname> <surname>Asami</surname> </personname> <contrib>Bijgedragen door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2616
msgid "<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>development model</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>FreeBSD Project</primary> <secondary>development model</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2621
msgid "The development of FreeBSD is a very open and flexible process, being literally built from the contributions of thousands of people around the world, as can be seen from our <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/contributors/article.html\">list of contributors</link>. FreeBSD's development infrastructure allow these thousands of contributors to collaborate over the Internet. We are constantly on the lookout for new developers and ideas, and those interested in becoming more closely involved with the project need simply contact us at the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers\">FreeBSD technical discussions mailing list</link>. The <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-announce\">FreeBSD announcements mailing list</link> is also available to those wishing to make other FreeBSD users aware of major areas of work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2634
msgid "Useful things to know about the FreeBSD Project and its development process, whether working independently or in close cooperation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2640
msgid "The SVN repositories<anchor xml:id=\"development-cvs-repository\"/>"
msgstr "De SVN repositories<anchor xml:id=\"development-cvs-repository\"></anchor>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2644
msgid "<primary>CVS</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>CVS</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2648
msgid "<primary>CVS Repository</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>CVS Repository</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2652
msgid "<primary>Concurrent Versions System</primary> <see>CVS</see>"
msgstr "<primary>Concurrent Versions System</primary> <see>CVS</see>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2657 book.translate.xml:45258 book.translate.xml:45298
#: book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<primary>Subversion</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Subversion</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2661
msgid "<primary>Subversion Repository</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Subversion Repository</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2665
msgid "<primary>SVN</primary> <see>Subversion</see>"
msgstr "<primary>SVN</primary> <see>Subversion</see>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2643
msgid "<_:indexterm-1/> <_:indexterm-2/> <_:indexterm-3/> <_:indexterm-4/> <_:indexterm-5/> <_:indexterm-6/> For several years, the central source tree for FreeBSD was maintained by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.nongnu.org/cvs/\">CVS</link> (Concurrent Versions System), a freely available source code control tool. In June 2008, the Project switched to using <link xlink:href=\"http://subversion.tigris.org\">SVN</link> (Subversion). The switch was deemed necessary, as the technical limitations imposed by <application>CVS</application> were becoming obvious due to the rapid expansion of the source tree and the amount of history already stored. The Documentation Project and Ports Collection repositories also moved from <application>CVS</application> to <application>SVN</application> in May 2012 and July 2012, respectively. Please refer to the <link linkend=\"synching\">Synchronizing your source tree</link> section for more information on obtaining the FreeBSD <literal>src/</literal> repository and <link linkend=\"ports-using\">Using the Ports Collection</link> for details on obtaining the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2692
msgid "The committers list<anchor xml:id=\"development-committers\"/>"
msgstr "De lijst van de committers<anchor xml:id=\"development-committers\"></anchor>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2696
msgid "<primary>committers</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>committers</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2695
msgid "The <firstterm>committers</firstterm> <_:indexterm-1/> are the people who have <emphasis>write</emphasis> access to the Subversion tree, and are authorized to make modifications to the FreeBSD source (the term <quote>committer</quote> comes from <command>commit</command>, the source control command which is used to bring new changes into the repository). Anyone can submit a bug to the <link xlink:href=\"https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/submit/\">Bug Database</link>. Before submitting a bug report, the FreeBSD mailing lists, IRC channels, or forums can be used to help verify that an issue is actually a bug."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2712
msgid "The FreeBSD core team<anchor xml:id=\"development-core\"/>"
msgstr "Het FreeBSD coreteam<anchor xml:id=\"development-core\"></anchor>"

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2716
msgid "<primary>core team</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>core team</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2715
msgid "The <firstterm>FreeBSD core team</firstterm> <_:indexterm-1/> would be equivalent to the board of directors if the FreeBSD Project were a company. The primary task of the core team is to make sure the project, as a whole, is in good shape and is heading in the right directions. Inviting dedicated and responsible developers to join our group of committers is one of the functions of the core team, as is the recruitment of new core team members as others move on. The current core team was elected from a pool of committer candidates in July 2014. Elections are held every 2 years."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:2731
msgid "Like most developers, most members of the core team are also volunteers when it comes to FreeBSD development and do not benefit from the project financially, so <quote>commitment</quote> should also not be misconstrued as meaning <quote>guaranteed support.</quote> The <quote>board of directors</quote> analogy above is not very accurate, and it may be more suitable to say that these are the people who gave up their lives in favor of FreeBSD against their better judgement!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2746
msgid "Outside contributors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2749
msgid "Last, but definitely not least, the largest group of developers are the users themselves who provide feedback and bug fixes to us on an almost constant basis. The primary way of keeping in touch with FreeBSD's more non-centralized development is to subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-hackers\">FreeBSD technical discussions mailing list</link> where such things are discussed. See <xref linkend=\"eresources\"/> for more information about the various FreeBSD mailing lists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2760
msgid "<primary>contributors</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>contributors</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2758
msgid "<citetitle><link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/contributors/article.html\">The FreeBSD Contributors List</link></citetitle> <_:indexterm-1/> is a long and growing one, so why not join it by contributing something back to FreeBSD today?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2765
msgid "Providing code is not the only way of contributing to the project; for a more complete list of things that need doing, please refer to the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html\">FreeBSD Project web site</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2773
msgid "In summary, our development model is organized as a loose set of concentric circles. The centralized model is designed for the convenience of the <emphasis>users</emphasis> of FreeBSD, who are provided with an easy way of tracking one central code base, not to keep potential contributors out! Our desire is to present a stable operating system with a large set of coherent <link linkend=\"ports\">application programs</link> that the users can easily install and use — this model works very well in accomplishing that."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2783
msgid "All we ask of those who would join us as FreeBSD developers is some of the same dedication its current people have to its continued success!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2789
msgid "Third Party Programs"
msgstr "Programma's van derden"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2791
msgid "In addition to the base distributions, FreeBSD offers a ported software collection with thousands of commonly sought-after programs. At the time of this writing, there were over 24,000 ports! The list of ports ranges from http servers, to games, languages, editors, and almost everything in between. The entire Ports Collection requires approximately 500 MB. To compile a port, you simply change to the directory of the program you wish to install, type <command>make install</command>, and let the system do the rest. The full original distribution for each port you build is retrieved dynamically so you need only enough disk space to build the ports you want. Almost every port is also provided as a pre-compiled <quote>package</quote>, which can be installed with a simple command (<command>pkg install</command>) by those who do not wish to compile their own ports from source. More information on packages and ports can be found in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2812
msgid "Additional Documentation"
msgstr "Aanvullende documentatie"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2814
msgid "All recent FreeBSD versions provide an option in the installer (either <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysinstall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdinstall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>) to install additional documentation under <filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd</filename> during the initial system setup. Documentation may also be installed at any later time using packages as described in <xref linkend=\"doc-ports-install-package\"/>. You may view the locally installed manuals with any HTML capable browser using the following URLs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2826
msgid "The FreeBSD Handbook"
msgstr "Het FreeBSD Handboek"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2829
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"file://localhost/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/handbook/index.html\"><filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/handbook/index.html</filename></link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"file://localhost/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/handbook/index.html\"><filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/handbook/index.html</filename></link>"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2834
msgid "The FreeBSD FAQ"
msgstr "De FreeBSD FAQ"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2837
msgid "<link xlink:href=\"file://localhost/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/faq/index.html\"><filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/faq/index.html</filename></link>"
msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"file://localhost/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/faq/index.html\"><filename>/usr/local/share/doc/freebsd/faq/index.html</filename></link>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2842
msgid "You can also view the master (and most frequently updated) copies at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:2858
msgid "Installing FreeBSD"
msgstr "Installeren van FreeBSD"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2886
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Gavin</firstname> <surname>Atkinson</surname> </personname> <contrib>Updated for bsdinstall by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Gavin</firstname> <surname>Atkinson</surname> </personname> <contrib>Bijgewerkt voor bsdinstall door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2895
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </personname>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </personname>"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:2904
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </personname> <contrib>Updated for root-on-ZFS by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Allan</firstname> <surname>Jude</surname> </personname> <contrib>Bijgewerkt voor root-op-zfs door </contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2918
msgid "<primary>installation</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>installation</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2920
msgid "Beginning with FreeBSD 9.0-RELEASE, FreeBSD provides an easy to use, text-based installation program named <application>bsdinstall</application>. This chapter describes how to install FreeBSD using <application>bsdinstall</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2926
msgid "In general, the installation instructions in this chapter are written for the <trademark>i386</trademark> and <acronym>AMD64</acronym> architectures. Where applicable, instructions specific to other platforms will be listed. There may be minor differences between the installer and what is shown here, so use this chapter as a general guide rather than as a set of literal instructions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:2935
msgid "Users who prefer to install FreeBSD using a graphical installer may be interested in <application>pc-sysinstall</application>, the installer used by the PC-BSD Project. It can be used to install either a graphical desktop (PC-BSD) or a command line version of FreeBSD. Refer to the PC-BSD Users Handbook for details (<link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.pcbsd.org/index.php/Colophon\">http://wiki.pcbsd.org/index.php/Colophon</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2947
msgid "The minimum hardware requirements and FreeBSD supported architectures."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2952
msgid "How to create the FreeBSD installation media."
msgstr "Hoe de FreeBSD installatiemedia te maken."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2956
msgid "How to start <application>bsdinstall</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2961
msgid "The questions <application>bsdinstall</application> will ask, what they mean, and how to answer them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2966
msgid "How to troubleshoot a failed installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2970
msgid "How to access a live version of FreeBSD before committing to an installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2975 book.translate.xml:10700 book.translate.xml:14032
#: book.translate.xml:18123 book.translate.xml:19388 book.translate.xml:23812
#: book.translate.xml:29511 book.translate.xml:31258 book.translate.xml:32010
#: book.translate.xml:35781 book.translate.xml:41712 book.translate.xml:41907
#: book.translate.xml:43210 book.translate.xml:44233 book.translate.xml:46394
#: book.translate.xml:46753 book.translate.xml:48964 book.translate.xml:50670
#: book.translate.xml:58321 book.translate.xml:61972
msgid "Before reading this chapter, you should:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2979
msgid "Read the supported hardware list that shipped with the version of FreeBSD to be installed and verify that the system's hardware is supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2987
msgid "Minimum Hardware Requirements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2989
msgid "The hardware requirements to install FreeBSD vary by architecture. Hardware architectures and devices supported by a FreeBSD release are listed on the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/index.html\">FreeBSD Release Information</link> page. The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/where.html\">FreeBSD download page</link> also has recommendations for choosing the correct image for different architectures."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2996
msgid "A FreeBSD installation requires a minimum of 96 MB of <acronym>RAM</acronym> and 1.5 GB of free hard drive space. However, such small amounts of memory and disk space are really only suitable for custom applications like embedded appliances. General-purpose desktop systems need more resources. 2-4 GB RAM and at least 8 GB hard drive space is a good starting point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3004
msgid "These are the processor requirements for each architecture:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3009
msgid "amd64"
msgstr "amd64"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3011
msgid "This is the most common desktop and laptop processor type, used in most modern systems. <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> calls it <acronym>Intel64</acronym>. Other manufacturers sometimes call it <acronym>x86-64</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3016
msgid "Examples of amd64 compatible processsors include: <trademark>AMD Athlon</trademark>64, <trademark>AMD Opteron</trademark>, multi-core <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Xeon</trademark>, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <trademark>Core</trademark> 2 and later processors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3024
msgid "i386"
msgstr "i386"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3026
msgid "Older desktops and laptops often use this 32-bit, x86 architecture."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3029
msgid "Almost all i386-compatible processors with a floating point unit are supported. All <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> processors 486 or higher are supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3033
msgid "FreeBSD will take advantage of Physical Address Extensions (<acronym>PAE</acronym>) support on <acronym>CPU</acronym>s with this feature. A kernel with the <acronym>PAE</acronym> feature enabled will detect memory above 4 GB and allow it to be used by the system. However, using <acronym>PAE</acronym> places constraints on device drivers and other features of FreeBSD. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pae</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3045
msgid "ia64"
msgstr "ia64"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3047
msgid "Currently supported processors are the <trademark class=\"registered\">Itanium</trademark> and the <trademark class=\"registered\">Itanium</trademark> 2. Supported chipsets include the HP zx1, <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> 460GX, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> E8870. Both Uniprocessor (<acronym>UP</acronym>) and Symmetric Multi-processor (<acronym>SMP</acronym>) configurations are supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3057
msgid "pc98"
msgstr "pc98"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3059
msgid "NEC PC-9801/9821 series with almost all i386-compatible processors, including 80486, <trademark class=\"registered\">Pentium</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Pentium</trademark> Pro, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Pentium</trademark> II, are all supported. All i386-compatible processors by AMD, Cyrix, IBM, and IDT are also supported. EPSON PC-386/486/586 series, which are compatible with NEC PC-9801 series, are supported. The NEC FC-9801/9821 and NEC SV-98 series should be supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3068
msgid "High-resolution mode is not supported. NEC PC-98XA/XL/RL/XL^2, and NEC PC-H98 series are supported in normal (PC-9801 compatible) mode only. The <acronym>SMP</acronym>-related features of FreeBSD are not supported. The New Extend Standard Architecture (<acronym>NESA</acronym>) bus used in the PC-H98, SV-H98, and FC-H98 series, is not supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3079
msgid "powerpc"
msgstr "powerpc"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3081
msgid "All New World <acronym>ROM</acronym> <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark> systems with built-in <acronym>USB</acronym> are supported. <acronym>SMP</acronym> is supported on machines with multiple <acronym>CPU</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3086
msgid "A 32-bit kernel can only use the first 2 GB of <acronym>RAM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:3092
msgid "sparc64"
msgstr "sparc64"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3094
msgid "Systems supported by FreeBSD/sparc64 are listed at the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/platforms/sparc.html\">FreeBSD/sparc64 Project</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3098
msgid "<acronym>SMP</acronym> is supported on all systems with more than 1 processor. A dedicated disk is required as it is not possible to share a disk with another operating system at this time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3108
msgid "Pre-Installation Tasks"
msgstr "Voorbereidende installatie taken"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3110
msgid "Once it has been determined that the system meets the minimum hardware requirements for installing FreeBSD, the installation file should be downloaded and the installation media prepared. Before doing this, check that the system is ready for an installation by verifying the items in this checklist:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3119
msgid "Back Up Important Data"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3121
msgid "Before installing any operating system, <emphasis>always</emphasis> backup all important data first. Do not store the backup on the system being installed. Instead, save the data to a removable disk such as a <acronym>USB</acronym> drive, another system on the network, or an online backup service. Test the backup before starting the installation to make sure it contains all of the needed files. Once the installer formats the system's disk, all data stored on that disk will be lost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3133
msgid "Decide Where to Install FreeBSD"
msgstr "Bepaal waar FreeBSD te installeren"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3135
msgid "If FreeBSD will be the only operating system installed, this step can be skipped. But if FreeBSD will share the disk with another operating system, decide which disk or partition will be used for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3140
msgid "In the i386 and amd64 architectures, disks can be divided into multiple partitions using one of two partitioning schemes. A traditional <firstterm>Master Boot Record</firstterm> (<acronym>MBR</acronym>) holds a partition table defining up to four <firstterm>primary partitions</firstterm>. For historical reasons, FreeBSD calls these primary partition <firstterm>slices</firstterm>. One of these primary partitions can be made into an <firstterm>extended partition</firstterm> containing multiple <firstterm>logical partitions</firstterm>. The <firstterm>GUID Partition Table</firstterm> (<acronym>GPT</acronym>) is a newer and simpler method of partitioning a disk. Common <acronym>GPT</acronym> implementations allow up to 128 partitions per disk, eliminating the need for logical partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3158
msgid "Some older operating systems, like <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP, are not compatible with the <acronym>GPT</acronym> partition scheme. If FreeBSD will be sharing a disk with such an operating system, <acronym>MBR</acronym> partitioning is required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3165
msgid "The FreeBSD boot loader requires either a primary or <acronym>GPT</acronym> partition. If all of the primary or <acronym>GPT</acronym> partitions are already in use, one must be freed for FreeBSD. To create a partition without deleting existing data, use a partition resizing tool to shrink an existing partition and create a new partition using the freed space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3173
msgid "A variety of free and commercial partition resizing tools are listed at <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_disk_partitioning_software\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_disk_partitioning_software</link>. <application>GParted Live</application> (<link xlink:href=\"http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd.php\">http://gparted.sourceforge.net/livecd.php</link>) is a free live <acronym>CD</acronym> which includes the <application>GParted</application> partition editor. <application>GParted</application> is also included with many other Linux live <acronym>CD</acronym> distributions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3183
msgid "When used properly, disk shrinking utilities can safely create space for creating a new partition. Since the possibility of selecting the wrong partition exists, always backup any important data and verify the integrity of the backup before modifying disk partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3190
msgid "Disk partitions containing different operating systems make it possible to install multiple operating systems on one computer. An alternative is to use virtualization (<xref linkend=\"virtualization\"/>) which allows multiple operating systems to run at the same time without modifying any disk partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3199
msgid "Collect Network Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3201
msgid "Some FreeBSD installation methods require a network connection in order to download the installation files. After any installation, the installer will offer to setup the system's network interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3206
msgid "If the network has a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server, it can be used to provide automatic network configuration. If <acronym>DHCP</acronym> is not available, the following network information for the system must be obtained from the local network administrator or Internet service provider:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: orderedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:3214
msgid "Required Network Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:3217 book.translate.xml:53724
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> address"
msgstr "<acronym>IP</acronym> adres"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3221
msgid "Subnet mask"
msgstr "subnetmasker"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3225
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> address of default gateway"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3230
msgid "Domain name of the network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3234
msgid "<acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the network's <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3241
msgid "Check for FreeBSD Errata"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3243
msgid "Although the FreeBSD Project strives to ensure that each release of FreeBSD is as stable as possible, bugs occasionally creep into the process. On very rare occasions those bugs affect the installation process. As these problems are discovered and fixed, they are noted in the FreeBSD Errata (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/11.0R/errata.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/releases/11.0R/errata.html</link>) on the FreeBSD web site. Check the errata before installing to make sure that there are no problems that might affect the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3253
msgid "Information and errata for all the releases can be found on the release information section of the FreeBSD web site (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/index.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/releases/index.html</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3260
msgid "Prepare the Installation Media"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3262
msgid "The FreeBSD installer is not an application that can be run from within another operating system. Instead, download a FreeBSD installation file, burn it to the media associated with its file type and size (<acronym>CD</acronym>, <acronym>DVD</acronym>, or <acronym>USB</acronym>), and boot the system to install from the inserted media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3269
msgid "FreeBSD installation files are available at <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/where.html#download\">www.freebsd.org/where.html#download</link>. Each installation file's name includes the release version of FreeBSD, the architecture, and the type of file. For example, to install FreeBSD 10.2 on an amd64 system from a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, download <filename>FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-dvd1.iso</filename>, burn this file to a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, and boot the system with the <acronym>DVD</acronym> inserted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3278
msgid "Installation files are available in several formats. The formats vary depending on computer architecture and media type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#bsdinstall-installation-media-uefi
#: book.translate.xml:3282
msgid "Additional installation files are included for computers that boot with <acronym>UEFI</acronym> (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface). The names of these files include the string <filename>uefi</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3288
msgid "File types:"
msgstr "Bestandstypen:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3292
msgid "<literal>-bootonly.iso</literal>: This is the smallest installation file as it only contains the installer. A working Internet connection is required during installation as the installer will download the files it needs to complete the FreeBSD installation. This file should be burned to a <acronym>CD</acronym> using a <acronym>CD</acronym> burning application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3302
msgid "<literal>-disc1.iso</literal>: This file contains all of the files needed to install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It should be burned to a <acronym>CD</acronym> using a <acronym>CD</acronym> burning application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3310
msgid "<literal>-dvd1.iso</literal>: This file contains all of the files needed to install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It also contains a set of popular binary packages for installing a window manager and some applications so that a complete system can be installed from media without requiring a connection to the Internet. This file should be burned to a <acronym>DVD</acronym> using a <acronym>DVD</acronym> burning application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3321
msgid "<literal>-memstick.img</literal>: This file contains all of the files needed to install FreeBSD, its source, and the Ports Collection. It should be burned to a <acronym>USB</acronym> stick using the instructions below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3329
msgid "<literal>-mini-memstick.img</literal>: Like <literal>-bootonly.iso</literal>, does not include installation files, but downloads them as needed. A working internet connection is required during installation. Write this file to a <acronym>USB</acronym> stick as shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-usb\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3338
msgid "After downloading the image file, download <filename>CHECKSUM.SHA256</filename> from the same directory. Calculate a <firstterm>checksum</firstterm> for the image file. FreeBSD provides <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sha256</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for this, used as <command>sha256 <replaceable>imagefilename</replaceable></command>. Other operating systems have similar programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3346
msgid "Compare the calculated checksum with the one shown in <filename>CHECKSUM.SHA256</filename>. The checksums must match exactly. If the checksums do not match, the image file is corrupt and must be downloaded again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:3352
msgid "Writing an Image File to <acronym>USB</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3354
msgid "The <filename>*.img</filename> file is an <emphasis>image</emphasis> of the complete contents of a memory stick. It <emphasis>cannot</emphasis> be copied to the target device as a file. Several applications are available for writing the <filename>*.img</filename> to a <acronym>USB</acronym> stick. This section describes two of these utilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:3363
msgid "Before proceeding, back up any important data on the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick. This procedure will erase the existing data on the stick."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3369
msgid "Using <command>dd</command> to Write the Image"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3373
msgid "This example uses <filename>/dev/da0</filename> as the target device where the image will be written. Be <emphasis>very careful</emphasis> that the correct device is used as this command will destroy the existing data on the specified target device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3381
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> command-line utility is available on BSD, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> systems. To burn the image using <command>dd</command>, insert the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick and determine its device name. Then, specify the name of the downloaded installation file and the device name for the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick. This example burns the amd64 installation image to the first <acronym>USB</acronym> device on an existing FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:3392
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=<replaceable>FreeBSD-10.2-RELEASE-amd64-memstick.img</replaceable> of=/dev/<replaceable>da0</replaceable> bs=1M conv=sync</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3394
msgid "If this command fails, verify that the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick is not mounted and that the device name is for the disk, not a partition. Some operating systems might require this command to be run with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sudo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Systems like <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> might buffer writes. To force all writes to complete, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sync</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3405
msgid "Using <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> to Write the Image"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3408
msgid "Be sure to give the correct drive letter as the existing data on the specified drive will be overwritten and destroyed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3414
msgid "Obtaining <application>Image Writer for <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark></application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3417
msgid "<application>Image Writer for <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark></application> is a free application that can correctly write an image file to a memory stick. Download it from <uri xlink:href=\"https://launchpad.net/win32-image-writer/\">https://launchpad.net/win32-image-writer/</uri> and extract it into a folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/title
#: book.translate.xml:3425
msgid "Writing the Image with Image Writer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3427
msgid "Double-click the <application>Win32DiskImager</application> icon to start the program. Verify that the drive letter shown under <computeroutput>Device</computeroutput> is the drive with the memory stick. Click the folder icon and select the image to be written to the memory stick. Click <guibutton>[ Save ]</guibutton> to accept the image file name. Verify that everything is correct, and that no folders on the memory stick are open in other windows. When everything is ready, click <guibutton>[ Write ]</guibutton> to write the image file to the memory stick."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3442
msgid "You are now ready to start installing FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3448
msgid "Starting the Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:3451
msgid "By default, the installation will not make any changes to the disk(s) before the following message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3454
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Your changes will now be written to disk.  If you\n"
"have chosen to overwrite existing data, it will\n"
"be PERMANENTLY ERASED. Are you sure you want to\n"
"commit your changes?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:3459
msgid "The install can be exited at any time prior to this warning. If there is a concern that something is incorrectly configured, just turn the computer off before this point and no changes will be made to the system's disks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3466
msgid "This section describes how to boot the system from the installation media which was prepared using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-installation-media\"/>. When using a bootable USB stick, plug in the <acronym>USB</acronym> stick before turning on the computer. When booting from <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>DVD</acronym>, turn on the computer and insert the media at the first opportunity. How to configure the system to boot from the inserted media depends upon the architecture."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3477
msgid "Booting on <trademark>i386</trademark> and amd64"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3479
msgid "These architectures provide a <acronym>BIOS</acronym> menu for selecting the boot device. Depending upon the installation media being used, select the <acronym>CD</acronym>/<acronym>DVD</acronym> or <acronym>USB</acronym> device as the first boot device. Most systems also provide a key for selecting the boot device during startup without having to enter the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>. Typically, the key is either <keycap>F10</keycap>, <keycap>F11</keycap>, <keycap>F12</keycap>, or <keycap>Escape</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3490
msgid "If the computer loads the existing operating system instead of the FreeBSD installer, then either:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3495
msgid "The installation media was not inserted early enough in the boot process. Leave the media inserted and try restarting the computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3501
msgid "The <acronym>BIOS</acronym> changes were incorrect or not saved. Double-check that the right boot device is selected as the first boot device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3507
msgid "This system is too old to support booting from the chosen media. In this case, the <application>Plop Boot Manager</application> (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.plop.at/en/bootmanagers.html\"/>) can be used to boot the system from the selected media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3517
msgid "Booting on <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3519
msgid "On most machines, holding <keycap>C</keycap> on the keyboard during boot will boot from the <acronym>CD</acronym>. Otherwise, hold <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Command</keycap> <keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo>, or <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Windows</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>O</keycap> <keycap>F</keycap> </keycombo> on non-<trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> keyboards. At the <prompt>0 &gt;</prompt> prompt, enter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:3535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>boot cd:,\\ppc\\loader cd:0</userinput>"
msgstr "<userinput>boot cd:,\\ppc\\loader cd:0</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3539
msgid "Booting on <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC64</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3541
msgid "Most <trademark class=\"registered\">SPARC64</trademark> systems are set up to boot automatically from disk. To install FreeBSD from a <acronym>CD</acronym> requires a break into the <acronym>PROM</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3545
msgid "To do this, reboot the system and wait until the boot message appears. The message depends on the model, but should look something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:3549
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Sun Blade 100 (UltraSPARC-IIe), Keyboard Present\n"
"Copyright 1998-2001 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.\n"
"OpenBoot 4.2, 128 MB memory installed, Serial #51090132.\n"
"Ethernet address 0:3:ba:b:92:d4, Host ID: 830b92d4."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3554
msgid "If the system proceeds to boot from disk at this point, press <keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>L1</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> or <keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Stop</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> on the keyboard, or send a <command>BREAK</command> over the serial console. When using <application>tip</application> or <application>cu</application>, <command>~#</command> will issue a BREAK. The <acronym>PROM</acronym> prompt will be <prompt>ok</prompt> on systems with one <acronym>CPU</acronym> and <prompt>ok {0} </prompt> on <acronym>SMP</acronym> systems, where the digit indicates the number of the active <acronym>CPU</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3566
msgid "At this point, place the <acronym>CD</acronym> into the drive and type <command>boot cdrom</command> from the <acronym>PROM</acronym> prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3572
msgid "FreeBSD Boot Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3574
msgid "Once the system boots from the installation media, a menu similar to the following will be displayed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3578
msgid "FreeBSD Boot Loader Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3582
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-newboot-loader-menu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-newboot-loader-menu' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3587
msgid "By default, the menu will wait ten seconds for user input before booting into the FreeBSD installer or, if FreeBSD is already installed, before booting into FreeBSD. To pause the boot timer in order to review the selections, press <keycap>Space</keycap>. To select an option, press its highlighted number, character, or key. The following options are available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3597
msgid "<literal>Boot Multi User</literal>: This will continue the FreeBSD boot process. If the boot timer has been paused, press <keycap>1</keycap>, upper- or lower-case <keycap>B</keycap>, or <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3605
msgid "<literal>Boot Single User</literal>: This mode can be used to fix an existing FreeBSD installation as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-singleuser\"/>. Press <keycap>2</keycap> or the upper- or lower-case <keycap>S</keycap> to enter this mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3613
msgid "<literal>Escape to loader prompt</literal>: This will boot the system into a repair prompt that contains a limited number of low-level commands. This prompt is described in <xref linkend=\"boot-loader\"/>. Press <keycap>3</keycap> or <keycap>Esc</keycap> to boot into this prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3622
msgid "<literal>Reboot</literal>: Reboots the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3626
msgid "<literal>Configure Boot Options</literal>: Opens the menu shown in, and described under, <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-boot-options-menu\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3632
msgid "FreeBSD Boot Options Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3636
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-boot-options-menu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-boot-options-menu' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3641
msgid "The boot options menu is divided into two sections. The first section can be used to either return to the main boot menu or to reset any toggled options back to their defaults."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3646
msgid "The next section is used to toggle the available options to <literal>On</literal> or <literal>Off</literal> by pressing the option's highlighted number or character. The system will always boot using the settings for these options until they are modified. Several options can be toggled using this menu:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3655
msgid "<literal>ACPI Support</literal>: If the system hangs during boot, try toggling this option to <literal>Off</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3661
msgid "<literal>Safe Mode</literal>: If the system still hangs during boot even with <literal>ACPI Support</literal> set to <literal>Off</literal>, try setting this option to <literal>On</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3668
msgid "<literal>Single User</literal>: Toggle this option to <literal>On</literal> to fix an existing FreeBSD installation as described in <xref linkend=\"boot-singleuser\"/>. Once the problem is fixed, set it back to <literal>Off</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3676
msgid "<literal>Verbose</literal>: Toggle this option to <literal>On</literal> to see more detailed messages during the boot process. This can be useful when troubleshooting a piece of hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3683
msgid "After making the needed selections, press <keycap>1</keycap> or <keycap>Backspace</keycap> to return to the main boot menu, then press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue booting into FreeBSD. A series of boot messages will appear as FreeBSD carries out its hardware device probes and loads the installation program. Once the boot is complete, the welcome menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-choose-mode\"/> will be displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3692
msgid "Welcome Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3696
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-choose-mode' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3701
msgid "Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to select the default of <guibutton>[ Install ]</guibutton> to enter the installer. The rest of this chapter describes how to use this installer. Otherwise, use the right or left arrows or the colorized letter to select the desired menu item. The <guibutton>[ Shell ]</guibutton> can be used to access a FreeBSD shell in order to use command line utilities to prepare the disks before installation. The <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> option can be used to try out FreeBSD before installing it. The live version is described in <xref linkend=\"using-live-cd\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:3714
msgid "To review the boot messages, including the hardware device probe, press the upper- or lower-case <keycap>S</keycap> and then <keycap>Enter</keycap> to access a shell. At the shell prompt, type <command>more /var/run/dmesg.boot</command> and use the space bar to scroll through the messages. When finished, type <command>exit</command> to return to the welcome menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3727
msgid "Using <application>bsdinstall</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3729
msgid "This section shows the order of the <application>bsdinstall</application> menus and the type of information that will be asked before the system is installed. Use the arrow keys to highlight a menu option, then <keycap>Space</keycap> to select or deselect that menu item. When finished, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to save the selection and move onto the next screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3738
msgid "Selecting the Keymap Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3740
msgid "Depending on the system console being used, <application>bsdinstall</application> may initially display the menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-keymap-select-default\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3745
msgid "Keymap Selection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3749
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-keymap-select-default' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3754
msgid "To configure the keyboard layout, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> with <guibutton>[ YES ]</guibutton> selected, which will display the menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-keymap\"/>. To instead use the default layout, use the arrow key to select <guibutton>[ NO ]</guibutton> and press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to skip this menu screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3763
msgid "Selecting Keyboard Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3767
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-keymap' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3772
msgid "When configuring the keyboard layout, use the up and down arrows to select the keymap that most closely represents the mapping of the keyboard attached to the system. Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to save the selection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3778
msgid "Pressing <keycap>Esc</keycap> will exit this menu and use the default keymap. If the choice of keymap is not clear, <guimenuitem>United States of America ISO-8859-1</guimenuitem> is also a safe option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3784
msgid "In FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE and later, this menu has been enhanced. The full selection of keymaps is shown, with the default preselected. In addition, when selecting a different keymap, a dialog is displayed that allows the user to try the keymap and ensure it is correct before proceeding."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3791
msgid "Enhanced Keymap Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3795
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-keymap-10' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3803 book.translate.xml:3810
msgid "Setting the Hostname"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3805
msgid "The next <application>bsdinstall</application> menu is used to set the hostname for the newly installed system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3814
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-hostname' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3819
msgid "Type in a hostname that is unique for the network. It should be a fully-qualified hostname, such as <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">machine3.example.com</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3824 book.translate.xml:3830
msgid "Selecting Components to Install"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3826
msgid "Next, <application>bsdinstall</application> will prompt to select optional components to install."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3834
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-components' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3839
msgid "Deciding which components to install will depend largely on the intended use of the system and the amount of disk space available. The FreeBSD kernel and userland, collectively known as the <firstterm>base system</firstterm>, are always installed. Depending on the architecture, some of these components may not appear:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3848
msgid "<literal>doc</literal> - Additional documentation, mostly of historical interest, to install into <filename>/usr/share/doc</filename>. The documentation provided by the FreeBSD Documentation Project may be installed later using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"updating-upgrading-documentation\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3856
msgid "<literal>games</literal> - Several traditional <acronym>BSD</acronym> games, including <application>fortune</application>, <application>rot13</application>, and others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3863
msgid "<literal>lib32</literal> - Compatibility libraries for running 32-bit applications on a 64-bit version of FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3869
msgid "<literal>ports</literal> - The FreeBSD Ports Collection is a collection of files which automates the downloading, compiling and installation of third-party software packages. <xref linkend=\"ports\"/> discusses how to use the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3876
msgid "The installation program does not check for adequate disk space. Select this option only if sufficient hard disk space is available. The FreeBSD Ports Collection takes up about 500 MB of disk space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:3885
msgid "<literal>src</literal> - The complete FreeBSD source code for both the kernel and the userland. Although not required for the majority of applications, it may be required to build device drivers, kernel modules, or some applications from the Ports Collection. It is also used for developing FreeBSD itself. The full source tree requires 1 GB of disk space and recompiling the entire FreeBSD system requires an additional 5 GB of space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3898 book.translate.xml:3909
msgid "Installing from the Network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3900
msgid "The menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-netinstall-notify\"/> only appears when installing from a <filename>-bootonly.iso</filename> <acronym>CD</acronym> as this installation media does not hold copies of the installation files. Since the installation files must be retrieved over a network connection, this menu indicates that the network interface must be first configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3913
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-files' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-files' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3918
msgid "To configure the network connection, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> and follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-network-dev\"/>. Once the interface is configured, select a mirror site that is located in the same region of the world as the computer on which FreeBSD is being installed. Files can be retrieved more quickly when the mirror is close to the target computer, reducing installation time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3927
msgid "Choosing a Mirror"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3931
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-mirrorselect' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-netinstall-mirrorselect' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3936
msgid "Installation will then continue as if the installation files were located on the local installation media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3942
msgid "Allocating Disk Space"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3944
msgid "The next menu is used to determine the method for allocating disk space. The options available in the menu depend upon the version of FreeBSD being installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3949
msgid "Partitioning Choices on FreeBSD 9.x"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3953
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-manual' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-manual' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:3959
msgid "Partitioning Choices on FreeBSD 10.x and Higher"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:3963
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-partmenu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-partmenu' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3968
msgid "<literal>Guided</literal> partitioning automatically sets up the disk partitions, <literal>Manual</literal> partitioning allows advanced users to create customized partitions from menu options, and <literal>Shell</literal> opens a shell prompt where advanced users can create customized partitions using command-line utilities like <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fdisk</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdlabel</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. <literal>ZFS</literal> partitioning, only available in FreeBSD 10 and later, creates an optionally encrypted root-on-ZFS system with support for <firstterm>boot environments</firstterm>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3979
msgid "This section describes what to consider when laying out the disk partitions. It then demonstrates how to use the different partitioning methods."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3984
msgid "Designing the Partition Layout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3986
msgid "<primary>partition layout</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>partition layout</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3987
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc</filename></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><filename>/etc</filename></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3990
msgid "<primary><filename>/var</filename></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><filename>/var</filename></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:3993
msgid "<primary><filename>/usr</filename></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><filename>/usr</filename></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3997
msgid "When laying out file systems, remember that hard drives transfer data faster from the outer tracks to the inner. Thus, smaller and heavier-accessed file systems should be closer to the outside of the drive, while larger partitions like <filename>/usr</filename> should be placed toward the inner parts of the disk. It is a good idea to create partitions in an order similar to: <filename>/</filename>, swap, <filename>/var</filename>, and <filename>/usr</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4007
msgid "The size of the <filename>/var</filename> partition reflects the intended machine's usage. This partition is used to hold mailboxes, log files, and printer spools. Mailboxes and log files can grow to unexpected sizes depending on the number of users and how long log files are kept. On average, most users rarely need more than about a gigabyte of free disk space in <filename>/var</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4017
msgid "Sometimes, a lot of disk space is required in <filename>/var/tmp</filename>. When new software is installed, the packaging tools extract a temporary copy of the packages under <filename>/var/tmp</filename>. Large software packages, like <application>Firefox</application>, <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> or <application>LibreOffice</application> may be tricky to install if there is not enough disk space under <filename>/var/tmp</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4028
msgid "The <filename>/usr</filename> partition holds many of the files which support the system, including the FreeBSD Ports Collection and system source code. At least 2 gigabytes is recommended for this partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4033
msgid "When selecting partition sizes, keep the space requirements in mind. Running out of space in one partition while barely using another can be a hassle."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:4037
msgid "<primary>swap sizing</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>swap sizing</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:4040
msgid "<primary>swap partition</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>swap partition</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4044
msgid "As a rule of thumb, the swap partition should be about double the size of physical memory (<acronym>RAM</acronym>). Systems with minimal <acronym>RAM</acronym> may perform better with more swap. Configuring too little swap can lead to inefficiencies in the <acronym>VM</acronym> page scanning code and might create issues later if more memory is added."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4052
msgid "On larger systems with multiple <acronym>SCSI</acronym> disks or multiple <acronym>IDE</acronym> disks operating on different controllers, it is recommended that swap be configured on each drive, up to four drives. The swap partitions should be approximately the same size. The kernel can handle arbitrary sizes but internal data structures scale to 4 times the largest swap partition. Keeping the swap partitions near the same size will allow the kernel to optimally stripe swap space across disks. Large swap sizes are fine, even if swap is not used much. It might be easier to recover from a runaway program before being forced to reboot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4065
msgid "By properly partitioning a system, fragmentation introduced in the smaller write heavy partitions will not bleed over into the mostly read partitions. Keeping the write loaded partitions closer to the disk's edge will increase <acronym>I/O</acronym> performance in the partitions where it occurs the most. While <acronym>I/O</acronym> performance in the larger partitions may be needed, shifting them more toward the edge of the disk will not lead to a significant performance improvement over moving <filename>/var</filename> to the edge."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4078
msgid "Guided Partitioning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4080
msgid "When this method is selected, a menu will display the available disk(s). If multiple disks are connected, choose the one where FreeBSD is to be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4085
msgid "Selecting from Multiple Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4089
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-disk' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-guided-disk' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4094
msgid "Once the disk is selected, the next menu prompts to install to either the entire disk or to create a partition using free space. If <guibutton>[ Entire Disk ]</guibutton> is chosen, a general partition layout filling the whole disk is automatically created. Selecting <guibutton>[ Partition ]</guibutton> creates a partition layout from the unused space on the disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4104
msgid "Selecting Entire Disk or Partition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4108
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-entire-part' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-entire-part' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4113
msgid "After the partition layout has been created, review it to ensure it meets the needs of the installation. Selecting <guibutton>[ Revert ]</guibutton> will reset the partitions to their original values and pressing <guibutton>[ Auto ]</guibutton> will recreate the automatic FreeBSD partitions. Partitions can also be manually created, modified, or deleted. When the partitioning is correct, select <guibutton>[ Finish ]</guibutton> to continue with the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4124
msgid "Review Created Partitions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4128
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-review' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-review' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4135
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4137
msgid "Selecting this method opens the partition editor:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4140 book.translate.xml:4155 book.translate.xml:4226
msgid "Manually Create Partitions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4144
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-create' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-create' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4149
msgid "Highlight the installation drive (<filename>ada0</filename> in this example) and select <guibutton>[ Create ]</guibutton> to display a menu of available partition schemes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4159
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-partscheme' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-partscheme' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4164
msgid "<acronym>GPT</acronym> is usually the most appropriate choice for amd64 computers. Older computers that are not compatible with <acronym>GPT</acronym> should use <acronym>MBR</acronym>. The other partition schemes are generally used for uncommon or older computers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:4171
msgid "Partitioning Schemes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4176
msgid "Abbreviation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4177 book.translate.xml:7135 book.translate.xml:8478
#: book.translate.xml:11906 book.translate.xml:23135 book.translate.xml:23314
#: book.translate.xml:27424 book.translate.xml:31412 book.translate.xml:43245
#: book.translate.xml:53066 book.translate.xml:53573 book.translate.xml:54332
#: book.translate.xml:54373 book.translate.xml:55699 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beschrijving"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:4183 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "APM"
msgstr "APM"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4184
msgid "Apple Partition Map, used by <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark>."
msgstr "Apple Partition Map, gebruikt door <trademark class=\"registered\">PowerPC</trademark>."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#. (itstool) path: glossentry/acronym
#: book.translate.xml:4188 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "BSD"
msgstr "BSD"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4189
msgid "<acronym>BSD</acronym> label without an <acronym>MBR</acronym>, sometimes called <firstterm>dangerously dedicated mode</firstterm> as non-<acronym>BSD</acronym> disk utilities may not recognize it."
msgstr "<acronym>BSD</acronym> label zonder een <acronym>MBR</acronym>, ook wel genoemd <firstterm>gevaarlijk gewijd modus</firstterm> omdat niet -<acronym>BSD</acronym> schijfhulpprogramma's het niet kunnen herkennen."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4197
msgid "GPT"
msgstr "GPT"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4198
msgid "GUID Partition Table (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table</link>)."
msgstr "GUID Partition Table (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table</link>)."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4202
msgid "MBR"
msgstr "MBR"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4203
msgid "Master Boot Record (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record</link>)."
msgstr "Master Boot Record (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record</link>)."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4207
msgid "PC98"
msgstr "PC98"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4208
msgid "<acronym>MBR</acronym> variant used by NEC PC-98 computers (<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801\">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801</link>)."
msgstr "<acronym>MBR</acronym> variant gebruikt door NEC PC-98-computers ( <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801\"> http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pc9801)."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4213
msgid "VTOC8"
msgstr "VTOC8"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4214
msgid "Volume Table Of Contents used by Sun SPARC64 and UltraSPARC computers."
msgstr "Volume Table Of Contents door Sun SPARC64 en UltraSPARC computers gebruikt."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4221
msgid "After the partitioning scheme has been selected and created, select <guibutton>[ Create ]</guibutton> again to create the partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4230
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-addpart' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-part-manual-addpart' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4235
msgid "A standard FreeBSD <acronym>GPT</acronym> installation uses at least three partitions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4240
msgid "<literal>freebsd-boot</literal> - Holds the FreeBSD boot code."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4245
msgid "<literal>freebsd-ufs</literal> - A FreeBSD <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4250
msgid "<literal>freebsd-swap</literal> - FreeBSD swap space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4255
msgid "Another partition type worth noting is <literal>freebsd-zfs</literal>, used for partitions that will contain a FreeBSD <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system (<xref linkend=\"zfs\"/>). Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for descriptions of the available <acronym>GPT</acronym> partition types."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4261
msgid "Multiple file system partitions can be created and some people prefer a traditional layout with separate partitions for <filename>/</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/usr</filename>. See <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-part-manual-splitfs\"/> for an example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4268
msgid "The <literal>Size</literal> may be entered with common abbreviations: <emphasis>K</emphasis> for kilobytes, <emphasis>M</emphasis> for megabytes, or <emphasis>G</emphasis> for gigabytes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:4274
msgid "Proper sector alignment provides the best performance, and making partition sizes even multiples of 4K bytes helps to ensure alignment on drives with either 512-byte or 4K-byte sectors. Generally, using partition sizes that are even multiples of 1M or 1G is the easiest way to make sure every partition starts at an even multiple of 4K. There is one exception: the <emphasis>freebsd-boot</emphasis> partition should be no larger than 512K due to current boot code limitations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4285
msgid "A <literal>Mountpoint</literal> is needed if the partition will contain a file system. If only a single <acronym>UFS</acronym> partition will be created, the mountpoint should be <filename>/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4290
msgid "The <literal>Label</literal> is a name by which the partition will be known. Drive names or numbers can change if the drive is connected to a different controller or port, but the partition label does not change. Referring to labels instead of drive names and partition numbers in files like <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> makes the system more tolerant to hardware changes. <acronym>GPT</acronym> labels appear in <filename>/dev/gpt/</filename> when a disk is attached. Other partitioning schemes have different label capabilities and their labels appear in different directories in <filename>/dev/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:4303
msgid "Use a unique label on every partition to avoid conflicts from identical labels. A few letters from the computer's name, use, or location can be added to the label. For instance, use <literal>labroot</literal> or <literal>rootfslab</literal> for the <acronym>UFS</acronym> root partition on the computer named <literal>lab</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4313
msgid "Creating Traditional Split File System Partitions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4316
msgid "For a traditional partition layout where the <filename>/</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, and <filename>/usr</filename> directories are separate file systems on their own partitions, create a <acronym>GPT</acronym> partitioning scheme, then create the partitions as shown. Partition sizes shown are typical for a 20G target disk. If more space is available on the target disk, larger swap or <filename>/var</filename> partitions may be useful. Labels shown here are prefixed with <literal>ex</literal> for <quote>example</quote>, but readers should use other unique label values as described above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4329
msgid "By default, FreeBSD's <filename>gptboot</filename> expects the first <acronym>UFS</acronym> partition to be the <filename>/</filename> partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4337
msgid "Partition Type"
msgstr "Partitie type"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4338
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Grootte"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4339
msgid "Mountpoint"
msgstr "Mountpoint"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4340
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Label"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4346
msgid "<literal>freebsd-boot</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>freebsd-boot</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4347
msgid "<literal>512K</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>512K</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4351 book.translate.xml:4365 book.translate.xml:4372
#: book.translate.xml:4379
msgid "<literal>freebsd-ufs</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>freebsd-ufs</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4352 book.translate.xml:4366
msgid "<literal>2G</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>2G</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4353 book.translate.xml:7140
msgid "<filename>/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4354
msgid "<literal>exrootfs</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>exrootfs</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4358
msgid "<literal>freebsd-swap</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>freebsd-swap</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4359
msgid "<literal>4G</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>4G</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4361
msgid "<literal>exswap</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>exswap</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4367
msgid "<filename>/var</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/var</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4368
msgid "<literal>exvarfs</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>exvarfs</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4373
msgid "<literal>1G</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>1G</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4374
msgid "<filename>/tmp</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/tmp</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4375
msgid "<literal>extmpfs</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>extmpfs</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4380
msgid "accept the default (remainder of the disk)"
msgstr "Accepteer de standaardinstelling (rest van de schijf)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4382
msgid "<filename>/usr</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4383
msgid "<literal>exusrfs</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>exusrfs</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4390
msgid "After the custom partitions have been created, select <guibutton>[ Finish ]</guibutton> to continue with the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4396
msgid "Root-on-ZFS Automatic Partitioning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4398
msgid "Support for automatic creation of root-on-ZFS installations was added in FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE. This partitioning mode only works with whole disks and will erase the contents of the entire disk. The installer will automatically create partitions aligned to 4k boundaries and force <acronym>ZFS</acronym> to use 4k sectors. This is safe even with 512 byte sector disks, and has the added benefit of ensuring that pools created on 512 byte disks will be able to have 4k sector disks added in the future, either as additional storage space or as replacements for failed disks. The installer can also optionally employ <acronym>GELI</acronym> disk encryption as described in <xref linkend=\"disks-encrypting-geli\"/>. If encryption is enabled, a 2 GB unencrypted boot pool containing the <filename>/boot</filename> directory is created. It holds the kernel and other files necessary to boot the system. A swap partition of a user selectable size is also created, and all remaining space is used for the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4417
msgid "The main <acronym>ZFS</acronym> configuration menu offers a number of options to control the creation of the pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4422
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Partitioning Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4426
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-menu' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-menu' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4431
msgid "Select <keycap>T</keycap> to configure the <literal>Pool Type</literal> and the disk(s) that will constitute the pool. The automatic <acronym>ZFS</acronym> installer currently only supports the creation of a single top level vdev, except in stripe mode. To create more complex pools, use the instructions in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-part-shell\"/> to create the pool. The installer supports the creation of various pool types, including stripe (not recommended, no redundancy), mirror (best performance, least usable space), and RAID-Z 1, 2, and 3 (with the capability to withstand the concurrent failure of 1, 2, and 3 disks, respectively). while selecting the pool type, a tooltip is displayed across the bottom of the screen with advice about the number of required disks, and in the case of RAID-Z, the optimal number of disks for each configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4448
msgid "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Pool Type"
msgstr "<acronym>ZFS</acronym> Pool Type"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4452
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_type' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_type' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4457
msgid "Once a <literal>Pool Type</literal> has been selected, a list of available disks is displayed, and the user is prompted to select one or more disks to make up the pool. The configuration is then validated, to ensure enough disks are selected. If not, select <guibutton>&lt;Change Selection&gt;</guibutton> to return to the list of disks, or <guibutton>&lt;Cancel&gt;</guibutton> to change the pool type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4467
msgid "Disk Selection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4471
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_select' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_select' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4477
msgid "Invalid Selection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4481
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_invalid' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-vdev_invalid' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4486
msgid "If one or more disks are missing from the list, or if disks were attached after the installer was started, select <guibutton>- Rescan Devices</guibutton> to repopulate the list of available disks. To avoid accidentally erasing the wrong disk, the <guibutton>- Disk Info</guibutton> menu can be used to inspect each disk, including its partition table and various other information such as the device model number and serial number, if available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4497
msgid "Analyzing a Disk"
msgstr "Een schijf analyseren"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4501
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_info' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-disk_info' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4506
msgid "The main <acronym>ZFS</acronym> configuration menu also allows the user to enter a pool name, disable forcing 4k sectors, enable or disable encryption, switch between <acronym>GPT</acronym> (recommended) and <acronym>MBR</acronym> partition table types, and select the amount of swap space. Once all options have been set to the desired values, select the <guibutton>&gt;&gt;&gt; Install</guibutton> option at the top of the menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4516
msgid "If <acronym>GELI</acronym> disk encryption was enabled, the installer will prompt twice for the passphrase to be used to encrypt the disks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4521
msgid "Disk Encryption Password"
msgstr "Schijf versleuteling wachtwoord"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4525
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-geli_password' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-geli_password' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4530
msgid "The installer then offers a last chance to cancel before the contents of the selected drives are destroyed to create the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> pool."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4535
msgid "Last Chance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4539
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-warning' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-zfs-warning' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4544
msgid "The installation then proceeds normally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4549
msgid "Shell Mode Partitioning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4551
msgid "When creating advanced installations, the <application>bsdinstall</application> partitioning menus may not provide the level of flexibility required. Advanced users can select the <guibutton>Shell</guibutton> option from the partitioning menu in order to manually partition the drives, create the file system(s), populate <filename>/tmp/bsdinstall_etc/fstab</filename>, and mount the file systems under <filename>/mnt</filename>. Once this is done, type <command>exit</command> to return to <application>bsdinstall</application> and continue the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:4566
msgid "Committing to the Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4568
msgid "Once the disks are configured, the next menu provides the last chance to make changes before the selected hard drive(s) are formatted. If changes need to be made, select <guibutton>[ Back ]</guibutton> to return to the main partitioning menu. <guibutton>[ Revert &amp; Exit ]</guibutton> will exit the installer without making any changes to the hard drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4578
msgid "Final Confirmation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4582
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-final-confirmation' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-final-confirmation' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4587
msgid "To instead start the actual installation, select <guibutton>[ Commit ]</guibutton> and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4591
msgid "Installation time will vary depending on the distributions chosen, installation media, and speed of the computer. A series of messages will indicate the progress."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4595
msgid "First, the installer formats the selected disk(s) and initializes the partitions. Next, in the case of a bootonly media, it downloads the selected components:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4600
msgid "Fetching Distribution Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4604
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-fetching' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-fetching' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4609
msgid "Next, the integrity of the distribution files is verified to ensure they have not been corrupted during download or misread from the installation media:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4614
msgid "Verifying Distribution Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4618
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-verifying' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-verifying' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4623
msgid "Finally, the verified distribution files are extracted to the disk:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4627
msgid "Extracting Distribution Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4631
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-extracting' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-distfile-extracting' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4636
msgid "Once all requested distribution files have been extracted, <application>bsdinstall</application> displays the first post-installation configuration screen. The available post-configuration options are described in the next section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:4644
msgid "Post-Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4646
msgid "Once FreeBSD is installed, <application>bsdinstall</application> will prompt to configure several options before booting into the newly installed system. This section describes these configuration options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:4652
msgid "Once the system has booted, <command>bsdconfig</command> provides a menu-driven method for configuring the system using these and additional options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4659 book.translate.xml:4670
msgid "Setting the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> Password"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4663
msgid "First, the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password must be set. While entering the password, the characters being typed are not displayed on the screen. After the password has been entered, it must be entered again. This helps prevent typing errors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4674
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-post-root-passwd' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-post-root-passwd' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4681
msgid "Configuring Network Interfaces"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4683
msgid "Next, a list of the network interfaces found on the computer is shown. Select the interface to configure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4687
msgid "The network configuration menus will be skipped if the network was previously configured as part of a <emphasis>bootonly</emphasis> installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4693
msgid "Choose a Network Interface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4697
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4702
msgid "If an Ethernet interface is selected, the installer will skip ahead to the menu shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-configure-net-ipv4\"/>. If a wireless network interface is chosen, the system will instead scan for wireless access points:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4708
msgid "Scanning for Wireless Access Points"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4712
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-scan' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-scan' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4717
msgid "Wireless networks are identified by a Service Set Identifier (<acronym>SSID</acronym>), a short, unique name given to each network. <acronym>SSIDs</acronym> found during the scan are listed, followed by a description of the encryption types available for that network. If the desired <acronym>SSID</acronym> does not appear in the list, select <guibutton>[ Rescan ]</guibutton> to scan again. If the desired network still does not appear, check for problems with antenna connections or try moving the computer closer to the access point. Rescan after each change is made."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4729
msgid "Choosing a Wireless Network"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4733
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-accesspoints' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-accesspoints' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4738
msgid "Next, enter the encryption information for connecting to the selected wireless network. <acronym>WPA2</acronym> encryption is strongly recommended as older encryption types, like <acronym>WEP</acronym>, offer little security. If the network uses <acronym>WPA2</acronym>, input the password, also known as the Pre-Shared Key (<acronym>PSK</acronym>). For security reasons, the characters typed into the input box are displayed as asterisks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4748
msgid "WPA2 Setup"
msgstr "WPA2 Setup"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4752
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-wpa2setup' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-wireless-wpa2setup' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4757
msgid "Next, choose whether or not an <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address should be configured on the Ethernet or wireless interface:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4762
msgid "Choose <acronym>IPv4</acronym> Networking"
msgstr "Kies <acronym>IPv4</acronym> Networking"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4766
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4771
msgid "There are two methods of <acronym>IPv4</acronym> configuration. <acronym>DHCP</acronym> will automatically configure the network interface correctly and should be used if the network provides a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. Otherwise, the addressing information needs to be input manually as a static configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4779
msgid "Do not enter random network information as it will not work. If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is not available, obtain the information listed in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-collect-network-information\"/> from the network administrator or Internet service provider."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4786
msgid "If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is available, select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> in the next menu to automatically configure the network interface. The installer will appear to pause for a minute or so as it finds the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server and obtains the addressing information for the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4794
msgid "Choose <acronym>IPv4</acronym> <acronym>DHCP</acronym> Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4799
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-dhcp' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-dhcp' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4804
msgid "If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is not available, select <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> and input the following addressing information in this menu:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4809
msgid "<acronym>IPv4</acronym> Static Configuration"
msgstr "<acronym>IPv4</acronym> Statische configuratie"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4813
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-static' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv4-static' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4820
msgid "<literal>IP Address</literal> - The <acronym>IPv4</acronym> address assigned to this computer. The address must be unique and not already in use by another piece of equipment on the local network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4827
msgid "<literal>Subnet Mask</literal> - The subnet mask for the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4832
msgid "<literal>Default Router</literal> - The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of the network's default gateway."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4838
msgid "The next screen will ask if the interface should be configured for <acronym>IPv6</acronym>. If <acronym>IPv6</acronym> is available and desired, choose <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> to select it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4844
msgid "Choose IPv6 Networking"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4848
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4853
msgid "<acronym>IPv6</acronym> also has two methods of configuration. StateLess Address AutoConfiguration (<acronym>SLAAC</acronym>) will automatically request the correct configuration information from a local router. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4862\">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4862</link> for more information. Static configuration requires manual entry of network information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4861
msgid "If an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> router is available, select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> in the next menu to automatically configure the network interface. The installer will appear to pause for a minute or so as it finds the router and obtains the addressing information for the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4868
msgid "Choose IPv6 SLAAC Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4872
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-slaac' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-slaac' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4877
msgid "If an <acronym>IPv6</acronym> router is not available, select <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> and input the following addressing information in this menu:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4882
msgid "IPv6 Static Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4886
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6-static' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-interface-ipv6-static' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4893
msgid "<literal>IPv6 Address</literal> - The <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address assigned to this computer. The address must be unique and not already in use by another piece of equipment on the local network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4900
msgid "<literal>Default Router</literal> - The <acronym>IPv6</acronym> address of the network's default gateway."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4906
msgid "The last network configuration menu is used to configure the Domain Name System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>) resolver, which converts hostnames to and from network addresses. If <acronym>DHCP</acronym> or <acronym>SLAAC</acronym> was used to autoconfigure the network interface, the <literal>Resolver Configuration</literal> values may already be filled in. Otherwise, enter the local network's domain name in the <literal>Search</literal> field. <literal>DNS #1</literal> and <literal>DNS #2</literal> are the <acronym>IPv4</acronym> and/or <acronym>IPv6</acronym> addresses of the <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers. At least one <acronym>DNS</acronym> server is required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4920
msgid "DNS Configuration"
msgstr "DNS-configuratie"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4924
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-ipv4-dns' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-configure-network-ipv4-dns' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4931
msgid "Setting the Time Zone"
msgstr "Instellen van de tijdzone"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4933
msgid "The next menu asks if the system clock uses <acronym>UTC</acronym> or local time. When in doubt, select <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> to choose the more commonly-used local time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4939
msgid "Select Local or UTC Clock"
msgstr "Selecteer lokale of UTC klok"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4943
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-set-clock-local-utc' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-set-clock-local-utc' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4948
msgid "The next series of menus are used to determine the correct local time by selecting the geographic region, country, and time zone. Setting the time zone allows the system to automatically correct for regional time changes, such as daylight savings time, and perform other time zone related functions properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4955
msgid "The example shown here is for a machine located in the Eastern time zone of the United States. The selections will vary according to the geographical location."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4960
msgid "Select a Region"
msgstr "Selecteer een regio"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4964
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-region' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-region' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4969
msgid "The appropriate region is selected using the arrow keys and then pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4973
msgid "Select a Country"
msgstr "Selecteer een land."

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4977
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-country' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-country' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4982
msgid "Select the appropriate country using the arrow keys and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr "Selecteer het juiste land met behulp van de pijltoetsen en druk op <keycap>Enter</keycap>."

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4986
msgid "Select a Time Zone"
msgstr "Selecteer een tijdzone"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:4990
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-zone' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-zone' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4995
msgid "The appropriate time zone is selected using the arrow keys and pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap>."
msgstr "De juiste tijdzone is geselecteerd met behulp van de pijltoetsen en druk op <keycap>Enter</keycap>."

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:4999
msgid "Confirm Time Zone"
msgstr "Bevestigen van de tijdzone"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5003
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-confirm' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-timezone-confirm' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5008
msgid "Confirm the abbreviation for the time zone is correct. If it is, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue with the post-installation configuration."
msgstr "Bevestig dat de afkorting van de tijdzone juist is. Als dat zo is, druk op <keycap>Enter</keycap> om door te gaan met de configuratie na de installatie."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5014
msgid "Enabling Services"
msgstr "Services activeren"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5016
msgid "The next menu is used to configure which system services will be started whenever the system boots. All of these services are optional. Only start the services that are needed for the system to function."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5022
msgid "Selecting Additional Services to Enable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5026
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-services' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-services' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5031
msgid "Here is a summary of the services which can be enabled in this menu:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5036
msgid "<literal>sshd</literal> - The Secure Shell (<acronym>SSH</acronym>) daemon is used to remotely access a system over an encrypted connection. Only enable this service if the system should be available for remote logins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5044
msgid "<literal>moused</literal> - Enable this service if the mouse will be used from the command-line system console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5050
msgid "<literal>ntpd</literal> - The Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>) daemon for automatic clock synchronization. Enable this service if there is a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, Kerberos, or <acronym>LDAP</acronym> server on the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5058
msgid "<literal>powerd</literal> - System power control utility for power control and energy saving."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5065 book.translate.xml:5073
msgid "Enabling Crash Dumps"
msgstr "Het inschakelen van crash dumps"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5067
msgid "The next menu is used to configure whether or not crash dumps should be enabled. Enabling crash dumps can be useful in debugging issues with the system, so users are encouraged to enable crash dumps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5077
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-crashdump' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-config-crashdump' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5084
msgid "Add Users"
msgstr "Gebruikers toevoegen"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5086
msgid "The next menu prompts to create at least one user account. It is recommended to login to the system using a user account rather than as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. When logged in as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, there are essentially no limits or protection on what can be done. Logging in as a normal user is safer and more secure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5093
msgid "Select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> to add new users."
msgstr "Selecteer <guibutton>[Ja]</guibutton> om nieuwe gebruikers toe te voegen."

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5097
msgid "Add User Accounts"
msgstr "Gebruikersaccounts toevoegen"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5101
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser1' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5106
msgid "Follow the prompts and input the requested information for the user account. The example shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-add-user2\"/> creates the <systemitem class=\"username\">asample</systemitem> user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5110
msgid "Enter User Information"
msgstr "Gebruikersinformatie invoeren"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5114
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5119
msgid "Here is a summary of the information to input:"
msgstr "Hier is een samenvatting van de informatie in te voeren:"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5123
msgid "<literal>Username</literal> - The name the user will enter to log in. A common convention is to use the first letter of the first name combined with the last name, as long as each username is unique for the system. The username is case sensitive and should not contain any spaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5132
msgid "<literal>Full name</literal> - The user's full name. This can contain spaces and is used as a description for the user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5138
msgid "<literal>Uid</literal> - User <acronym>ID</acronym>. Typically, this is left blank so the system will assign a value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5144
msgid "<literal>Login group</literal> - The user's group. Typically this is left blank to accept the default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5149
msgid "<literal>Invite <replaceable>user</replaceable> into other groups?</literal> - Additional groups to which the user will be added as a member. If the user needs administrative access, type <literal>wheel</literal> here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5157
msgid "<literal>Login class</literal> - Typically left blank for the default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5162
msgid "<literal>Shell</literal> - Type in one of the listed values to set the interactive shell for the user. Refer to <xref linkend=\"shells\"/> for more information about shells."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5169
msgid "<literal>Home directory</literal> - The user's home directory. The default is usually correct."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5174
msgid "<literal>Home directory permissions</literal> - Permissions on the user's home directory. The default is usually correct."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5180
msgid "<literal>Use password-based authentication?</literal> - Typically <literal>yes</literal> so that the user is prompted to input their password at login."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5186
msgid "<literal>Use an empty password?</literal> - Typically <literal>no</literal> as it is insecure to have a blank password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5192
msgid "<literal>Use a random password?</literal> - Typically <literal>no</literal> so that the user can set their own password in the next prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5198
msgid "<literal>Enter password</literal> - The password for this user. Characters typed will not show on the screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5204
msgid "<literal>Enter password again</literal> - The password must be typed again for verification."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5209
msgid "<literal>Lock out the account after creation?</literal> - Typically <literal>no</literal> so that the user can login."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5215
msgid "After entering everything, a summary is shown for review. If a mistake was made, enter <literal>no</literal> and try again. If everything is correct, enter <literal>yes</literal> to create the new user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5221
msgid "Exit User and Group Management"
msgstr "Uit gebruiker en groeps beheer gaan"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5225
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-adduser3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5230
msgid "If there are more users to add, answer the <literal>Add another user?</literal> question with <literal>yes</literal>. Enter <literal>no</literal> to finish adding users and continue the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5235
msgid "For more information on adding users and user management, see <xref linkend=\"users-synopsis\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5240 book.translate.xml:5246
msgid "Final Configuration"
msgstr "Definitieve configuratie"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5242
msgid "After everything has been installed and configured, a final chance is provided to modify settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5250
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-finalconfiguration' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-finalconfiguration' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5255
msgid "Use this menu to make any changes or do any additional configuration before completing the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5260
msgid "<literal>Add User</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-addusers\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5264
msgid "<literal>Root Password</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-post-root\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5268
msgid "<literal>Hostname</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-hostname\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5272
msgid "<literal>Network</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-network-dev\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5276
msgid "<literal>Services</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-sysconf\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5280
msgid "<literal>Time Zone</literal> - Described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-timezone\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5284
msgid "<literal>Handbook</literal> - Download and install the FreeBSD Handbook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5289
msgid "After any final configuration is complete, select <guibutton>Exit</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5293 book.translate.xml:11492
msgid "Manual Configuration"
msgstr "Handmatig configuratie"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5297
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-final-modification-shell' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5302
msgid "<application>bsdinstall</application> will prompt if there are any additional configuration that needs to be done before rebooting into the new system. Select <guibutton>[ Yes ]</guibutton> to exit to a shell within the new system or <guibutton>[ No ]</guibutton> to proceed to the last step of the installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: book.translate.xml:5311
msgid "Complete the Installation"
msgstr "De installatie voltooien"

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:5315
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-mainexit' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='bsdinstall/bsdinstall-mainexit' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5320
msgid "If further configuration or special setup is needed, select <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> to boot the install media into Live <acronym>CD</acronym> mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5325
msgid "If the installation is complete, select <guibutton>[ Reboot ]</guibutton> to reboot the computer and start the new FreeBSD system. Do not forget to remove the FreeBSD install media or the computer may boot from it again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5331
msgid "As FreeBSD boots, informational messages are displayed. After the system finishes booting, a login prompt is displayed. At the <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt, enter the username added during the installation. Avoid logging in as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. Refer to <xref linkend=\"users-superuser\"/> for instructions on how to become the superuser when administrative access is needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5340
msgid "The messages that appeared during boot can be reviewed by pressing <keycap>Scroll-Lock</keycap> to turn on the scroll-back buffer. The <keycap>PgUp</keycap>, <keycap>PgDn</keycap>, and arrow keys can be used to scroll back through the messages. When finished, press <keycap>Scroll-Lock</keycap> again to unlock the display and return to the console. To review these messages once the system has been up for some time, type <command>less /var/run/dmesg.boot</command> from a command prompt. Press <keycap>q</keycap> to return to the command line after viewing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5352
msgid "If <application>sshd</application> was enabled in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-config-serv\"/>, the first boot may be a bit slower as the system will generate the <acronym>RSA</acronym> and <acronym>DSA</acronym> keys. Subsequent boots will be faster. The fingerprints of the keys will be displayed, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5358
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Generating public/private rsa1 key pair.\n"
"Your identification has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.\n"
"Your public key has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.pub.\n"
"The key fingerprint is:\n"
"10:a0:f5:af:93:ae:a3:1a:b2:bb:3c:35:d9:5a:b3:f3 root@machine3.example.com\n"
"The key's randomart image is:\n"
"+--[RSA1 1024]----+\n"
"|    o..          |\n"
"|   o . .         |\n"
"|  .   o          |\n"
"|       o         |\n"
"|    o   S        |\n"
"|   + + o         |\n"
"|o . + *          |\n"
"|o+ ..+ .         |\n"
"|==o..o+E         |\n"
"+-----------------+\n"
"Generating public/private dsa key pair.\n"
"Your identification has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.\n"
"Your public key has been saved in /etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.pub.\n"
"The key fingerprint is:\n"
"7e:1c:ce:dc:8a:3a:18:13:5b:34:b5:cf:d9:d1:47:b2 root@machine3.example.com\n"
"The key's randomart image is:\n"
"+--[ DSA 1024]----+\n"
"|       ..     . .|\n"
"|      o  .   . + |\n"
"|     . ..   . E .|\n"
"|    . .  o o . . |\n"
"|     +  S = .    |\n"
"|    +  . = o     |\n"
"|     +  . * .    |\n"
"|    . .  o .     |\n"
"|      .o. .      |\n"
"+-----------------+\n"
"Starting sshd."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5394
msgid "Refer to <xref linkend=\"openssh\"/> for more information about fingerprints and <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5397
msgid "FreeBSD does not install a graphical environment by default. Refer to <xref linkend=\"x11\"/> for more information about installing and configuring a graphical window manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5401
msgid "Proper shutdown of a FreeBSD computer helps protect data and hardware from damage. <emphasis>Do not turn off the power before the system has been properly shut down!</emphasis> If the user is a member of the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group, become the superuser by typing <command>su</command> at the command line and entering the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password. Then, type <command>shutdown -p now</command> and the system will shut down cleanly, and if the hardware supports it, turn itself off."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:5414 book.translate.xml:12444 book.translate.xml:15207
#: book.translate.xml:20382 book.translate.xml:35665 book.translate.xml:36435
#: book.translate.xml:48075 book.translate.xml:51321 book.translate.xml:62418
#: book.translate.xml:64073 book.translate.xml:64796
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Probleemoplossing"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5416
msgid "<primary>installation</primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>installation</primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5420
msgid "This section covers basic installation troubleshooting, such as common problems people have reported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5424
msgid "Check the Hardware Notes (<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/releases/index.html\">http://www.freebsd.org/releases/index.html</link>) document for the version of FreeBSD to make sure the hardware is supported. If the hardware is supported and lock-ups or other problems occur, build a custom kernel using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/> to add support for devices which are not present in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel. The default kernel assumes that most hardware devices are in their factory default configuration in terms of <acronym>IRQ</acronym>s, <acronym>I/O</acronym> addresses, and <acronym>DMA</acronym> channels. If the hardware has been reconfigured, a custom kernel configuration file can tell FreeBSD where to find things."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5438
msgid "Some installation problems can be avoided or alleviated by updating the firmware on various hardware components, most notably the motherboard. Motherboard firmware is usually referred to as the <acronym>BIOS</acronym>. Most motherboard and computer manufacturers have a website for upgrades and upgrade information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5445
msgid "Manufacturers generally advise against upgrading the motherboard <acronym>BIOS</acronym> unless there is a good reason for doing so, like a critical update. The upgrade process <emphasis>can</emphasis> go wrong, leaving the <acronym>BIOS</acronym> incomplete and the computer inoperative."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5453
msgid "If the system hangs while probing hardware during boot, or it behaves strangely during install, <acronym>ACPI</acronym> may be the culprit. FreeBSD makes extensive use of the system <acronym>ACPI</acronym> service on the i386, amd64, and ia64 platforms to aid in system configuration if it is detected during boot. Unfortunately, some bugs still exist in both the <acronym>ACPI</acronym> driver and within system motherboards and <acronym>BIOS</acronym> firmware. <acronym>ACPI</acronym> can be disabled by setting the <literal>hint.acpi.0.disabled</literal> hint in the third stage boot loader:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5465
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>set hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"</userinput>"
msgstr "<userinput>set hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5467
msgid "This is reset each time the system is booted, so it is necessary to add <literal>hint.acpi.0.disabled=\"1\"</literal> to the file <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. More information about the boot loader can be found in <xref linkend=\"boot-synopsis\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:5474
msgid "Using the Live <acronym>CD</acronym>"
msgstr "Gebruik maken van de Live-<acronym>CD</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5476
msgid "The welcome menu of <application>bsdinstall</application>, shown in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-choose-mode\"/>, provides a <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton> option. This is useful for those who are still wondering whether FreeBSD is the right operating system for them and want to test some of the features before installing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5483
msgid "The following points should be noted before using the <guibutton>[ Live CD ]</guibutton>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5488
msgid "To gain access to the system, authentication is required. The username is <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> and the password is blank."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5494
msgid "As the system runs directly from the installation media, performance will be significantly slower than that of a system installed on a hard disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5500
msgid "This option only provides a command prompt and not a graphical interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:5525
msgid "FreeBSD Basics"
msgstr "FreeBSD basis"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5530
msgid "This chapter covers the basic commands and functionality of the FreeBSD operating system. Much of this material is relevant for any <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating system. New FreeBSD users are encouraged to read through this chapter carefully."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5539
msgid "How to use and configure virtual consoles."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5543
msgid "How to create and manage users and groups on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5548
msgid "How <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> file permissions and FreeBSD file flags work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5553
msgid "The default FreeBSD file system layout."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5557
msgid "The FreeBSD disk organization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5561
msgid "How to mount and unmount file systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5565
msgid "What processes, daemons, and signals are."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5569
msgid "What a shell is, and how to change the default login environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5574
msgid "How to use basic text editors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5578
msgid "What devices and device nodes are."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5582
msgid "How to read manual pages for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:5588
msgid "Virtual Consoles and Terminals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5590
msgid "<primary>virtual consoles</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>virtual consoles</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5593 book.translate.xml:47357
msgid "<primary>terminals</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>terminals</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5596 book.translate.xml:23364
msgid "<primary>console</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>console</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5600
msgid "Unless FreeBSD has been configured to automatically start a graphical environment during startup, the system will boot into a command line login prompt, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5605
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"FreeBSD/amd64 (pc3.example.org) (ttyv0)\n"
"\n"
"login:"
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD/amd64 (pc3.example.org) (ttyv0)\n"
"\n"
"login:"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5609
msgid "The first line contains some information about the system. The <literal>amd64</literal> indicates that the system in this example is running a 64-bit version of FreeBSD. The hostname is <systemitem>pc3.example.org</systemitem>, and <filename>ttyv0</filename> indicates that this is the <quote>system console</quote>. The second line is the login prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5617
msgid "Since FreeBSD is a multiuser system, it needs some way to distinguish between different users. This is accomplished by requiring every user to log into the system before gaining access to the programs on the system. Every user has a unique name <quote>username</quote> and a personal <quote>password</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5624
msgid "To log into the system console, type the username that was configured during system installation, as described in <xref linkend=\"bsdinstall-addusers\"/>, and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. Then enter the password associated with the username and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. The password is <emphasis>not echoed</emphasis> for security reasons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5632
msgid "Once the correct password is input, the message of the day (<acronym>MOTD</acronym>) will be displayed followed by a command prompt. Depending upon the shell that was selected when the user was created, this prompt will be a <literal>#</literal>, <literal>$</literal>, or <literal>%</literal> character. The prompt indicates that the user is now logged into the FreeBSD system console and ready to try the available commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5642
msgid "Virtual Consoles"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5644
msgid "While the system console can be used to interact with the system, a user working from the command line at the keyboard of a FreeBSD system will typically instead log into a virtual console. This is because system messages are configured by default to display on the system console. These messages will appear over the command or file that the user is working on, making it difficult to concentrate on the work at hand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5653
msgid "By default, FreeBSD is configured to provide several virtual consoles for inputting commands. Each virtual console has its own login prompt and shell and it is easy to switch between virtual consoles. This essentially provides the command line equivalent of having several windows open at the same time in a graphical environment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5660
msgid "The key combinations <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> through <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap></keycombo> have been reserved by FreeBSD for switching between virtual consoles. Use <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to switch to the system console (<filename>ttyv0</filename>), <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> to access the first virtual console (<filename>ttyv1</filename>), <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> to access the second virtual console (<filename>ttyv2</filename>), and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5676
msgid "When switching from one console to the next, FreeBSD manages the screen output. The result is an illusion of having multiple virtual screens and keyboards that can be used to type commands for FreeBSD to run. The programs that are launched in one virtual console do not stop running when the user switches to a different virtual console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5683
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kbdcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>atkbd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syscons</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a more technical description of the FreeBSD console and its keyboard drivers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5688
msgid "In FreeBSD, the number of available virtual consoles is configured in this section of <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5692
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# name    getty                         type  status comments\n"
"#\n"
"ttyv0   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"# Virtual terminals\n"
"ttyv1   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv2   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv3   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv4   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv5   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv6   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv7   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv8   \"/usr/X11R6/bin/xdm -nodaemon\"  xterm   off secure"
msgstr ""
"# name    getty                         type  status comments\n"
"#\n"
"ttyv0   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"# Virtual terminals\n"
"ttyv1   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv2   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv3   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv4   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv5   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv6   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv7   \"/usr/libexec/getty Pc\"         xterm   on  secure\n"
"ttyv8   \"/usr/X11R6/bin/xdm -nodaemon\"  xterm   off secure"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5706
msgid "To disable a virtual console, put a comment symbol (<literal>#</literal>) at the beginning of the line representing that virtual console. For example, to reduce the number of available virtual consoles from eight to four, put a <literal>#</literal> in front of the last four lines representing virtual consoles <filename>ttyv5</filename> through <filename>ttyv8</filename>. <emphasis>Do not</emphasis> comment out the line for the system console <filename>ttyv0</filename>. Note that the last virtual console (<filename>ttyv8</filename>) is used to access the graphical environment if <application>Xorg</application> has been installed and configured as described in <xref linkend=\"x11\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5720
msgid "For a detailed description of every column in this file and the available options for the virtual consoles, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ttys</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5726
msgid "Single User Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5728
msgid "The FreeBSD boot menu provides an option labelled as <quote>Boot Single User</quote>. If this option is selected, the system will boot into a special mode known as <quote>single user mode</quote>. This mode is typically used to repair a system that will not boot or to reset the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password when it is not known. While in single user mode, networking and other virtual consoles are not available. However, full <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> access to the system is available, and by default, the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password is not needed. For these reasons, physical access to the keyboard is needed to boot into this mode and determining who has physical access to the keyboard is something to consider when securing a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5744
msgid "The settings which control single user mode are found in this section of <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5747
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# name  getty                           type  status  comments\n"
"#\n"
"# If console is marked \"insecure\", then init will ask for the root password\n"
"# when going to single-user mode.\n"
"console none                            unknown  off  secure"
msgstr ""
"# name  getty                           type  status  comments\n"
"#\n"
"# If console is marked \"insecure\", then init will ask for the root password\n"
"# when going to single-user mode.\n"
"console none                            unknown  off  secure"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5753
msgid "By default, the status is set to <literal>secure</literal>. This assumes that who has physical access to the keyboard is either not important or it is controlled by a physical security policy. If this setting is changed to <literal>insecure</literal>, the assumption is that the environment itself is insecure because anyone can access the keyboard. When this line is changed to <literal>insecure</literal>, FreeBSD will prompt for the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password when a user selects to boot into single user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5765
msgid "<emphasis>Be careful when changing this setting to <literal>insecure</literal></emphasis>! If the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> password is forgotten, booting into single user mode is still possible, but may be difficult for someone who is not familiar with the FreeBSD booting process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5775
msgid "Changing Console Video Modes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5777
msgid "The FreeBSD console default video mode may be adjusted to 1024x768, 1280x1024, or any other size supported by the graphics chip and monitor. To use a different video mode load the <literal>VESA</literal> module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5782
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload vesa</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload vesa</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5784
msgid "To determine which video modes are supported by the hardware, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To get a list of supported video modes issue the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5788
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>vidcontrol -i mode</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>vidcontrol -i mode</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5790
msgid "The output of this command lists the video modes that are supported by the hardware. To select a new video mode, specify the mode using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vidcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> as the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5795
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>vidcontrol MODE_279</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>vidcontrol MODE_279</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5797
msgid "If the new video mode is acceptable, it can be permanently set on boot by adding it to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5801
#, no-wrap
msgid "allscreens_flags=\"MODE_279\""
msgstr "allscreens_flags=\"MODE_279\""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:5818
msgid "Users and Basic Account Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5820
msgid "FreeBSD allows multiple users to use the computer at the same time. While only one user can sit in front of the screen and use the keyboard at any one time, any number of users can log in to the system through the network. To use the system, each user should have their own user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:5826
msgid "This chapter describes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5830
msgid "The different types of user accounts on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5835
msgid "How to add, remove, and modify user accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5839
msgid "How to set limits to control the resources that users and groups are allowed to access."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5845
msgid "How to create groups and add users as members of a group."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5851
msgid "Account Types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5853
msgid "Since all access to the FreeBSD system is achieved using accounts and all processes are run by users, user and account management is important."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5857
msgid "There are three main types of accounts: system accounts, user accounts, and the superuser account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:5861
msgid "System Accounts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5863
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>system</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>system</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5868
msgid "System accounts are used to run services such as DNS, mail, and web servers. The reason for this is security; if all services ran as the superuser, they could act without restriction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5873
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class=\"username\">daemon</systemitem></secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class=\"username\">daemon</systemitem></secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5877
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class=\"username\">operator</systemitem></secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class=\"username\">operator</systemitem></secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5882
msgid "Examples of system accounts are <systemitem class=\"username\">daemon</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">operator</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">bind</systemitem>, <systemitem class=\"username\">news</systemitem>, and <systemitem class=\"username\">www</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5889
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem></secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary><systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem></secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5894
msgid "<systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem> is the generic unprivileged system account. However, the more services that use <systemitem class=\"username\">nobody</systemitem>, the more files and processes that user will become associated with, and hence the more privileged that user becomes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:5903
msgid "User Accounts"
msgstr "Gebruikersaccounts"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:5905
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>user</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>user</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5910
msgid "User accounts are assigned to real people and are used to log in and use the system. Every person accessing the system should have a unique user account. This allows the administrator to find out who is doing what and prevents users from clobbering the settings of other users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5916
msgid "Each user can set up their own environment to accommodate their use of the system, by configuring their default shell, editor, key bindings, and language settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:5921
msgid "Every user account on a FreeBSD system has certain information associated with it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5926
msgid "User name"
msgstr "Gebruikersnaam"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5929
msgid "The user name is typed at the <prompt>login:</prompt> prompt. Each user must have a unique user name. There are a number of rules for creating valid user names which are documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. It is recommended to use user names that consist of eight or fewer, all lower case characters in order to maintain backwards compatibility with applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5941
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Wachtwoord"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5944
msgid "Each account has an associated password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5949
msgid "User ID (<acronym>UID</acronym>)"
msgstr "Gebruikers-ID (<acronym>UID</acronym>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5952
msgid "The User ID (<acronym>UID</acronym>) is a number used to uniquely identify the user to the FreeBSD system. Commands that allow a user name to be specified will first convert it to the <acronym>UID</acronym>. It is recommended to use a UID less than 65535, since higher values may cause compatibility issues with some software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5963
msgid "Group ID (<acronym>GID</acronym>)"
msgstr "Groeps-ID (<acronym>GID</acronym>)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5966
msgid "The Group ID (<acronym>GID</acronym>) is a number used to uniquely identify the primary group that the user belongs to. Groups are a mechanism for controlling access to resources based on a user's <acronym>GID</acronym> rather than their <acronym>UID</acronym>. This can significantly reduce the size of some configuration files and allows users to be members of more than one group. It is recommended to use a GID of 65535 or lower as higher GIDs may break some software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5980
msgid "Login class"
msgstr "Loginklasse"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5983
msgid "Login classes are an extension to the group mechanism that provide additional flexibility when tailoring the system to different users. Login classes are discussed further in <xref linkend=\"users-limiting\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5992
msgid "Password change time"
msgstr "Wanneer het wachtwoord moet worden gewijzigd"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5995
msgid "By default, passwords do not expire. However, password expiration can be enabled on a per-user basis, forcing some or all users to change their passwords after a certain amount of time has elapsed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6004
msgid "Account expiration time"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6007
msgid "By default, FreeBSD does not expire accounts. When creating accounts that need a limited lifespan, such as student accounts in a school, specify the account expiry date using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. After the expiry time has elapsed, the account cannot be used to log in to the system, although the account's directories and files will remain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6018
msgid "User's full name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6021
msgid "The user name uniquely identifies the account to FreeBSD, but does not necessarily reflect the user's real name. Similar to a comment, this information can contain spaces, uppercase characters, and be more than 8 characters long."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6030
msgid "Home directory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6033
msgid "The home directory is the full path to a directory on the system. This is the user's starting directory when the user logs in. A common convention is to put all user home directories under <filename><replaceable>/home/username</replaceable></filename> or <filename><replaceable>/usr/home/username</replaceable></filename>. Each user stores their personal files and subdirectories in their own home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6044
msgid "User shell"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6047
msgid "The shell provides the user's default environment for interacting with the system. There are many different kinds of shells and experienced users will have their own preferences, which can be reflected in their account settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6058
msgid "The Superuser Account"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6060
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>superuser (root)</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>superuser (root)</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6065
msgid "The superuser account, usually called <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, is used to manage the system with no limitations on privileges. For this reason, it should not be used for day-to-day tasks like sending and receiving mail, general exploration of the system, or programming."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6072
msgid "The superuser, unlike other user accounts, can operate without limits, and misuse of the superuser account may result in spectacular disasters. User accounts are unable to destroy the operating system by mistake, so it is recommended to login as a user account and to only become the superuser when a command requires extra privilege."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6080
msgid "Always double and triple-check any commands issued as the superuser, since an extra space or missing character can mean irreparable data loss."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6084
msgid "There are several ways to gain superuser privilege. While one can log in as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, this is highly discouraged."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6089
msgid "Instead, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to become the superuser. If <literal>-</literal> is specified when running this command, the user will also inherit the root user's environment. The user running this command must be in the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group or else the command will fail. The user must also know the password for the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6099
msgid "In this example, the user only becomes superuser in order to run <command>make install</command> as this step requires superuser privilege. Once the command completes, the user types <command>exit</command> to leave the superuser account and return to the privilege of their user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6107
msgid "Install a Program As the Superuser"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6109
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>configure</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su -</userinput>\n"
"Password:\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>exit</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>configure</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su -</userinput>\n"
"Password:\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>exit</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6118
msgid "The built-in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> framework works well for single systems or small networks with just one system administrator. An alternative is to install the <package>security/sudo</package> package or port. This software provides activity logging and allows the administrator to configure which users can run which commands as the superuser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6129
msgid "Managing Accounts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6131
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>modifying</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>modifying</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6136
msgid "FreeBSD provides a variety of different commands to manage user accounts. The most common commands are summarized in <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-utilities\"/>, followed by some examples of their usage. See the manual page for each utility for more details and usage examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:6143
msgid "Utilities for Managing User Accounts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6151 book.translate.xml:58652 book.translate.xml:62184
msgid "Command"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6152 book.translate.xml:17124 book.translate.xml:17278
msgid "Summary"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6157
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6158
msgid "The recommended command-line application for adding new users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6163
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6164
msgid "The recommended command-line application for removing users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6169
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6170
msgid "A flexible tool for changing user database information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6175
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6176
msgid "The command-line tool to change user passwords."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6181
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6182
msgid "A powerful and flexible tool for modifying all aspects of user accounts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6190
msgid "<command>adduser</command>"
msgstr "<command>adduser</command>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6192
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>adding</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>adding</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6196 book.translate.xml:43430
msgid "<primary><command>adduser</command></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><command>adduser</command></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6199
msgid "<primary><filename>/usr/share/skel</filename></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><filename>/usr/share/skel</filename></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6202
msgid "<primary>skeleton directory</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>skeleton directory</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6206
msgid "The recommended program for adding new users is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. When a new user is added, this program automatically updates <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> and <filename>/etc/group</filename>. It also creates a home directory for the new user, copies in the default configuration files from <filename>/usr/share/skel</filename>, and can optionally mail the new user a welcome message. This utility must be run as the superuser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6216
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility is interactive and walks through the steps for creating a new user account. As seen in <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-adduser\"/>, either input the required information or press <keycap>Return</keycap> to accept the default value shown in square brackets. In this example, the user has been invited into the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> group, allowing them to become the superuser with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. When finished, the utility will prompt to either create another user or to exit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6228
msgid "Adding a User on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6230
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>adduser</userinput>\n"
"Username: <userinput>jru</userinput>\n"
"Full name: <userinput>J. Random User</userinput>\n"
"Uid (Leave empty for default):\n"
"Login group [jru]:\n"
"Login group is jru. Invite jru into other groups? []: <userinput>wheel</userinput>\n"
"Login class [default]:\n"
"Shell (sh csh tcsh zsh nologin) [sh]: <userinput>zsh</userinput>\n"
"Home directory [/home/jru]:\n"
"Home directory permissions (Leave empty for default):\n"
"Use password-based authentication? [yes]:\n"
"Use an empty password? (yes/no) [no]:\n"
"Use a random password? (yes/no) [no]:\n"
"Enter password:\n"
"Enter password again:\n"
"Lock out the account after creation? [no]:\n"
"Username   : jru\n"
"Password   : ****\n"
"Full Name  : J. Random User\n"
"Uid        : 1001\n"
"Class      :\n"
"Groups     : jru wheel\n"
"Home       : /home/jru\n"
"Shell      : /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Locked     : no\n"
"OK? (yes/no): <userinput>yes</userinput>\n"
"adduser: INFO: Successfully added (jru) to the user database.\n"
"Add another user? (yes/no): <userinput>no</userinput>\n"
"Goodbye!\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6263
msgid "Since the password is not echoed when typed, be careful to not mistype the password when creating the user account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6270
msgid "<command>rmuser</command>"
msgstr "<command>rmuser</command>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6272
msgid "<primary><command>rmuser</command></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><command>rmuser</command></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6275
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>removing</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>removing</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6280
msgid "To completely remove a user from the system, run <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> as the superuser. This command performs the following steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6286
msgid "Removes the user's <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> entry, if one exists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6291
msgid "Removes any <citerefentry><refentrytitle>at</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> jobs belonging to the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6296
msgid "Kills all processes owned by the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6300
msgid "Removes the user from the system's local password file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6305
msgid "Optionally removes the user's home directory, if it is owned by the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6310
msgid "Removes the incoming mail files belonging to the user from <filename>/var/mail</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6315
msgid "Removes all files owned by the user from temporary file storage areas such as <filename>/tmp</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:6321
msgid "Finally, removes the username from all groups to which it belongs in <filename>/etc/group</filename>. If a group becomes empty and the group name is the same as the username, the group is removed. This complements the per-user unique groups created by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>adduser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6330
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rmuser</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> cannot be used to remove superuser accounts since that is almost always an indication of massive destruction."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6334
msgid "By default, an interactive mode is used, as shown in the following example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6338
msgid "<command>rmuser</command> Interactive Account Removal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6341
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rmuser jru</userinput>\n"
"Matching password entry:\n"
"jru:*:1001:1001::0:0:J. Random User:/home/jru:/usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Is this the entry you wish to remove? <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Remove user's home directory (/home/jru)? <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Removing user (jru): mailspool home passwd.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rmuser jru</userinput>\n"
"Matching password entry:\n"
"jru:*:1001:1001::0:0:J. Random User:/home/jru:/usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Is this the entry you wish to remove? <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Remove user's home directory (/home/jru)? <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Removing user (jru): mailspool home passwd.\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6352
msgid "<command>chpass</command>"
msgstr "<command>chpass</command>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6354
msgid "<primary><command>chpass</command></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><command>chpass</command></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6358
msgid "Any user can use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to change their default shell and personal information associated with their user account. The superuser can use this utility to change additional account information for any user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6363
msgid "When passed no options, aside from an optional username, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> displays an editor containing user information. When the user exits from the editor, the user database is updated with the new information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6369
msgid "This utility will prompt for the user's password when exiting the editor, unless the utility is run as the superuser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6374
msgid "In <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-chpass-su\"/>, the superuser has typed <command>chpass jru</command> and is now viewing the fields that can be changed for this user. If <systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> runs this command instead, only the last six fields will be displayed and available for editing. This is shown in <xref linkend=\"users-modifying-chpass-ru\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6383
msgid "Using <command>chpass</command> as Superuser"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6386
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#Changing user database information for jru.\n"
"Login: jru\n"
"Password: *\n"
"Uid [#]: 1001\n"
"Gid [# or name]: 1001\n"
"Change [month day year]:\n"
"Expire [month day year]:\n"
"Class:\n"
"Home directory: /home/jru\n"
"Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Full Name: J. Random User\n"
"Office Location:\n"
"Office Phone:\n"
"Home Phone:\n"
"Other information:"
msgstr ""
"#Changing user database information for jru.\n"
"Login: jru\n"
"Password: *\n"
"Uid [#]: 1001\n"
"Gid [# or name]: 1001\n"
"Change [month day year]:\n"
"Expire [month day year]:\n"
"Class:\n"
"Home directory: /home/jru\n"
"Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Full Name: J. Random User\n"
"Office Location:\n"
"Office Phone:\n"
"Home Phone:\n"
"Other information:"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6404
msgid "Using <command>chpass</command> as Regular User"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6407
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#Changing user database information for jru.\n"
"Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Full Name: J. Random User\n"
"Office Location:\n"
"Office Phone:\n"
"Home Phone:\n"
"Other information:"
msgstr ""
"#Changing user database information for jru.\n"
"Shell: /usr/local/bin/zsh\n"
"Full Name: J. Random User\n"
"Office Location:\n"
"Office Phone:\n"
"Home Phone:\n"
"Other information:"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6417
msgid "The commands <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> are links to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, as are <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchfn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ypchsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Since <acronym>NIS</acronym> support is automatic, specifying the <literal>yp</literal> before the command is not necessary. How to configure NIS is covered in <xref linkend=\"network-servers\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6427
msgid "<command>passwd</command>"
msgstr "<command>passwd</command>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6429
msgid "<primary><command>passwd</command></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><command>passwd</command></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6432
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>changing password</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>changing password</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6437
msgid "Any user can easily change their password using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To prevent accidental or unauthorized changes, this command will prompt for the user's original password before a new password can be set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6443
msgid "Changing Your Password"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6445
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for jru.\n"
"Old password:\n"
"New password:\n"
"Retype new password:\n"
"passwd: updating the database...\n"
"passwd: done"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>passwd</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for jru.\n"
"Old password:\n"
"New password:\n"
"Retype new password:\n"
"passwd: updating the database...\n"
"passwd: done"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6454
msgid "The superuser can change any user's password by specifying the username when running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. When this utility is run as the superuser, it will not prompt for the user's current password. This allows the password to be changed when a user cannot remember the original password."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6462
msgid "Changing Another User's Password as the Superuser"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6465
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd jru</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for jru.\n"
"New password:\n"
"Retype new password:\n"
"passwd: updating the database...\n"
"passwd: done"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>passwd jru</userinput>\n"
"Changing local password for jru.\n"
"New password:\n"
"Retype new password:\n"
"passwd: updating the database...\n"
"passwd: done"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6474
msgid "As with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chpass</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>yppasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is a link to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, so <acronym>NIS</acronym> works with either command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:6481
msgid "<command>pw</command>"
msgstr "<command>pw</command>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect4/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6483 book.translate.xml:43453
msgid "<primary><command>pw</command></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><command>pw</command></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:6487
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility can create, remove, modify, and display users and groups. It functions as a front end to the system user and group files. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> has a very powerful set of command line options that make it suitable for use in shell scripts, but new users may find it more complicated than the other commands presented in this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6498
msgid "Managing Groups"
msgstr "Groepen beheren"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6500
msgid "<primary>groups</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>groups</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6503
msgid "<primary><filename>/etc/groups</filename></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><filename>/etc/groups</filename></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6506
msgid "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>groups</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>accounts</primary> <secondary>groups</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6511
msgid "A group is a list of users. A group is identified by its group name and <acronym>GID</acronym>. In FreeBSD, the kernel uses the <acronym>UID</acronym> of a process, and the list of groups it belongs to, to determine what the process is allowed to do. Most of the time, the <acronym>GID</acronym> of a user or process usually means the first group in the list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6518
msgid "The group name to <acronym>GID</acronym> mapping is listed in <filename>/etc/group</filename>. This is a plain text file with four colon-delimited fields. The first field is the group name, the second is the encrypted password, the third the <acronym>GID</acronym>, and the fourth the comma-delimited list of members. For a more complete description of the syntax, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6526
msgid "The superuser can modify <filename>/etc/group</filename> using a text editor. Alternatively, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used to add and edit groups. For example, to add a group called <systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem> and then confirm that it exists:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6533
msgid "Adding a Group Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"teamtwo:*:1100:"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"teamtwo:*:1100:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6540
msgid "In this example, <literal>1100</literal> is the <acronym>GID</acronym> of <systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem>. Right now, <systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem> has no members. This command will add <systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> as a member of <systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6549
msgid "Adding User Accounts to a New Group Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6552
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod teamtwo -M jru</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"teamtwo:*:1100:jru"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod teamtwo -M jru</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"teamtwo:*:1100:jru"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6557
msgid "The argument to <option>-M</option> is a comma-delimited list of users to be added to a new (empty) group or to replace the members of an existing group. To the user, this group membership is different from (and in addition to) the user's primary group listed in the password file. This means that the user will not show up as a member when using <option>groupshow</option> with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, but will show up when the information is queried via <citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or a similar tool. When <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to add a user to a group, it only manipulates <filename>/etc/group</filename> and does not attempt to read additional data from <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6571
msgid "Adding a New Member to a Group Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6573
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod teamtwo -m db</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"teamtwo:*:1100:jru,db"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod teamtwo -m db</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupshow teamtwo</userinput>\n"
"teamtwo:*:1100:jru,db"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6578
msgid "In this example, the argument to <option>-m</option> is a comma-delimited list of users who are to be added to the group. Unlike the previous example, these users are appended to the group and do not replace existing users in the group."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6585
msgid "Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to Determine Group Membership"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6587
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>id jru</userinput>\n"
"uid=1001(jru) gid=1001(jru) groups=1001(jru), 1100(teamtwo)"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>id jru</userinput>\n"
"uid=1001(jru) gid=1001(jru) groups=1001(jru), 1100(teamtwo)"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6591
msgid "In this example, <systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> is a member of the groups <systemitem class=\"groupname\">jru</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"groupname\">teamtwo</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6596
msgid "For more information about this command and the format of <filename>/etc/group</filename>, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>group</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:6603
msgid "Permissions"
msgstr "Rechten"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6605
msgid "<primary>UNIX</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>UNIX</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6609
msgid "In FreeBSD, every file and directory has an associated set of permissions and several utilities are available for viewing and modifying these permissions. Understanding how permissions work is necessary to make sure that users are able to access the files that they need and are unable to improperly access the files used by the operating system or owned by other users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6617
msgid "This section discusses the traditional <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> permissions used in FreeBSD. For finer grained file system access control, refer to <xref linkend=\"fs-acl\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6621
msgid "In <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>, basic permissions are assigned using three types of access: read, write, and execute. These access types are used to determine file access to the file's owner, group, and others (everyone else). The read, write, and execute permissions can be represented as the letters <literal>r</literal>, <literal>w</literal>, and <literal>x</literal>. They can also be represented as binary numbers as each permission is either on or off (<literal>0</literal>). When represented as a number, the order is always read as <literal>rwx</literal>, where <literal>r</literal> has an on value of <literal>4</literal>, <literal>w</literal> has an on value of <literal>2</literal> and <literal>x</literal> has an on value of <literal>1</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6636
msgid "Table 4.1 summarizes the possible numeric and alphabetic possibilities. When reading the <quote>Directory Listing</quote> column, a <literal>-</literal> is used to represent a permission that is set to off."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6641
msgid "<primary>permissions</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>permissions</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6644
msgid "<primary>file permissions</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>file permissions</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:6649
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> Permissions"
msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> rechten"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6654
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Waarde"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6655
msgid "Permission"
msgstr "Recht"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6656
msgid "Directory Listing"
msgstr "Directory Listing"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6662
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6663
msgid "No read, no write, no execute"
msgstr "Niet lezen, niet schrijven, niet uitvoeren"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6664
msgid "<literal>---</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>---</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6668 book.translate.xml:47055 book.translate.xml:47077
#: book.translate.xml:47167
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6669
msgid "No read, no write, execute"
msgstr "Niet lezen, niet schrijven, uitvoeren"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6670
msgid "<literal>--x</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>--x</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6674 book.translate.xml:46947 book.translate.xml:46957
#: book.translate.xml:47029 book.translate.xml:47039 book.translate.xml:47119
#: book.translate.xml:47121
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6675
msgid "No read, write, no execute"
msgstr "Niet lezen, schrijven, niet uitvoeren"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6676
msgid "<literal>-w-</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>-w-</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6680 book.translate.xml:46949 book.translate.xml:46955
#: book.translate.xml:47031 book.translate.xml:47037 book.translate.xml:47127
#: book.translate.xml:47129
msgid "3"
msgstr "3"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6681
msgid "No read, write, execute"
msgstr "Niet lezen, schrijven, uitvoeren"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6682
msgid "<literal>-wx</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>-wx</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6686 book.translate.xml:46963 book.translate.xml:46973
#: book.translate.xml:47045 book.translate.xml:47053 book.translate.xml:47071
#: book.translate.xml:47079 book.translate.xml:47135 book.translate.xml:47143
#: book.translate.xml:47185
msgid "4"
msgstr "4"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6687
msgid "Read, no write, no execute"
msgstr "Lezen, niet schrijven, niet uitvoeren"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6688
msgid "<literal>r--</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>r--</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6692 book.translate.xml:46965 book.translate.xml:46971
#: book.translate.xml:47061 book.translate.xml:47063 book.translate.xml:47151
#: book.translate.xml:47177
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6693
msgid "Read, no write, execute"
msgstr "Lezen, niet schrijven, uitvoeren"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6694
msgid "<literal>r-x</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>r-x</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6698 book.translate.xml:46981 book.translate.xml:46995
#: book.translate.xml:47047 book.translate.xml:47069 book.translate.xml:47137
#: book.translate.xml:47159
msgid "6"
msgstr "6"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6699
msgid "Read, write, no execute"
msgstr "Lezen, schrijven, niet uitvoeren"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6700
msgid "<literal>rw-</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>rw-</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6704 book.translate.xml:46939 book.translate.xml:46941
#: book.translate.xml:47085 book.translate.xml:47095 book.translate.xml:47153
#: book.translate.xml:47175
msgid "7"
msgstr "7"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6705
msgid "Read, write, execute"
msgstr "Lezen, schrijven, uitvoeren"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6706
msgid "<literal>rwx</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>rwx</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6712
msgid "<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6715
msgid "<primary>directories</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>directories</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6719
msgid "Use the <option>-l</option> argument to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to view a long directory listing that includes a column of information about a file's permissions for the owner, group, and everyone else. For example, a <command>ls -l</command> in an arbitrary directory may show:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6725
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -l</userinput>\n"
"total 530\n"
"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel     512 Sep  5 12:31 myfile\n"
"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel     512 Sep  5 12:31 otherfile\n"
"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel    7680 Sep  5 12:31 email.txt"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -l</userinput>\n"
"total 530\n"
"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel     512 Sep  5 12:31 myfile\n"
"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel     512 Sep  5 12:31 otherfile\n"
"-rw-r--r--  1 root  wheel    7680 Sep  5 12:31 email.txt"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6731
msgid "The first (leftmost) character in the first column indicates whether this file is a regular file, a directory, a special character device, a socket, or any other special pseudo-file device. In this example, the <literal>-</literal> indicates a regular file. The next three characters, <literal>rw-</literal> in this example, give the permissions for the owner of the file. The next three characters, <literal>r--</literal>, give the permissions for the group that the file belongs to. The final three characters, <literal>r--</literal>, give the permissions for the rest of the world. A dash means that the permission is turned off. In this example, the permissions are set so the owner can read and write to the file, the group can read the file, and the rest of the world can only read the file. According to the table above, the permissions for this file would be <literal>644</literal>, where each digit represents the three parts of the file's permission."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6748
msgid "How does the system control permissions on devices? FreeBSD treats most hardware devices as a file that programs can open, read, and write data to. These special device files are stored in <filename>/dev/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6753
msgid "Directories are also treated as files. They have read, write, and execute permissions. The executable bit for a directory has a slightly different meaning than that of files. When a directory is marked executable, it means it is possible to change into that directory using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This also means that it is possible to access the files within that directory, subject to the permissions on the files themselves."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6762
msgid "In order to perform a directory listing, the read permission must be set on the directory. In order to delete a file that one knows the name of, it is necessary to have write <emphasis>and</emphasis> execute permissions to the directory containing the file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6768
msgid "There are more permission bits, but they are primarily used in special circumstances such as setuid binaries and sticky directories. For more information on file permissions and how to set them, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:6775
msgid "Symbolic Permissions"
msgstr "Symbolische rechten"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:6778 book.translate.xml:6913 book.translate.xml:6964
#: book.translate.xml:19408 book.translate.xml:19515 book.translate.xml:19693
#: book.translate.xml:20812 book.translate.xml:21338 book.translate.xml:23587
#: book.translate.xml:34149 book.translate.xml:45756 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Bijgedragen door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:6788
msgid "<primary>permissions</primary> <secondary>symbolic</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>permissions</primary> <secondary>symbolic</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6793
msgid "Symbolic permissions use characters instead of octal values to assign permissions to files or directories. Symbolic permissions use the syntax of (who) (action) (permissions), where the following values are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6803 book.translate.xml:23313
msgid "Option"
msgstr "Optie"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6804
msgid "Letter"
msgstr "Letter"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6805
msgid "Represents"
msgstr "Representeert"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6811 book.translate.xml:6817 book.translate.xml:6823
#: book.translate.xml:6829
msgid "(who)"
msgstr "(wie)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6812
msgid "u"
msgstr "u"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6813
msgid "User"
msgstr "Gebruiker"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6818
msgid "g"
msgstr "g"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6819
msgid "Group owner"
msgstr "Groepseigenaar"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6824
msgid "o"
msgstr "o"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6825
msgid "Other"
msgstr "Other"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6830
msgid "a"
msgstr "a"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6831
msgid "All (<quote>world</quote>)"
msgstr "All (<quote>iedereen</quote>)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6835 book.translate.xml:6841 book.translate.xml:6847
msgid "(action)"
msgstr "(actie)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6836 book.translate.xml:31583 book.translate.xml:39442
msgid "+"
msgstr "+"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6837
msgid "Adding permissions"
msgstr "Rechten toevoegen"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6842 book.translate.xml:31588 book.translate.xml:39447
msgid "-"
msgstr "-"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6843
msgid "Removing permissions"
msgstr "Rechten verwijderen"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6848
msgid "="
msgstr "="

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6849
msgid "Explicitly set permissions"
msgstr "Expliciet instellen rechten"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6853 book.translate.xml:6859 book.translate.xml:6865
#: book.translate.xml:6871 book.translate.xml:6877
msgid "(permissions)"
msgstr "(permissies)"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6854
msgid "r"
msgstr "r"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6855
msgid "Read"
msgstr "Lezen"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6860
msgid "w"
msgstr "w"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6861
msgid "Write"
msgstr "Schrijven"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6866
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6867
msgid "Execute"
msgstr "Uitvoeren"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6872
msgid "t"
msgstr "t"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6873
msgid "Sticky bit"
msgstr "Sticky bit"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6878
msgid "s"
msgstr "s"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:6879
msgid "Set UID or GID"
msgstr "Veranderd UID of GID"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6885
msgid "These values are used with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, but with letters instead of numbers. For example, the following command would block other users from accessing <replaceable>FILE</replaceable>:"
msgstr "Deze waarden worden gebruikt met <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, alleen nu met letters in plaats van nummers. Bijvoorbeeld kan het volgende commando gebruikt worden om andere gebruikers de toegang tot <replaceable>BESTAND</replaceable> te ontzeggen:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6890
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod go= FILE</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod go= BESTAND</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6892
msgid "A comma separated list can be provided when more than one set of changes to a file must be made. For example, the following command removes the group and <quote>world</quote> write permission on <replaceable>FILE</replaceable>, and adds the execute permissions for everyone:"
msgstr "Er kan een door komma's gescheiden lijst geleverd worden als meer dan één wijziging aan een bestand moet worden uitgevoerd. Het volgende commando past de rechten voor de groep en de <quote>wereld</quote> aan op <replaceable>BESTAND</replaceable> door de schrijfrechten te ontnemen en daarna iedereen uitvoerrechten te geven:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6899
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod go-w,a+x <replaceable>FILE</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod go-w,a+x <replaceable>BESTAND</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:6910
msgid "FreeBSD File Flags"
msgstr "FreeBSD bestandsvlaggen"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6923
msgid "In addition to file permissions, FreeBSD supports the use of <quote>file flags</quote>. These flags add an additional level of security and control over files, but not directories. With file flags, even <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> can be prevented from removing or altering files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6930
msgid "File flags are modified using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For example, to enable the system undeletable flag on the file <filename>file1</filename>, issue the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6935
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags sunlink file1</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags sunlink file1</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6937
msgid "To disable the system undeletable flag, put a <quote>no</quote> in front of the <option>sunlink</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6941
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags nosunlink file1</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chflags nosunlink file1</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6943
msgid "To view the flags of a file, use <option>-lo</option> with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6946
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -lo file1</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -lo file1</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6948
#, no-wrap
msgid "-rw-r--r--  1 trhodes  trhodes  sunlnk 0 Mar  1 05:54 file1"
msgstr "-rw-r--r--  1 trhodes  trhodes  sunlnk 0 Mar  1 05:54 file1"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6950
msgid "Several file flags may only be added or removed by the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user. In other cases, the file owner may set its file flags. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chflags</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:6959
msgid "The <literal>setuid</literal>, <literal>setgid</literal>, and <literal>sticky</literal> Permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6974
msgid "Other than the permissions already discussed, there are three other specific settings that all administrators should know about. They are the <literal>setuid</literal>, <literal>setgid</literal>, and <literal>sticky</literal> permissions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6980
msgid "These settings are important for some <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> operations as they provide functionality not normally granted to normal users. To understand them, the difference between the real user ID and effective user ID must be noted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6985
msgid "The real user ID is the <acronym>UID</acronym> who owns or starts the process. The effective <acronym>UID</acronym> is the user ID the process runs as. As an example, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> runs with the real user ID when a user changes their password. However, in order to update the password database, the command runs as the effective ID of the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user. This allows users to change their passwords without seeing a <errorname>Permission Denied</errorname> error."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6995
msgid "The setuid permission may be set by prefixing a permission set with the number four (4) as shown in the following example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6999
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 4755 suidexample.sh</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 4755 suidexample.sh</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7001
msgid "The permissions on <filename><replaceable>suidexample.sh</replaceable></filename> now look like the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7005
#, no-wrap
msgid "-rwsr-xr-x   1 trhodes  trhodes    63 Aug 29 06:36 suidexample.sh"
msgstr "-rwsr-xr-x   1 trhodes  trhodes    63 Aug 29 06:36 suidexample.sh"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7007
msgid "Note that a <literal>s</literal> is now part of the permission set designated for the file owner, replacing the executable bit. This allows utilities which need elevated permissions, such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:7013
msgid "The <literal>nosuid</literal> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> option will cause such binaries to silently fail without alerting the user. That option is not completely reliable as a <literal>nosuid</literal> wrapper may be able to circumvent it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7020
msgid "To view this in real time, open two terminals. On one, type <command>passwd</command> as a normal user. While it waits for a new password, check the process table and look at the user information for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7026
msgid "In terminal A:"
msgstr "in terminal"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7028
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Changing local password for trhodes\n"
"Old Password:"
msgstr ""
"Changing local password for trhodes\n"
"Old Password:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7031
msgid "In terminal B:"
msgstr "In terminal B:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7033
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ps aux | grep passwd</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ps aux | grep passwd</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7035
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"trhodes  5232  0.0  0.2  3420  1608   0  R+    2:10AM   0:00.00 grep passwd\n"
"root     5211  0.0  0.2  3620  1724   2  I+    2:09AM   0:00.01 passwd"
msgstr ""
"trhodes  5232  0.0  0.2  3420  1608   0  R+    2:10AM   0:00.00 grep passwd\n"
"root     5211  0.0  0.2  3620  1724   2  I+    2:09AM   0:00.01 passwd"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7038
msgid "Although <citerefentry><refentrytitle>passwd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is run as a normal user, it is using the effective <acronym>UID</acronym> of <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7042
msgid "The <literal>setgid</literal> permission performs the same function as the <literal>setuid</literal> permission; except that it alters the group settings. When an application or utility executes with this setting, it will be granted the permissions based on the group that owns the file, not the user who started the process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7049
msgid "To set the <literal>setgid</literal> permission on a file, provide <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> with a leading two (2):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7052
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 2755 sgidexample.sh</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 2755 sgidexample.sh</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7054
msgid "In the following listing, notice that the <literal>s</literal> is now in the field designated for the group permission settings:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7058
#, no-wrap
msgid "-rwxr-sr-x   1 trhodes  trhodes    44 Aug 31 01:49 sgidexample.sh"
msgstr "-rwxr-sr-x   1 trhodes  trhodes    44 Aug 31 01:49 sgidexample.sh"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:7061
msgid "In these examples, even though the shell script in question is an executable file, it will not run with a different <acronym>EUID</acronym> or effective user ID. This is because shell scripts may not access the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setuid</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system calls."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7068
msgid "The <literal>setuid</literal> and <literal>setgid</literal> permission bits may lower system security, by allowing for elevated permissions. The third special permission, the <literal>sticky bit</literal>, can strengthen the security of a system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7074
msgid "When the <literal>sticky bit</literal> is set on a directory, it allows file deletion only by the file owner. This is useful to prevent file deletion in public directories, such as <filename>/tmp</filename>, by users who do not own the file. To utilize this permission, prefix the permission set with a one (1):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7081
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 1777 /tmp</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 1777 /tmp</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7083
msgid "The <literal>sticky bit</literal> permission will display as a <literal>t</literal> at the very end of the permission set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7087
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -al / | grep tmp</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ls -al / | grep tmp</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7089
#, no-wrap
msgid "drwxrwxrwt  10 root  wheel         512 Aug 31 01:49 tmp"
msgstr "drwxrwxrwt  10 root  wheel         512 Aug 31 01:49 tmp"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7095
msgid "Directory Structure"
msgstr "Directory-structuur"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7097
msgid "<primary>directory hierarchy</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>directory hierarchy</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7101
msgid "The FreeBSD directory hierarchy is fundamental to obtaining an overall understanding of the system. The most important directory is root or, <quote>/</quote>. This directory is the first one mounted at boot time and it contains the base system necessary to prepare the operating system for multi-user operation. The root directory also contains mount points for other file systems that are mounted during the transition to multi-user operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7110
msgid "A mount point is a directory where additional file systems can be grafted onto a parent file system (usually the root file system). This is further described in <xref linkend=\"disk-organization\"/>. Standard mount points include <filename>/usr/</filename>, <filename>/var/</filename>, <filename>/tmp/</filename>, <filename>/mnt/</filename>, and <filename>/cdrom/</filename>. These directories are usually referenced to entries in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. This file is a table of various file systems and mount points and is read by the system. Most of the file systems in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> are mounted automatically at boot time from the script <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> unless their entry includes <option>noauto</option>. Details can be found in <xref linkend=\"disks-fstab\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7125
msgid "A complete description of the file system hierarchy is available in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hier</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The following table provides a brief overview of the most common directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:7134 book.translate.xml:10996
msgid "Directory"
msgstr "Directory"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7141
msgid "Root directory of the file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7145
msgid "<filename>/bin/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/bin/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7146
msgid "User utilities fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7151
msgid "<filename>/boot/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/boot/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7152
msgid "Programs and configuration files used during operating system bootstrap."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7157
msgid "<filename>/boot/defaults/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/boot/defaults/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7158
msgid "Default boot configuration files. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7163
msgid "<filename>/dev/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/dev/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7164
msgid "Device nodes. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>intro</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7169
msgid "<filename>/etc/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/etc/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7170
msgid "System configuration files and scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7174
msgid "<filename>/etc/defaults/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/etc/defaults/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7175
msgid "Default system configuration files. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7180
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/etc/mail/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7181
msgid "Configuration files for mail transport agents such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7186
msgid "<filename>/etc/namedb/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/etc/namedb/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7187
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration files."
msgstr "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>met de naam</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> configuratiebestanden."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7191
msgid "<filename>/etc/periodic/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/etc/periodic/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7192
msgid "Scripts that run daily, weekly, and monthly, via <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7198
msgid "<filename>/etc/ppp/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/etc/ppp/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7199
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ppp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7203
msgid "<filename>/mnt/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/mnt/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7204
msgid "Empty directory commonly used by system administrators as a temporary mount point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7209
msgid "<filename>/proc/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/proc/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7210
msgid "Process file system. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>procfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount_procfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7215
msgid "<filename>/rescue/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/rescue/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7216
msgid "Statically linked programs for emergency recovery as described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rescue</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7221
msgid "<filename>/root/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/root/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7222
msgid "Home directory for the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7228
msgid "<filename>/sbin/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/sbin/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7229
msgid "System programs and administration utilities fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7235
msgid "<filename>/tmp/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/tmp/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7236
msgid "Temporary files which are usually <emphasis>not</emphasis> preserved across a system reboot. A memory-based file system is often mounted at <filename>/tmp</filename>. This can be automated using the tmpmfs-related variables of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> or with an entry in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>; refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7246
msgid "<filename>/usr/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7247
msgid "The majority of user utilities and applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7252
msgid "<filename>/usr/bin/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/bin/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7253
msgid "Common utilities, programming tools, and applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7258
msgid "<filename>/usr/include/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/include/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7259
msgid "Standard C include files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7263
msgid "<filename>/usr/lib/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/lib/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7264
msgid "Archive libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7269
msgid "<filename>/usr/libdata/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/libdata/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7270
msgid "Miscellaneous utility data files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7274
msgid "<filename>/usr/libexec/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/libexec/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7275
msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by other programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7280
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/local/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7281
msgid "Local executables and libraries. Also used as the default destination for the FreeBSD ports framework. Within <filename>/usr/local</filename>, the general layout sketched out by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hier</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> for <filename>/usr</filename> should be used. Exceptions are the man directory, which is directly under <filename>/usr/local</filename> rather than under <filename>/usr/local/share</filename>, and the ports documentation is in <filename>share/doc/<replaceable>port</replaceable></filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7294
msgid "<filename>/usr/obj/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/obj/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7295
msgid "Architecture-specific target tree produced by building the <filename>/usr/src</filename> tree."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7301
msgid "<filename>/usr/ports/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/ports/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7302
msgid "The FreeBSD Ports Collection (optional)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7306
msgid "<filename>/usr/sbin/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/sbin/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7307
msgid "System daemons and system utilities executed by users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7312
msgid "<filename>/usr/share/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/share/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7313
msgid "Architecture-independent files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7317
msgid "<filename>/usr/src/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/src/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7318
msgid "BSD and/or local source files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7322
msgid "<filename>/var/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/var/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7323
msgid "Multi-purpose log, temporary, transient, and spool files. A memory-based file system is sometimes mounted at <filename>/var</filename>. This can be automated using the varmfs-related variables in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> or with an entry in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>; refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdmfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7334
msgid "<filename>/var/log/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/var/log/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7335
msgid "Miscellaneous system log files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7339
msgid "<filename>/var/mail/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/var/mail/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7340
msgid "User mailbox files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7344
msgid "<filename>/var/spool/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/var/spool/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7345
msgid "Miscellaneous printer and mail system spooling directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7350
msgid "<filename>/var/tmp/</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/var/tmp/</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7351
msgid "Temporary files which are usually preserved across a system reboot, unless <filename>/var</filename> is a memory-based file system."
msgstr "Temporary files which are usually preserved across a system reboot, unless <filename>/var</filename> is a memory-based file system."

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7358
msgid "<filename>/var/yp/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7359
msgid "NIS maps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7367
msgid "Disk Organization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7369
msgid "The smallest unit of organization that FreeBSD uses to find files is the filename. Filenames are case-sensitive, which means that <filename>readme.txt</filename> and <filename>README.TXT</filename> are two separate files. FreeBSD does not use the extension of a file to determine whether the file is a program, document, or some other form of data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7376
msgid "Files are stored in directories. A directory may contain no files, or it may contain many hundreds of files. A directory can also contain other directories, allowing a hierarchy of directories within one another in order to organize data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7382
msgid "Files and directories are referenced by giving the file or directory name, followed by a forward slash, <literal>/</literal>, followed by any other directory names that are necessary. For example, if the directory <filename>foo</filename> contains a directory <filename>bar</filename> which contains the file <filename>readme.txt</filename>, the full name, or <firstterm>path</firstterm>, to the file is <filename>foo/bar/readme.txt</filename>. Note that this is different from <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> which uses <literal>\\</literal> to separate file and directory names. FreeBSD does not use drive letters, or other drive names in the path. For example, one would not type <filename>c:\\foo\\bar\\readme.txt</filename> on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7397
msgid "Directories and files are stored in a file system. Each file system contains exactly one directory at the very top level, called the <firstterm>root directory</firstterm> for that file system. This root directory can contain other directories. One file system is designated the <firstterm>root file system</firstterm> or <literal>/</literal>. Every other file system is <firstterm>mounted</firstterm> under the root file system. No matter how many disks are on the FreeBSD system, every directory appears to be part of the same disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7408
msgid "Consider three file systems, called <literal>A</literal>, <literal>B</literal>, and <literal>C</literal>. Each file system has one root directory, which contains two other directories, called <literal>A1</literal>, <literal>A2</literal> (and likewise <literal>B1</literal>, <literal>B2</literal> and <literal>C1</literal>, <literal>C2</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7415
msgid "Call <literal>A</literal> the root file system. If <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to view the contents of this directory, it will show two subdirectories, <literal>A1</literal> and <literal>A2</literal>. The directory tree looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7423
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir1' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='basics/example-dir1' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7427
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2"
msgstr ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7435
msgid "A file system must be mounted on to a directory in another file system. When mounting file system <literal>B</literal> on to the directory <literal>A1</literal>, the root directory of <literal>B</literal> replaces <literal>A1</literal>, and the directories in <literal>B</literal> appear accordingly:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7444
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir2' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='basics/example-dir2' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7448
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     +--- B1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     `--- B2\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2"
msgstr ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     +--- B1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     `--- B2\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7460
msgid "Any files that are in the <literal>B1</literal> or <literal>B2</literal> directories can be reached with the path <filename>/A1/B1</filename> or <filename>/A1/B2</filename> as necessary. Any files that were in <filename>/A1</filename> have been temporarily hidden. They will reappear if <literal>B</literal> is <firstterm>unmounted</firstterm> from <literal>A</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7469
msgid "If <literal>B</literal> had been mounted on <literal>A2</literal> then the diagram would look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7475
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir3' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='basics/example-dir3' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7479
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2\n"
"       |\n"
"       +--- B1\n"
"       |\n"
"       `--- B2"
msgstr ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2\n"
"       |\n"
"       +--- B1\n"
"       |\n"
"       `--- B2"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7491
msgid "and the paths would be <filename>/A2/B1</filename> and <filename>/A2/B2</filename> respectively."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7496
msgid "File systems can be mounted on top of one another. Continuing the last example, the <literal>C</literal> file system could be mounted on top of the <literal>B1</literal> directory in the <literal>B</literal> file system, leading to this arrangement:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7504
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir4' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='basics/example-dir4' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7508
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2\n"
"       |\n"
"       +--- B1\n"
"       |     |\n"
"       |     +--- C1\n"
"       |     |\n"
"       |     `--- C2\n"
"       |\n"
"       `--- B2"
msgstr ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2\n"
"       |\n"
"       +--- B1\n"
"       |     |\n"
"       |     +--- C1\n"
"       |     |\n"
"       |     `--- C2\n"
"       |\n"
"       `--- B2"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7524
msgid "Or <literal>C</literal> could be mounted directly on to the <literal>A</literal> file system, under the <literal>A1</literal> directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7530
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/example-dir5' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='basics/example-dir5' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: textobject/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:7534
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     +--- C1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     `--- C2\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2\n"
"       |\n"
"       +--- B1\n"
"       |\n"
"       `--- B2"
msgstr ""
" /\n"
" |\n"
" +--- A1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     +--- C1\n"
" |     |\n"
" |     `--- C2\n"
" |\n"
" `--- A2\n"
"       |\n"
"       +--- B1\n"
"       |\n"
"       `--- B2"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7550
msgid "It is entirely possible to have one large root file system, and not need to create any others. There are some drawbacks to this approach, and one advantage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:7555
msgid "Benefits of Multiple File Systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7558
msgid "Different file systems can have different <firstterm>mount options</firstterm>. For example, the root file system can be mounted read-only, making it impossible for users to inadvertently delete or edit a critical file. Separating user-writable file systems, such as <filename>/home</filename>, from other file systems allows them to be mounted <firstterm>nosuid</firstterm>. This option prevents the <firstterm>suid</firstterm>/<firstterm>guid</firstterm> bits on executables stored on the file system from taking effect, possibly improving security."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7572
msgid "FreeBSD automatically optimizes the layout of files on a file system, depending on how the file system is being used. So a file system that contains many small files that are written frequently will have a different optimization to one that contains fewer, larger files. By having one big file system this optimization breaks down."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7581
msgid "FreeBSD's file systems are robust if power is lost. However, a power loss at a critical point could still damage the structure of the file system. By splitting data over multiple file systems it is more likely that the system will still come up, making it easier to restore from backup as necessary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:7591
msgid "Benefit of a Single File System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7594
msgid "File systems are a fixed size. If you create a file system when you install FreeBSD and give it a specific size, you may later discover that you need to make the partition bigger. This is not easily accomplished without backing up, recreating the file system with the new size, and then restoring the backed up data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:7602
msgid "FreeBSD features the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>growfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> command, which makes it possible to increase the size of file system on the fly, removing this limitation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7609
msgid "File systems are contained in partitions. This does not have the same meaning as the common usage of the term partition (for example, <trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> partition), because of FreeBSD's <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> heritage. Each partition is identified by a letter from <literal>a</literal> through to <literal>h</literal>. Each partition can contain only one file system, which means that file systems are often described by either their typical mount point in the file system hierarchy, or the letter of the partition they are contained in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7619
msgid "FreeBSD also uses disk space for <firstterm>swap space</firstterm> to provide <firstterm>virtual memory</firstterm>. This allows your computer to behave as though it has much more memory than it actually does. When FreeBSD runs out of memory, it moves some of the data that is not currently being used to the swap space, and moves it back in (moving something else out) when it needs it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7628
msgid "Some partitions have certain conventions associated with them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7638
msgid "Partition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7639
msgid "Convention"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7645
msgid "<literal>a</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>a</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7646
msgid "Normally contains the root file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7650
msgid "<literal>b</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>b</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7651
msgid "Normally contains swap space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7655
msgid "<literal>c</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>c</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7656
msgid "Normally the same size as the enclosing slice. This allows utilities that need to work on the entire slice, such as a bad block scanner, to work on the <literal>c</literal> partition. A file system would not normally be created on this partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7664
msgid "<literal>d</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>d</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7665
msgid "Partition <literal>d</literal> used to have a special meaning associated with it, although that is now gone and <literal>d</literal> may work as any normal partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7674
msgid "Disks in FreeBSD are divided into slices, referred to in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> as partitions, which are numbered from 1 to 4. These are then divided into partitions, which contain file systems, and are labeled using letters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7679
msgid "<primary>slices</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>slices</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7682 book.translate.xml:32053 book.translate.xml:32149
msgid "<primary>partitions</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>partitions</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7685
msgid "<primary>dangerously dedicated</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>dangerously dedicated</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7689
msgid "Slice numbers follow the device name, prefixed with an <literal>s</literal>, starting at 1. So <quote>da0<emphasis>s1</emphasis></quote> is the first slice on the first SCSI drive. There can only be four physical slices on a disk, but there can be logical slices inside physical slices of the appropriate type. These extended slices are numbered starting at 5, so <quote>ada0<emphasis>s5</emphasis></quote> is the first extended slice on the first SATA disk. These devices are used by file systems that expect to occupy a slice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7699
msgid "Slices, <quote>dangerously dedicated</quote> physical drives, and other drives contain <firstterm>partitions</firstterm>, which are represented as letters from <literal>a</literal> to <literal>h</literal>. This letter is appended to the device name, so <quote>da0<emphasis>a</emphasis></quote> is the <literal>a</literal> partition on the first <literal>da</literal> drive, which is <quote>dangerously dedicated</quote>. <quote>ada1s3<emphasis>e</emphasis></quote> is the fifth partition in the third slice of the second SATA disk drive."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7712
msgid "Finally, each disk on the system is identified. A disk name starts with a code that indicates the type of disk, and then a number, indicating which disk it is. Unlike slices, disk numbering starts at 0. Common codes are listed in <xref linkend=\"disks-naming\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7718
msgid "When referring to a partition, include the disk name, <literal>s</literal>, the slice number, and then the partition letter. Examples are shown in <xref linkend=\"basics-disk-slice-part\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7723
msgid "<xref linkend=\"basics-concept-disk-model\"/> shows a conceptual model of a disk layout."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7726
msgid "When installing FreeBSD, configure the disk slices, create partitions within the slice to be used for FreeBSD, create a file system or swap space in each partition, and decide where each file system will be mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:7732
msgid "Disk Device Names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7740
msgid "Drive Type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7741
msgid "Drive Device Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7747
msgid "<acronym>SATA</acronym> and <acronym>IDE</acronym> hard drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7749
msgid "<literal>ada</literal> or <literal>ad</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>ada</literal> of <literal>ad</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7754
msgid "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> hard drives and <acronym>USB</acronym> storage devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7756
msgid "<literal>da</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>da</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7760
msgid "<acronym>SATA</acronym> and <acronym>IDE</acronym> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7762
msgid "<literal>cd</literal> or <literal>acd</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>cd</literal> of <literal>acd</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7767
msgid "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7769
msgid "<literal>cd</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>cd</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7773
msgid "Floppy drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7774
msgid "<literal>fd</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>fd</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7778
msgid "Assorted non-standard <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7780
msgid "<literal>mcd</literal> for Mitsumi <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> and <literal>scd</literal> for Sony <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7786
msgid "<acronym>SCSI</acronym> tape drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7787
msgid "<literal>sa</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>sa</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7791
msgid "<acronym>IDE</acronym> tape drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7792
msgid "<literal>ast</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>ast</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7796
msgid "RAID drives"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7797
msgid "Examples include <literal>aacd</literal> for <trademark class=\"registered\">Adaptec</trademark> AdvancedRAID, <literal>mlxd</literal> and <literal>mlyd</literal> for <trademark class=\"registered\">Mylex</trademark>, <literal>amrd</literal> for AMI <trademark class=\"registered\">MegaRAID</trademark>, <literal>idad</literal> for Compaq Smart RAID, <literal>twed</literal> for <trademark class=\"registered\">3ware</trademark> RAID."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7809
msgid "Sample Disk, Slice, and Partition Names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7818
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Naam"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7819 book.translate.xml:62841
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "Betekenis"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7825
msgid "<literal>ada0s1a</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>ada0s1a</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7826
msgid "The first partition (<literal>a</literal>) on the first slice (<literal>s1</literal>) on the first <acronym>SATA</acronym> disk (<literal>ada0</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7833
msgid "<literal>da1s2e</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>da1s2e</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7834
msgid "The fifth partition (<literal>e</literal>) on the second slice (<literal>s2</literal>) on the second SCSI disk (<literal>da1</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7844
msgid "Conceptual Model of a Disk"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7846
msgid "This diagram shows FreeBSD's view of the first <acronym>SATA</acronym> disk attached to the system. Assume that the disk is 250 GB in size, and contains an 80 GB slice and a 170 GB slice (<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark> partitions). The first slice contains a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <acronym>NTFS</acronym> file system, <filename>C:</filename>, and the second slice contains a FreeBSD installation. This example FreeBSD installation has four data partitions and a swap partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7856
msgid "The four partitions each hold a file system. Partition <literal>a</literal> is used for the root file system, <literal>d</literal> for <filename>/var/</filename>, <literal>e</literal> for <filename>/tmp/</filename>, and <literal>f</literal> for <filename>/usr/</filename>. Partition letter <literal>c</literal> refers to the entire slice, and so is not used for ordinary partitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: book.translate.xml:7866
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='basics/disk-layout' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr "external ref='basics/disk-layout' md5='__failed__'"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7873
msgid "Mounting and Unmounting File Systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7875
msgid "The file system is best visualized as a tree, rooted, as it were, at <filename>/</filename>. <filename>/dev</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, and the other directories in the root directory are branches, which may have their own branches, such as <filename>/usr/local</filename>, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7884
msgid "<primary>root file system</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>root file system</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7888
msgid "There are various reasons to house some of these directories on separate file systems. <filename>/var</filename> contains the directories <filename>log/</filename>, <filename>spool/</filename>, and various types of temporary files, and as such, may get filled up. Filling up the root file system is not a good idea, so splitting <filename>/var</filename> from <filename>/</filename> is often favorable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7899
msgid "Another common reason to contain certain directory trees on other file systems is if they are to be housed on separate physical disks, or are separate virtual disks, such as Network File System mounts, described in <xref linkend=\"network-nfs\"/>, or CDROM drives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:7906
msgid "The <filename>fstab</filename> File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7908
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>mounted with fstab</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>mounted with fstab</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7913
msgid "During the boot process (<xref linkend=\"boot\"/>), file systems listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> are automatically mounted except for the entries containing <option>noauto</option>. This file contains entries in the following format:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7919
#, no-wrap
msgid "<replaceable>device</replaceable>       <replaceable>/mount-point</replaceable> <replaceable>fstype</replaceable>     <replaceable>options</replaceable>      <replaceable>dumpfreq</replaceable>     <replaceable>passno</replaceable>"
msgstr "<replaceable>device</replaceable>       <replaceable>/mount-point</replaceable> <replaceable>fstype</replaceable>     <replaceable>options</replaceable>      <replaceable>dumpfreq</replaceable>     <replaceable>passno</replaceable>"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7923
msgid "<literal>device</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>device</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7925
msgid "An existing device name as explained in <xref linkend=\"disks-naming\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7931
msgid "<literal>mount-point</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>mount-point</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7934
msgid "An existing directory on which to mount the file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7940
msgid "<literal>fstype</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>fstype</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7943
msgid "The file system type to pass to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The default FreeBSD file system is <literal>ufs</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7950
msgid "<literal>options</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>options</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7953
msgid "Either <option>rw</option> for read-write file systems, or <option>ro</option> for read-only file systems, followed by any other options that may be needed. A common option is <option>noauto</option> for file systems not normally mounted during the boot sequence. Other options are listed in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7964
msgid "<literal>dumpfreq</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>dumpfreq</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7967
msgid "Used by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dump</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to determine which file systems require dumping. If the field is missing, a value of zero is assumed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:7974
msgid "<literal>passno</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>passno</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7977
msgid "Determines the order in which file systems should be checked. File systems that should be skipped should have their <literal>passno</literal> set to zero. The root file system needs to be checked before everything else and should have its <literal>passno</literal> set to one. The other file systems should be set to values greater than one. If more than one file system has the same <literal>passno</literal>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will attempt to check file systems in parallel if possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7991
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on the format of <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and its options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:7996
msgid "Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:7998
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>mounting</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>mounting</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8003
msgid "File systems are mounted using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The most basic syntax is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8007
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>device</replaceable> <replaceable>mountpoint</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mount <replaceable>device</replaceable> <replaceable>mountpoint</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8010
msgid "This command provides many options which are described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, The most commonly used options include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: variablelist/title
#: book.translate.xml:8014
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Mount opties"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8017 book.translate.xml:23320
msgid "<option>-a</option>"
msgstr "<option>-a</option>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8020
msgid "Mount all the file systems listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, except those marked as <quote>noauto</quote>, excluded by the <option>-t</option> flag, or those that are already mounted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8029
msgid "<option>-d</option>"
msgstr "<option>-d</option>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8033
msgid "Do everything except for the actual mount system call. This option is useful in conjunction with the <option>-v</option> flag to determine what <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is actually trying to do."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8041 book.translate.xml:26441
msgid "<option>-f</option>"
msgstr "<option>-f</option>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8044
msgid "Force the mount of an unclean file system (dangerous), or the revocation of write access when downgrading a file system's mount status from read-write to read-only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8052
msgid "<option>-r</option>"
msgstr "<option>-r</option>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8055
msgid "Mount the file system read-only. This is identical to using <option>-o ro</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8061
msgid "<option>-t</option> <replaceable>fstype</replaceable>"
msgstr "<option>-t</option> <replaceable>fstype</replaceable>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8065
msgid "Mount the specified file system type or mount only file systems of the given type, if <option>-a</option> is included. <quote>ufs</quote> is the default file system type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8073
msgid "<option>-u</option>"
msgstr "<option>-u</option>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8076
msgid "Update mount options on the file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8081 book.translate.xml:23337
msgid "<option>-v</option>"
msgstr "<option>-v</option>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8084
msgid "Be verbose."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8089
msgid "<option>-w</option>"
msgstr "<option>-w</option>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8092
msgid "Mount the file system read-write."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8097
msgid "The following options can be passed to <option>-o</option> as a comma-separated list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8102
msgid "nosuid"
msgstr "nosuid"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8105
msgid "Do not interpret setuid or setgid flags on the file system. This is also a useful security option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8114
msgid "Using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8116
msgid "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>unmounting</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>file systems</primary> <secondary>unmounting</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8121
msgid "To unmount a file system use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>umount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This command takes one parameter which can be a mountpoint, device name, <option>-a</option> or <option>-A</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8125
msgid "All forms take <option>-f</option> to force unmounting, and <option>-v</option> for verbosity. Be warned that <option>-f</option> is not generally a good idea as it might crash the computer or damage data on the file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8130
msgid "To unmount all mounted file systems, or just the file system types listed after <option>-t</option>, use <option>-a</option> or <option>-A</option>. Note that <option>-A</option> does not attempt to unmount the root file system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8139
msgid "Processes and Daemons"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8141
msgid "FreeBSD is a multi-tasking operating system. Each program running at any one time is called a <firstterm>process</firstterm>. Every running command starts at least one new process and there are a number of system processes that are run by FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8147
msgid "Each process is uniquely identified by a number called a <firstterm>process ID</firstterm> (<acronym>PID</acronym>). Similar to files, each process has one owner and group, and the owner and group permissions are used to determine which files and devices the process can open. Most processes also have a parent process that started them. For example, the shell is a process, and any command started in the shell is a process which has the shell as its parent process. The exception is a special process called <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> which is always the first process to start at boot time and which always has a <acronym>PID</acronym> of <literal>1</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8159
msgid "Some programs are not designed to be run with continuous user input and disconnect from the terminal at the first opportunity. For example, a web server responds to web requests, rather than user input. Mail servers are another example of this type of application. These types of programs are known as <firstterm>daemons</firstterm>. The term daemon comes from Greek mythology and represents an entity that is neither good nor evil, and which invisibly performs useful tasks. This is why the BSD mascot is the cheerful-looking daemon with sneakers and a pitchfork."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8170
msgid "There is a convention to name programs that normally run as daemons with a trailing <quote>d</quote>. For example, <application>BIND</application> is the Berkeley Internet Name Domain, but the actual program that executes is <command>named</command>. The <application>Apache</application> web server program is <command>httpd</command> and the line printer spooling daemon is <command>lpd</command>. This is only a naming convention. For example, the main mail daemon for the <application>Sendmail</application> application is <command>sendmail</command>, and not <literal>maild</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8184
msgid "Viewing Processes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8186
msgid "To see the processes running on the system, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To display a static list of the currently running processes, their <acronym>PID</acronym>s, how much memory they are using, and the command they were started with, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To display all the running processes and update the display every few seconds in order to interactively see what the computer is doing, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8194
msgid "By default, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> only shows the commands that are running and owned by the user. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8197
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ps</userinput>\n"
" PID TT  STAT    TIME COMMAND\n"
"8203  0  Ss   0:00.59 /bin/csh\n"
"8895  0  R+   0:00.00 ps"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ps</userinput>\n"
" PID TT  STAT    TIME COMMAND\n"
"8203  0  Ss   0:00.59 /bin/csh\n"
"8895  0  R+   0:00.00 ps"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8202
msgid "The output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is organized into a number of columns. The <literal>PID</literal> column displays the process ID. <acronym>PID</acronym>s are assigned starting at 1, go up to 99999, then wrap around back to the beginning. However, a <acronym>PID</acronym> is not reassigned if it is already in use. The <literal>TT</literal> column shows the tty the program is running on and <literal>STAT</literal> shows the program's state. <literal>TIME</literal> is the amount of time the program has been running on the CPU. This is usually not the elapsed time since the program was started, as most programs spend a lot of time waiting for things to happen before they need to spend time on the CPU. Finally, <literal>COMMAND</literal> is the command that was used to start the program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8217
msgid "A number of different options are available to change the information that is displayed. One of the most useful sets is <literal>auxww</literal>, where <option>a</option> displays information about all the running processes of all users, <option>u</option> displays the username and memory usage of the process' owner, <option>x</option> displays information about daemon processes, and <option>ww</option> causes <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to display the full command line for each process, rather than truncating it once it gets too long to fit on the screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8228
msgid "The output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is similar:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8230
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>top</userinput>\n"
"last pid:  9609;  load averages:  0.56,  0.45,  0.36              up 0+00:20:03  10:21:46\n"
"107 processes: 2 running, 104 sleeping, 1 zombie\n"
"CPU:  6.2% user,  0.1% nice,  8.2% system,  0.4% interrupt, 85.1% idle\n"
"Mem: 541M Active, 450M Inact, 1333M Wired, 4064K Cache, 1498M Free\n"
"ARC: 992M Total, 377M MFU, 589M MRU, 250K Anon, 5280K Header, 21M Other\n"
"Swap: 2048M Total, 2048M Free\n"
"\n"
"  PID USERNAME    THR PRI NICE   SIZE    RES STATE   C   TIME   WCPU COMMAND\n"
"  557 root          1 -21  r31   136M 42296K select  0   2:20  9.96% Xorg\n"
" 8198 dru           2  52    0   449M 82736K select  3   0:08  5.96% kdeinit4\n"
" 8311 dru          27  30    0  1150M   187M uwait   1   1:37  0.98% firefox\n"
"  431 root          1  20    0 14268K  1728K select  0   0:06  0.98% moused\n"
" 9551 dru           1  21    0 16600K  2660K CPU3    3   0:01  0.98% top\n"
" 2357 dru           4  37    0   718M   141M select  0   0:21  0.00% kdeinit4\n"
" 8705 dru           4  35    0   480M    98M select  2   0:20  0.00% kdeinit4\n"
" 8076 dru           6  20    0   552M   113M uwait   0   0:12  0.00% soffice.bin\n"
" 2623 root          1  30   10 12088K  1636K select  3   0:09  0.00% powerd\n"
" 2338 dru           1  20    0   440M 84532K select  1   0:06  0.00% kwin\n"
" 1427 dru           5  22    0   605M 86412K select  1   0:05  0.00% kdeinit4"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>top</userinput>\n"
"last pid:  9609;  load averages:  0.56,  0.45,  0.36              up 0+00:20:03  10:21:46\n"
"107 processes: 2 running, 104 sleeping, 1 zombie\n"
"CPU:  6.2% user,  0.1% nice,  8.2% system,  0.4% interrupt, 85.1% idle\n"
"Mem: 541M Active, 450M Inact, 1333M Wired, 4064K Cache, 1498M Free\n"
"ARC: 992M Total, 377M MFU, 589M MRU, 250K Anon, 5280K Header, 21M Other\n"
"Swap: 2048M Total, 2048M Free\n"
"\n"
"  PID USERNAME    THR PRI NICE   SIZE    RES STATE   C   TIME   WCPU COMMAND\n"
"  557 root          1 -21  r31   136M 42296K select  0   2:20  9.96% Xorg\n"
" 8198 dru           2  52    0   449M 82736K select  3   0:08  5.96% kdeinit4\n"
" 8311 dru          27  30    0  1150M   187M uwait   1   1:37  0.98% firefox\n"
"  431 root          1  20    0 14268K  1728K select  0   0:06  0.98% moused\n"
" 9551 dru           1  21    0 16600K  2660K CPU3    3   0:01  0.98% top\n"
" 2357 dru           4  37    0   718M   141M select  0   0:21  0.00% kdeinit4\n"
" 8705 dru           4  35    0   480M    98M select  2   0:20  0.00% kdeinit4\n"
" 8076 dru           6  20    0   552M   113M uwait   0   0:12  0.00% soffice.bin\n"
" 2623 root          1  30   10 12088K  1636K select  3   0:09  0.00% powerd\n"
" 2338 dru           1  20    0   440M 84532K select  1   0:06  0.00% kwin\n"
" 1427 dru           5  22    0   605M 86412K select  1   0:05  0.00% kdeinit4"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8251
msgid "The output is split into two sections. The header (the first five or six lines) shows the <acronym>PID</acronym> of the last process to run, the system load averages (which are a measure of how busy the system is), the system uptime (time since the last reboot) and the current time. The other figures in the header relate to how many processes are running, how much memory and swap space has been used, and how much time the system is spending in different CPU states. If the <acronym>ZFS</acronym> file system module has been loaded, an <literal>ARC</literal> line indicates how much data was read from the memory cache instead of from disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8263
msgid "Below the header is a series of columns containing similar information to the output from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, such as the <acronym>PID</acronym>, username, amount of CPU time, and the command that started the process. By default, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> also displays the amount of memory space taken by the process. This is split into two columns: one for total size and one for resident size. Total size is how much memory the application has needed and the resident size is how much it is actually using now."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8273
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> automatically updates the display every two seconds. A different interval can be specified with <option>-s</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8279
msgid "Killing Processes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8281
msgid "One way to communicate with any running process or daemon is to send a <firstterm>signal</firstterm> using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. There are a number of different signals; some have a specific meaning while others are described in the application's documentation. A user can only send a signal to a process they own and sending a signal to someone else's process will result in a permission denied error. The exception is the <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user, who can send signals to anyone's processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8291
msgid "The operating system can also send a signal to a process. If an application is badly written and tries to access memory that it is not supposed to, FreeBSD will send the process the <quote>Segmentation Violation</quote> signal (<literal>SIGSEGV</literal>). If an application has been written to use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>alarm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call to be alerted after a period of time has elapsed, it will be sent the <quote>Alarm</quote> signal (<literal>SIGALRM</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8301
msgid "Two signals can be used to stop a process: <literal>SIGTERM</literal> and <literal>SIGKILL</literal>. <literal>SIGTERM</literal> is the polite way to kill a process as the process can read the signal, close any log files it may have open, and attempt to finish what it is doing before shutting down. In some cases, a process may ignore <literal>SIGTERM</literal> if it is in the middle of some task that cannot be interrupted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
#: book.translate.xml:8313
msgid "There are a few tasks that cannot be interrupted. For example, if the process is trying to read from a file that is on another computer on the network, and the other computer is unavailable, the process is said to be <quote>uninterruptible</quote>. Eventually the process will time out, typically after two minutes. As soon as this time out occurs the process will be killed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8310
msgid "<literal>SIGKILL</literal> cannot be ignored by a process. Sending a <literal>SIGKILL</literal> to a process will usually stop that process there and then. <_:footnote-1/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8322
msgid "Other commonly used signals are <literal>SIGHUP</literal>, <literal>SIGUSR1</literal>, and <literal>SIGUSR2</literal>. Since these are general purpose signals, different applications will respond differently."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8327
msgid "For example, after changing a web server's configuration file, the web server needs to be told to re-read its configuration. Restarting <command>httpd</command> would result in a brief outage period on the web server. Instead, send the daemon the <literal>SIGHUP</literal> signal. Be aware that different daemons will have different behavior, so refer to the documentation for the daemon to determine if <literal>SIGHUP</literal> will achieve the desired results."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:8338
msgid "Sending a Signal to a Process"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:8340
msgid "This example shows how to send a signal to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration file is <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will re-read this configuration file when it is sent a <literal>SIGHUP</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8347
msgid "Find the <acronym>PID</acronym> of the process to send the signal to using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pgrep</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. In this example, the <acronym>PID</acronym> for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is 198:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8351
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>pgrep -l inetd</userinput>\n"
"198  inetd -wW"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>pgrep -l inetd</userinput>\n"
"198  inetd -wW"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8357
msgid "Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to send the signal. Because <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is owned by <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to become <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8364
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>Password:</prompt>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/bin/kill -s HUP 198</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>Password:</prompt>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/bin/kill -s HUP 198</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8368
msgid "Like most <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> commands, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> will not print any output if it is successful. If a signal is sent to a process not owned by that user, the message <errorname>kill: <replaceable>PID</replaceable>: Operation not permitted</errorname> will be displayed. Mistyping the <acronym>PID</acronym> will either send the signal to the wrong process, which could have negative results, or will send the signal to a <acronym>PID</acronym> that is not currently in use, resulting in the error <errorname>kill: <replaceable>PID</replaceable>: No such process</errorname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/title
#: book.translate.xml:8381
msgid "Why Use <command>/bin/kill</command>?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:8383
msgid "Many shells provide <command>kill</command> as a built in command, meaning that the shell will send the signal directly, rather than running <filename>/bin/kill</filename>. Be aware that different shells have a different syntax for specifying the name of the signal to send. Rather than try to learn all of them, it can be simpler to specify <command>/bin/kill</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8395
msgid "When sending other signals, substitute <literal>TERM</literal> or <literal>KILL</literal> with the name of the signal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:8400
msgid "Killing a random process on the system is a bad idea. In particular, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>init</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <acronym>PID</acronym> 1, is special. Running <command>/bin/kill -s KILL 1</command> is a quick, and unrecommended, way to shutdown the system. <emphasis>Always</emphasis> double check the arguments to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kill</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> <emphasis>before</emphasis> pressing <keycap>Return</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8412
msgid "Shells"
msgstr "Shells"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8414
msgid "<primary>shells</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>shells</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8417
msgid "<primary>command line</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>command line</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8421
msgid "A <firstterm>shell</firstterm> provides a command line interface for interacting with the operating system. A shell receives commands from the input channel and executes them. Many shells provide built in functions to help with everyday tasks such as file management, file globbing, command line editing, command macros, and environment variables. FreeBSD comes with several shells, including the Bourne shell (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>) and the extended C shell (<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>). Other shells are available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection, such as <command>zsh</command> and <command>bash</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8432
msgid "The shell that is used is really a matter of taste. A C programmer might feel more comfortable with a C-like shell such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. A <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> user might prefer <command>bash</command>. Each shell has unique properties that may or may not work with a user's preferred working environment, which is why there is a choice of which shell to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8439
msgid "One common shell feature is filename completion. After a user types the first few letters of a command or filename and presses <keycap>Tab</keycap>, the shell completes the rest of the command or filename. Consider two files called <filename>foobar</filename> and <filename>football</filename>. To delete <filename>foobar</filename>, the user might type <command>rm foo</command> and press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to complete the filename."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8448
msgid "But the shell only shows <command>rm foo</command>. It was unable to complete the filename because both <filename>foobar</filename> and <filename>football</filename> start with <literal>foo</literal>. Some shells sound a beep or show all the choices if more than one name matches. The user must then type more characters to identify the desired filename. Typing a <literal>t</literal> and pressing <keycap>Tab</keycap> again is enough to let the shell determine which filename is desired and fill in the rest."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8458
msgid "<primary>environment variables</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>omgevingsvariabelen</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8462
msgid "Another feature of the shell is the use of environment variables. Environment variables are a variable/key pair stored in the shell's environment. This environment can be read by any program invoked by the shell, and thus contains a lot of program configuration. <xref linkend=\"shell-env-vars\"/> provides a list of common environment variables and their meanings. Note that the names of environment variables are always in uppercase."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:8472
msgid "Common Environment Variables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8477 book.translate.xml:23134
msgid "Variable"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8484
msgid "<envar>USER</envar>"
msgstr "<envar>USER</envar>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8485
msgid "Current logged in user's name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8489
msgid "<envar>PATH</envar>"
msgstr "<envar>PATH</envar>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8490
msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for binaries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8495
msgid "<envar>DISPLAY</envar>"
msgstr "<envar>DISPLAY</envar>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8496
msgid "Network name of the <application>Xorg</application> display to connect to, if available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8502
msgid "<envar>SHELL</envar>"
msgstr "<envar>SHELL</envar>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8503
msgid "The current shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8507
msgid "<envar>TERM</envar>"
msgstr "<envar>TERM</envar>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8509
msgid "The name of the user's type of terminal. Used to determine the capabilities of the terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8514
msgid "<envar>TERMCAP</envar>"
msgstr "<envar>TERMCAP</envar>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8516
msgid "Database entry of the terminal escape codes to perform various terminal functions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8521
msgid "<envar>OSTYPE</envar>"
msgstr "<envar>OSTYPE</envar>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8522
msgid "Type of operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8526
msgid "<envar>MACHTYPE</envar>"
msgstr "<envar>MACHTYPE</envar>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8527
msgid "The system's CPU architecture."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8531
msgid "<envar>EDITOR</envar>"
msgstr "<envar>EDITOR</envar>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8532
msgid "The user's preferred text editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8536
msgid "<envar>PAGER</envar>"
msgstr "<envar>PAGER</envar>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8537
msgid "The user's preferred utility for viewing text one page at a time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8542
msgid "<envar>MANPATH</envar>"
msgstr "<envar>MANPATH</envar>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8543
msgid "Colon-separated list of directories to search for manual pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8550
msgid "<primary>Bourne shells</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Bourne shells</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8554
msgid "How to set an environment variable differs between shells. In <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, use <command>setenv</command> to set environment variables. In <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <command>bash</command>, use <command>export</command> to set the current environment variables. This example sets the default <envar>EDITOR</envar> to <filename>/usr/local/bin/emacs</filename> for the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tcsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> shell:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8563
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setenv EDITOR /usr/local/bin/emacs</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setenv EDITOR /usr/local/bin/emacs</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8565
msgid "The equivalent command for <command>bash</command> would be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8568
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>export EDITOR=\"/usr/local/bin/emacs\"</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>export EDITOR=\"/usr/local/bin/emacs\"</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8570
msgid "To expand an environment variable in order to see its current setting, type a <literal>$</literal> character in front of its name on the command line. For example, <command>echo $TERM</command> displays the current <envar>$TERM</envar> setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8576
msgid "Shells treat special characters, known as meta-characters, as special representations of data. The most common meta-character is <literal>*</literal>, which represents any number of characters in a filename. Meta-characters can be used to perform filename globbing. For example, <command>echo *</command> is equivalent to <command>ls</command> because the shell takes all the files that match <literal>*</literal> and <command>echo</command> lists them on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8586
msgid "To prevent the shell from interpreting a special character, escape it from the shell by starting it with a backslash (<literal>\\</literal>). For example, <command>echo $TERM</command> prints the terminal setting whereas <command>echo \\$TERM</command> literally prints the string <literal>$TERM</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8594
msgid "Changing the Shell"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8596
msgid "The easiest way to permanently change the default shell is to use <command>chsh</command>. Running this command will open the editor that is configured in the <envar>EDITOR</envar> environment variable, which by default is set to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Change the <literal>Shell:</literal> line to the full path of the new shell."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8603
msgid "Alternately, use <command>chsh -s</command> which will set the specified shell without opening an editor. For example, to change the shell to <command>bash</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8607
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chsh -s /usr/local/bin/bash</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chsh -s /usr/local/bin/bash</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:8610
msgid "The new shell <emphasis>must</emphasis> be present in <filename>/etc/shells</filename>. If the shell was installed from the FreeBSD Ports Collection as described in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>, it should be automatically added to this file. If it is missing, add it using this command, replacing the path with the path of the shell:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8617
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo <replaceable>/usr/local/bin/bash</replaceable> &gt;&gt; /etc/shells</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo <replaceable>/usr/local/bin/bash</replaceable> &gt;&gt; /etc/shells</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:8619
msgid "Then, rerun <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chsh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:8625
msgid "Advanced Shell Techniques"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:8628 book.translate.xml:31198 book.translate.xml:35719
#: book.translate.xml:35799 book.translate.xml:37408 book.translate.xml:44260
#: book.translate.xml:54712 book.translate.xml:57147
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Geschreven door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8638
msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> shell is not just a command interpreter, it acts as a powerful tool which allows users to execute commands, redirect their output, redirect their input and chain commands together to improve the final command output. When this functionality is mixed with built in commands, the user is provided with an environment that can maximize efficiency."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8646
msgid "Shell redirection is the action of sending the output or the input of a command into another command or into a file. To capture the output of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> command, for example, into a file, redirect the output:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8651
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls &gt; directory_listing.txt</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls &gt; directory_listing.txt</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8653
msgid "The directory contents will now be listed in <filename>directory_listing.txt</filename>. Some commands can be used to read input, such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sort</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To sort this listing, redirect the input:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8658
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sort &lt; directory_listing.txt</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sort &lt; directory_listing.txt</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8660
msgid "The input will be sorted and placed on the screen. To redirect that input into another file, one could redirect the output of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sort</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> by mixing the direction:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8664
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sort &lt; directory_listing.txt &gt; sorted.txt</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sort &lt; directory_listing.txt &gt; sorted.txt</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8666
msgid "In all of the previous examples, the commands are performing redirection using file descriptors. Every <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> system has file descriptors, which include standard input (stdin), standard output (stdout), and standard error (stderr). Each one has a purpose, where input could be a keyboard or a mouse, something that provides input. Output could be a screen or paper in a printer. And error would be anything that is used for diagnostic or error messages. All three are considered <acronym>I/O</acronym> based file descriptors and sometimes considered streams."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8677
msgid "Through the use of these descriptors, the shell allows output and input to be passed around through various commands and redirected to or from a file. Another method of redirection is the pipe operator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8682
msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> pipe operator, <quote>|</quote> allows the output of one command to be directly passed or directed to another program. Basically, a pipe allows the standard output of a command to be passed as standard input to another command, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8688
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cat directory_listing.txt | sort | less</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8690
msgid "In that example, the contents of <filename>directory_listing.txt</filename> will be sorted and the output passed to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>less</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This allows the user to scroll through the output at their own pace and prevent it from scrolling off the screen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8699
msgid "Text Editors"
msgstr "Tekstverwerkers"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8701
msgid "<primary>text editors</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>text editors</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8704 book.translate.xml:8740
msgid "<primary>editors</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>editors</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8708
msgid "Most FreeBSD configuration is done by editing text files. Because of this, it is a good idea to become familiar with a text editor. FreeBSD comes with a few as part of the base system, and many more are available in the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8713
msgid "<primary><command>ee</command></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><command>ee</command></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8716
msgid "<primary>editors</primary> <secondary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>editors</primary> <secondary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8721
msgid "A simple editor to learn is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which stands for easy editor. To start this editor, type <command>ee <replaceable>filename</replaceable></command> where <replaceable>filename</replaceable> is the name of the file to be edited. Once inside the editor, all of the commands for manipulating the editor's functions are listed at the top of the display. The caret (<literal>^</literal>) represents <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, so <literal>^e</literal> expands to <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>e</keycap> </keycombo>. To leave <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, press <keycap>Esc</keycap>, then choose the <quote>leave editor</quote> option from the main menu. The editor will prompt to save any changes if the file has been modified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8737
msgid "<primary><command>vi</command></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><command>vi</command></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8743
msgid "<primary><command>emacs</command></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><command>emacs</command></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8747
msgid "FreeBSD also comes with more powerful text editors, such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, as part of the base system. Other editors, like <package>editors/emacs</package> and <package>editors/vim</package>, are part of the FreeBSD Ports Collection. These editors offer more functionality at the expense of being more complicated to learn. Learning a more powerful editor such as <application>vim</application> or <application>Emacs</application> can save more time in the long run."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8757
msgid "Many applications which modify files or require typed input will automatically open a text editor. To change the default editor, set the <envar>EDITOR</envar> environment variable as described in <xref linkend=\"shells\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8764
msgid "Devices and Device Nodes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8766
msgid "A device is a term used mostly for hardware-related activities in a system, including disks, printers, graphics cards, and keyboards. When FreeBSD boots, the majority of the boot messages refer to devices being detected. A copy of the boot messages are saved to <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8773
msgid "Each device has a device name and number. For example, <filename>ada0</filename> is the first SATA hard drive, while <filename>kbd0</filename> represents the keyboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8778
msgid "Most devices in a FreeBSD must be accessed through special files called device nodes, which are located in <filename>/dev</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8784
msgid "Manual Pages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8786
msgid "<primary>manual pages</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>manual pages</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8790
msgid "The most comprehensive documentation on FreeBSD is in the form of manual pages. Nearly every program on the system comes with a short reference manual explaining the basic operation and available arguments. These manuals can be viewed using <command>man</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8796
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8798
msgid "where <replaceable>command</replaceable> is the name of the command to learn about. For example, to learn more about <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8802
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man ls</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man ls</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8804
msgid "Manual pages are divided into sections which represent the type of topic. In FreeBSD, the following sections are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8810
msgid "User commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8814
msgid "System calls and error numbers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8818
msgid "Functions in the C libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8822
msgid "Device drivers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8826
msgid "File formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8830
msgid "Games and other diversions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8834
msgid "Miscellaneous information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8838
msgid "System maintenance and operation commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8842
msgid "System kernel interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8846
msgid "In some cases, the same topic may appear in more than one section of the online manual. For example, there is a <command>chmod</command> user command and a <function>chmod()</function> system call. To tell <citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> which section to display, specify the section number:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8852
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man 1 chmod</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man 1 chmod</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8854
msgid "This will display the manual page for the user command <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. References to a particular section of the online manual are traditionally placed in parenthesis in written documentation, so <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> refers to the user command and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chmod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> refers to the system call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8860
msgid "If the name of the manual page is unknown, use <command>man -k</command> to search for keywords in the manual page descriptions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8864
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man -k <replaceable>mail</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man -k <replaceable>mail</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8866
msgid "This command displays a list of commands that have the keyword <quote>mail</quote> in their descriptions. This is equivalent to using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>apropos</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8870
msgid "To read the descriptions for all of the commands in <filename>/usr/bin</filename>, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8873
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/bin</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man -f * | more</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/bin</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man -f * | more</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8876 book.translate.xml:49681
msgid "or"
msgstr "of"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8878
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/bin</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>whatis * |more</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/bin</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>whatis * |more</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8882
msgid "GNU Info Files"
msgstr "GNU Info Files"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8888
msgid "FreeBSD includes several applications and utilities produced by the Free Software Foundation (FSF). In addition to manual pages, these programs may include hypertext documents called <literal>info</literal> files. These can be viewed using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>info</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or, if <package>editors/emacs</package> is installed, the info mode of <application>emacs</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8896
msgid "To use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>info</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8898
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>info</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>info</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8900
msgid "For a brief introduction, type <literal>h</literal>. For a quick command reference, type <literal>?</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:8914
msgid "Installing Applications: Packages and Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8919
msgid "<primary>ports</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>ports</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:8920
msgid "<primary>packages</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>packages</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8921
msgid "FreeBSD is bundled with a rich collection of system tools as part of the base system. In addition, FreeBSD provides two complementary technologies for installing third-party software: the FreeBSD Ports Collection, for installing from source, and packages, for installing from pre-built binaries. Either method may be used to install software from local media or from the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8933
msgid "The difference between binary packages and ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8937
msgid "How to find third-party software that has been ported to FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8942
msgid "How to manage binary packages using <application>pkg</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8947
msgid "How to build third-party software from source using the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8952
msgid "How to find the files installed with the application for post-installation configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8957
msgid "What to do if a software installation fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8963
msgid "Overview of Software Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8965
msgid "The typical steps for installing third-party software on a <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> system include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8970
msgid "Find and download the software, which might be distributed in source code format or as a binary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8975
msgid "Unpack the software from its distribution format. This is typically a tarball compressed with a program such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>compress</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bzip2</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>xz</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8981
msgid "Locate the documentation in <filename>INSTALL</filename>, <filename>README</filename> or some file in a <filename>doc/</filename> subdirectory and read up on how to install the software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8988
msgid "If the software was distributed in source format, compile it. This may involve editing a <filename>Makefile</filename> or running a <command>configure</command> script."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8995
msgid "Test and install the software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8999
msgid "A FreeBSD <emphasis>port</emphasis> is a collection of files designed to automate the process of compiling an application from source code. The files that comprise a port contain all the necessary information to automatically download, extract, patch, compile, and install the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9006
msgid "If the software has not already been adapted and tested on FreeBSD, the source code might need editing in order for it to install and run properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9010
msgid "However, over <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html\">24,000</link> third-party applications have already been ported to FreeBSD. When feasible, these applications are made available for download as pre-compiled <emphasis>packages</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9016
msgid "Packages can be manipulated with the FreeBSD package management commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9020
msgid "Both packages and ports understand dependencies. If a package or port is used to install an application and a dependent library is not already installed, the library will automatically be installed first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9025
msgid "A FreeBSD package contains pre-compiled copies of all the commands for an application, as well as any configuration files and documentation. A package can be manipulated with the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> commands, such as <command>pkg install</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9031
msgid "While the two technologies are similar, packages and ports each have their own strengths. Select the technology that meets your requirements for installing a particular application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:9037
msgid "Package Benefits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9040
msgid "A compressed package tarball is typically smaller than the compressed tarball containing the source code for the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9046
msgid "Packages do not require compilation time. For large applications, such as <application>Mozilla</application>, <application>KDE</application>, or <application>GNOME</application>, this can be important on a slow system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9054
msgid "Packages do not require any understanding of the process involved in compiling software on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: itemizedlist/title
#: book.translate.xml:9060
msgid "Port Benefits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9063
msgid "Packages are normally compiled with conservative options because they have to run on the maximum number of systems. By compiling from the port, one can change the compilation options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9070
msgid "Some applications have compile-time options relating to which features are installed. For example, <application>Apache</application> can be configured with a wide variety of different built-in options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9075
msgid "In some cases, multiple packages will exist for the same application to specify certain settings. For example, <application>Ghostscript</application> is available as a <filename>ghostscript</filename> package and a <filename>ghostscript-nox11</filename> package, depending on whether or not <application>Xorg</application> is installed. Creating multiple packages rapidly becomes impossible if an application has more than one or two different compile-time options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9087
msgid "The licensing conditions of some software forbid binary distribution. Such software must be distributed as source code which must be compiled by the end-user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9093
msgid "Some people do not trust binary distributions or prefer to read through source code in order to look for potential problems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9099
msgid "Source code is needed in order to apply custom patches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9104
msgid "To keep track of updated ports, subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports\">FreeBSD ports mailing list</link> and the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-ports-bugs\">FreeBSD ports bugs mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:9108
msgid "Before installing any application, check <link xlink:href=\"http://vuxml.freebsd.org/\"/> for security issues related to the application or type <command>pkg audit -F</command> to check all installed applications for known vulnerabilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9114
msgid "The remainder of this chapter explains how to use packages and ports to install and manage third-party software on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9120
msgid "Finding Software"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9122
msgid "FreeBSD's list of available applications is growing all the time. There are a number of ways to find software to install:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9128
msgid "The FreeBSD web site maintains an up-to-date searchable list of all the available applications, at <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/</link>. The ports can be searched by application name or by software category."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9135
msgid "<primary>FreshPorts</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>FreshPorts</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9137
msgid "Dan Langille maintains <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreshPorts.org/\">FreshPorts.org</link> which provides a comprehensive search utility and also tracks changes to the applications in the Ports Collection. Registered users can create a customized watch list in order to receive an automated email when their watched ports are updated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9146
msgid "<primary>SourceForge</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>SourceForge</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9148
msgid "If finding a particular application becomes challenging, try searching a site like <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sourceforge.net/\">SourceForge.net</link> or <link xlink:href=\"http://www.github.com/\">GitHub.com</link> then check back at the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/ports/index.html\">FreeBSD site</link> to see if the application has been ported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9156
msgid "<primary>pkg</primary> <secondary>search</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>pkg</primary> <secondary>search</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#pkg-search
#: book.translate.xml:9161
msgid "To search the binary package repository for an application:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9164
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg search <replaceable>subversion</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"git-subversion-<replaceable>1.9.2</replaceable>\n"
"java-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"p5-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"py27-hgsubversion-<replaceable>1.6</replaceable>\n"
"py27-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"ruby-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"subversion-book-<replaceable>4515</replaceable>\n"
"subversion-static-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"subversion16-<replaceable>1.6.23_4</replaceable>\n"
"subversion17-<replaceable>1.7.16_2</replaceable>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg search <replaceable>subversion</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"git-subversion-<replaceable>1.9.2</replaceable>\n"
"java-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"p5-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"py27-hgsubversion-<replaceable>1.6</replaceable>\n"
"py27-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"ruby-subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"subversion-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"subversion-book-<replaceable>4515</replaceable>\n"
"subversion-static-<replaceable>1.8.8_2</replaceable>\n"
"subversion16-<replaceable>1.6.23_4</replaceable>\n"
"subversion17-<replaceable>1.7.16_2</replaceable>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9177
msgid "Package names include the version number and in case of ports based on python, the version number of the version of python the package was built with. Some ports also have multiple versions available. In case of <application>subversion</application> there are different versions available, as well as different compile options. In this case, the statically linked version of <application>subversion</application>. When indicating which package to install, it is best to specify the application by the port origin, which is the path in the ports tree. Repeat the <command>pkg search</command> with <option>-o</option> to list the origin of each package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9191
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg search -o <replaceable>subversion</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"devel/git-subversion\n"
"java/java-subversion\n"
"devel/p5-subversion\n"
"devel/py-hgsubversion\n"
"devel/py-subversion\n"
"devel/ruby-subversion\n"
"devel/subversion16\n"
"devel/subversion17\n"
"devel/subversion\n"
"devel/subversion-book\n"
"devel/subversion-static"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg search -o <replaceable>subversion</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"devel/git-subversion\n"
"java/java-subversion\n"
"devel/p5-subversion\n"
"devel/py-hgsubversion\n"
"devel/py-subversion\n"
"devel/ruby-subversion\n"
"devel/subversion16\n"
"devel/subversion17\n"
"devel/subversion\n"
"devel/subversion-book\n"
"devel/subversion-static"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9204
msgid "Searching by shell globs, regular expressions, exact match, by description, or any other field in the repository database is also supported by <command>pkg search</command>. After installing <package>ports-mgmt/pkg</package> or <package>ports-mgmt/pkg-devel</package>, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-search</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9213
msgid "If the Ports Collection is already installed, there are several methods to query the local version of the ports tree. To find out which category a port is in, type <command>whereis <replaceable>file</replaceable></command>, where <replaceable>file</replaceable> is the program to be installed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9220
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>whereis lsof</userinput>\n"
"lsof: /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>whereis lsof</userinput>\n"
"lsof: /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9223
msgid "Alternately, an <citerefentry><refentrytitle>echo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> statement can be used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo /usr/ports/*/*lsof*</userinput>\n"
"/usr/ports/sysutils/lsof"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo /usr/ports/*/*lsof*</userinput>\n"
"/usr/ports/sysutils/lsof"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9229
msgid "Note that this will also return any matched files downloaded into the <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9235
msgid "Another way to find software is by using the Ports Collection's built-in search mechanism. To use the search feature, <application>cd</application> to <filename>/usr/ports</filename> then run <command>make search name=program-name</command> where <replaceable>program-name</replaceable> is the name of the software. For example, to search for <command>lsof</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9244
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make search name=lsof</userinput>\n"
"Port:   lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"Path:   /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n"
"Info:   Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))\n"
"Maint:  ler@lerctr.org\n"
"Index:  sysutils\n"
"B-deps:\n"
"R-deps: "
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make search name=lsof</userinput>\n"
"Port:   lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"Path:   /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n"
"Info:   Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))\n"
"Maint:  ler@lerctr.org\n"
"Index:  sysutils\n"
"B-deps:\n"
"R-deps: "

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:9255
msgid "The built-in search mechanism uses a file of index information. If a message indicates that the <filename>INDEX</filename> is required, run <command>make fetchindex</command> to download the current index file. With the <filename>INDEX</filename> present, <command>make search</command> will be able to perform the requested search."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9264
msgid "The <quote>Path:</quote> line indicates where to find the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9267
msgid "To receive less information, use the <command>quicksearch</command> feature:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9270
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make quicksearch name=lsof</userinput>\n"
"Port:   lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"Path:   /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n"
"Info:   Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make quicksearch name=lsof</userinput>\n"
"Port:   lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"Path:   /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof\n"
"Info:   Lists information about open files (similar to fstat(1))"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9276
msgid "For more in-depth searching, use <command>make search key=<replaceable>string</replaceable></command> or <command>make quicksearch key=<replaceable>string</replaceable></command>, where <replaceable>string</replaceable> is some text to search for. The text can be in comments, descriptions, or dependencies in order to find ports which relate to a particular subject when the name of the program is unknown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9287
msgid "search"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9288
msgid "quicksearch"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9287
msgid "When using <_:buildtarget-1/> or <_:buildtarget-2/>, the search string is case-insensitive. Searching for <quote>LSOF</quote> will yield the same results as searching for <quote>lsof</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9297
msgid "Using <application>pkg</application> for Binary Package Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9300
msgid "<application>pkg</application> is the next generation replacement for the traditional FreeBSD package management tools, offering many features that make dealing with binary packages faster and easier."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9305
msgid "For sites wishing to only use prebuilt binary packages from the FreeBSD mirrors, managing packages with <application>pkg</application> can be sufficient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9309
msgid "However, for those sites building from source or using their own repositories, a separate <link linkend=\"ports-upgrading-tools\">port management tool</link> will be needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9314
msgid "Since <application>pkg</application> only works with binary packages, it is not a replacement for such tools. Those tools can be used to install software from both binary packages and the Ports Collection, while <application>pkg</application> installs only binary packages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9323
msgid "Getting Started with <application>pkg</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9326
msgid "FreeBSD includes a bootstrap utility which can be used to download and install <application>pkg</application> and its manual pages. This utility is designed to work with versions of FreeBSD starting with 10.<replaceable>X</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9333
msgid "Not all FreeBSD versions and architectures support this bootstrap process. The current list is at <link xlink:href=\"http://pkg.freebsd.org/\"/>. For other cases, <application>pkg</application> must instead be installed from the Ports Collection or as a binary package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9342
msgid "To bootstrap the system, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9344
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/sbin/pkg</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>/usr/sbin/pkg</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9346
msgid "You must have a working Internet connection for the bootstrap process to suceed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9349
msgid "Otherwise, to install the port, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9351
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/pkg</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/pkg</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9355
msgid "When upgrading an existing system that originally used the older pkg_* tools, the database must be converted to the new format, so that the new tools are aware of the already installed packages. Once <application>pkg</application> has been installed, the package database must be converted from the traditional format to the new format by running this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9363
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg2ng</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg2ng</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9365
msgid "This step is not required for new installations that do not yet have any third-party software installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:9370
msgid "This step is not reversible. Once the package database has been converted to the <application>pkg</application> format, the traditional <literal>pkg_*</literal> tools should no longer be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9377
msgid "The package database conversion may emit errors as the contents are converted to the new version. Generally, these errors can be safely ignored. However, a list of software that was not successfully converted is shown after <command>pkg2ng</command> finishes. These applications must be manually reinstalled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9385
msgid "To ensure that the Ports Collection registers new software with <application>pkg</application> instead of the traditional packages database, FreeBSD versions earlier than 10.<replaceable>X</replaceable> require this line in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9391
#, no-wrap
msgid "WITH_PKGNG=\tyes"
msgstr "WITH_PKGNG=\tyes"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9393
msgid "By default, <application>pkg</application> uses the binary packages from the FreeBSD package mirrors (the <emphasis>repository</emphasis>). For information about building a custom package repository, see <xref linkend=\"ports-poudriere\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9400
msgid "Additional <application>pkg</application> configuration options are described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9403
msgid "Usage information for <application>pkg</application> is available in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page or by running <command>pkg</command> without additional arguments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9407
msgid "Each <application>pkg</application> command argument is documented in a command-specific manual page. To read the manual page for <command>pkg install</command>, for example, run either of these commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9412
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg help install</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg help install</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9414
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>man pkg-install</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>man pkg-install</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9416
msgid "The rest of this section demonstrates common binary package management tasks which can be performed using <application>pkg</application>. Each demonstrated command provides many switches to customize its use. Refer to a command's help or man page for details and more examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9425
msgid "Obtaining Information About Installed Packages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9427
msgid "Information about the packages installed on a system can be viewed by running <command>pkg info</command> which, when run without any switches, will list the package version for either all installed packages or the specified package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9433
msgid "For example, to see which version of <application>pkg</application> is installed, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9436
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg info pkg</userinput>\n"
"pkg-1.1.4_1"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg info pkg</userinput>\n"
"pkg-1.1.4_1"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9441
msgid "Installing and Removing Packages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9443
msgid "To install a binary package use the following command, where <replaceable>packagename</replaceable> is the name of the package to install:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9447
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install <replaceable>packagename</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install <replaceable>packagename</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9449
msgid "This command uses repository data to determine which version of the software to install and if it has any uninstalled dependencies. For example, to install <application>curl</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9454
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install curl</userinput>\n"
"Updating repository catalogue\n"
"/usr/local/tmp/All/curl-7.31.0_1.txz          100% of 1181 kB 1380 kBps 00m01s\n"
"\n"
"/usr/local/tmp/All/ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1.txz   100% of  288 kB 1700 kBps 00m00s\n"
"\n"
"Updating repository catalogue\n"
"The following 2 packages will be installed:\n"
"\n"
"        Installing ca_root_nss: 3.15.1_1\n"
"        Installing curl: 7.31.0_1\n"
"\n"
"The installation will require 3 MB more space\n"
"\n"
"0 B to be downloaded\n"
"\n"
"Proceed with installing packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Checking integrity... done\n"
"[1/2] Installing ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done\n"
"[2/2] Installing curl-7.31.0_1... done\n"
"Cleaning up cache files...Done"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install curl</userinput>\n"
"Updating repository catalogue\n"
"/usr/local/tmp/All/curl-7.31.0_1.txz          100% of 1181 kB 1380 kBps 00m01s\n"
"\n"
"/usr/local/tmp/All/ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1.txz   100% of  288 kB 1700 kBps 00m00s\n"
"\n"
"Updating repository catalogue\n"
"The following 2 packages will be installed:\n"
"\n"
"        Installing ca_root_nss: 3.15.1_1\n"
"        Installing curl: 7.31.0_1\n"
"\n"
"The installation will require 3 MB more space\n"
"\n"
"0 B to be downloaded\n"
"\n"
"Proceed with installing packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Checking integrity... done\n"
"[1/2] Installing ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done\n"
"[2/2] Installing curl-7.31.0_1... done\n"
"Cleaning up cache files...Done"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9476
msgid "The new package and any additional packages that were installed as dependencies can be seen in the installed packages list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9480
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg info</userinput>\n"
"ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1\tThe root certificate bundle from the Mozilla Project\n"
"curl-7.31.0_1\tNon-interactive tool to get files from FTP, GOPHER, HTTP(S) servers\n"
"pkg-1.1.4_6\tNew generation package manager"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg info</userinput>\n"
"ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1\tThe root certificate bundle from the Mozilla Project\n"
"curl-7.31.0_1\tNon-interactive tool to get files from FTP, GOPHER, HTTP(S) servers\n"
"pkg-1.1.4_6\tNew generation package manager"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9485
msgid "Packages that are no longer needed can be removed with <command>pkg delete</command>. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9488
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg delete curl</userinput>\n"
"The following packages will be deleted:\n"
"\n"
"\tcurl-7.31.0_1\n"
"\n"
"The deletion will free 3 MB\n"
"\n"
"Proceed with deleting packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"[1/1] Deleting curl-7.31.0_1... done"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg delete curl</userinput>\n"
"The following packages will be deleted:\n"
"\n"
"\tcurl-7.31.0_1\n"
"\n"
"The deletion will free 3 MB\n"
"\n"
"Proceed with deleting packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"[1/1] Deleting curl-7.31.0_1... done"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9500
msgid "Upgrading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9502
msgid "Installed packages can be upgraded to their latest versions by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9505
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg upgrade</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg upgrade</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9507
msgid "This command will compare the installed versions with those available in the repository catalogue and upgrade them from the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9513
msgid "Auditing Installed Packages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9515
msgid "Software vulnerabilities are regularly discovered in third-party applications. To address this, <application>pkg</application> includes a built-in auditing mechanism. To determine if there are any known vulnerabilities for the software installed on the system, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9522 book.translate.xml:26871
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg audit -F</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg audit -F</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9526
msgid "Automatically Removing Leaf Dependencies"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9528
msgid "Removing a package may leave behind dependencies which are no longer required. Unneeded packages that were installed as dependencies can be automatically detected and removed using:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9533
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg autoremove</userinput>\n"
"Packages to be autoremoved:\n"
"\tca_root_nss-3.15.1_1\n"
"\n"
"The autoremoval will free 723 kB\n"
"\n"
"Proceed with autoremoval of packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Deinstalling ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg autoremove</userinput>\n"
"Packages to be autoremoved:\n"
"\tca_root_nss-3.15.1_1\n"
"\n"
"The autoremoval will free 723 kB\n"
"\n"
"Proceed with autoremoval of packages [y/N]: <userinput>y</userinput>\n"
"Deinstalling ca_root_nss-3.15.1_1... done"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9544
msgid "Restoring the Package Database"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9546
msgid "Unlike the traditional package management system, <application>pkg</application> includes its own package database backup mechanism. This functionality is enabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:9552
msgid "To disable the periodic script from backing up the package database, set <literal>daily_backup_pkgdb_enable=\"NO\"</literal> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9558
msgid "To restore the contents of a previous package database backup, run the following command replacing <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable> with the location of the backup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9563
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg backup -r <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg backup -r <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9566
msgid "If restoring a backup taken by the periodic script, it must be decompressed prior to being restored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9570
msgid "To run a manual backup of the <application>pkg</application> database, run the following command, replacing <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable> with a suitable file name and location:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9575
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg backup -d <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg backup -d <replaceable>/path/to/pkg.sql</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9579
msgid "Removing Stale Packages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9581
msgid "By default, <application>pkg</application> stores binary packages in a cache directory defined by <envar>PKG_CACHEDIR</envar> in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Only copies of the latest installed packages are kept. Older versions of <application>pkg</application> kept all previous packages. To remove these outdated binary packages, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9588
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg clean</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9590
msgid "The entire cache may be cleared by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9592
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg clean -a</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg clean -a</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9596
msgid "Modifying Package Metadata"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9598
msgid "Software within the FreeBSD Ports Collection can undergo major version number changes. To address this, <application>pkg</application> has a built-in command to update package origins. This can be useful, for example, if <package>lang/php5</package> is renamed to <package>lang/php53</package> so that <package>lang/php5</package> can now represent version <literal>5.4</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9607
msgid "To change the package origin for the above example, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9610
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o lang/php5:lang/php53</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o lang/php5:lang/php53</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9612
msgid "As another example, to update <package>lang/ruby18</package> to <package>lang/ruby19</package>, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9616
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o lang/ruby18:lang/ruby19</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o lang/ruby18:lang/ruby19</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9618
msgid "As a final example, to change the origin of the <filename>libglut</filename> shared libraries from <package>graphics/libglut</package> to <package>graphics/freeglut</package>, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9623
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o graphics/libglut:graphics/freeglut</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg set -o graphics/libglut:graphics/freeglut</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9626
msgid "When changing package origins, it is important to reinstall packages that are dependent on the package with the modified origin. To force a reinstallation of dependent packages, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9631
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install -Rf <replaceable>graphics/freeglut</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install -Rf <replaceable>graphics/freeglut</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9637
msgid "Using the Ports Collection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9639
msgid "The Ports Collection is a set of <filename>Makefiles</filename>, patches, and description files. Each set of these files is used to compile and install an individual application on FreeBSD, and is called a <emphasis>port</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9644
msgid "By default, the Ports Collection itself is stored as a subdirectory of <filename>/usr/ports</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9647
msgid "Before an application can be compiled using a port, the Ports Collection must first be installed. If it was not installed during the installation of FreeBSD, use one of the following methods to install it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:9654
msgid "Portsnap Method"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:9656
msgid "The base system of FreeBSD includes <application>Portsnap</application>. This is a fast and user-friendly tool for retrieving the Ports Collection and is the recommended choice for most users. This utility connects to a FreeBSD site, verifies the secure key, and downloads a new copy of the Ports Collection. The key is used to verify the integrity of all downloaded files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9665
msgid "To download a compressed snapshot of the Ports Collection into <filename>/var/db/portsnap</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9669
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9673
msgid "When running <application>Portsnap</application> for the first time, extract the snapshot into <filename>/usr/ports</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9677
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap extract</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap extract</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9681
msgid "After the first use of <application>Portsnap</application> has been completed as shown above, <filename>/usr/ports</filename> can be updated as needed by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9686
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap update</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap update</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9689
msgid "When using <literal>fetch</literal>, the <literal>extract</literal> or the <literal>update</literal> operation may be run consecutively, like so:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9693
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch update</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsnap fetch update</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:9698
msgid "Subversion Method"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:9700
msgid "If more control over the ports tree is needed or if local changes need to be maintained, <application>Subversion</application> can be used to obtain the Ports Collection. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/committers-guide/subversion-primer.html\">the Subversion Primer</link> for a detailed description of <application>Subversion</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9708
msgid "<application>Subversion</application> must be installed before it can be used to check out the ports tree. If a copy of the ports tree is already present, install <application>Subversion</application> like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9713 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/devel/subversion</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/devel/subversion</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9716
msgid "If the ports tree is not available, or <application>pkg</application> is being used to manage packages, <application>Subversion</application> can be installed as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9721 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install subversion</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install subversion</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9726
msgid "Check out a copy of the ports tree:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9728 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/ports/head /usr/ports</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/ports/head /usr/ports</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:9732
msgid "As needed, update <filename>/usr/ports</filename> after the initial <application>Subversion</application> checkout:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9736 book.translate.xml:65535
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn update /usr/ports</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>svn update /usr/ports</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9740
msgid "The Ports Collection contains directories for software categories. Inside each category are subdirectories for individual applications. Each application subdirectory contains a set of files that tells FreeBSD how to compile and install that program, called a <emphasis>ports skeleton</emphasis>. Each port skeleton includes these files and directories:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9750
msgid "<filename>Makefile</filename>: contains statements that specify how the application should be compiled and where its components should be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9756
msgid "<filename>distinfo</filename>: contains the names and checksums of the files that must be downloaded to build the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9762
msgid "<filename>files/</filename>: this directory contains any patches needed for the program to compile and install on FreeBSD. This directory may also contain other files used to build the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9769
msgid "<filename>pkg-descr</filename>: provides a more detailed description of the program."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9774
msgid "<filename>pkg-plist</filename>: a list of all the files that will be installed by the port. It also tells the ports system which files to remove upon deinstallation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9781
msgid "Some ports include <filename>pkg-message</filename> or other files to handle special situations. For more details on these files, and on ports in general, refer to the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/index.html\">FreeBSD Porter's Handbook</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9786
msgid "The port does not include the actual source code, also known as a <filename>distfile</filename>. The extract portion of building a port will automatically save the downloaded source to <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9792
msgid "Installing Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9794
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>installing</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>installing</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9799
msgid "This section provides basic instructions on using the Ports Collection to install or remove software. The detailed description of available <command>make</command> targets and environment variables is available in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:9805
msgid "Before compiling any port, be sure to update the Ports Collection as described in the previous section. Since the installation of any third-party software can introduce security vulnerabilities, it is recommended to first check <link xlink:href=\"http://vuxml.freebsd.org/\"/> for known security issues related to the port. Alternately, run <command>pkg audit -F</command> before installing a new port. This command can be configured to automatically perform a security audit and an update of the vulnerability database during the daily security system check. For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-audit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>periodic</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9819
msgid "Using the Ports Collection assumes a working Internet connection. It also requires superuser privilege."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9822
msgid "To compile and install the port, change to the directory of the port to be installed, then type <command>make install</command> at the prompt. Messages will indicate the progress:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9827
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>\n"
"&gt;&gt; lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz doesn't seem to exist in /usr/ports/distfiles/.\n"
"&gt;&gt; Attempting to fetch from ftp://lsof.itap.purdue.edu/pub/tools/unix/lsof/.\n"
"===&gt;  Extracting for lsof-4.88\n"
"...\n"
"[extraction output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"&gt;&gt; Checksum OK for lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz.\n"
"===&gt;  Patching for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;  Applying FreeBSD patches for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;  Configuring for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"...\n"
"[configure output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;  Building for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"...\n"
"[compilation output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"===&gt;  Installing for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"...\n"
"[installation output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;   Generating temporary packing list\n"
"===&gt;   Compressing manual pages for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;   Registering installation for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;  SECURITY NOTE:\n"
"      This port has installed the following binaries which execute with\n"
"      increased privileges.\n"
"/usr/local/sbin/lsof\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>\n"
"&gt;&gt; lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz doesn't seem to exist in /usr/ports/distfiles/.\n"
"&gt;&gt; Attempting to fetch from ftp://lsof.itap.purdue.edu/pub/tools/unix/lsof/.\n"
"===&gt;  Extracting for lsof-4.88\n"
"...\n"
"[extraction output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"&gt;&gt; Checksum OK for lsof_4.88D.freebsd.tar.gz.\n"
"===&gt;  Patching for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;  Applying FreeBSD patches for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;  Configuring for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"...\n"
"[configure output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;  Building for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"...\n"
"[compilation output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"===&gt;  Installing for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"...\n"
"[installation output snipped]\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;   Generating temporary packing list\n"
"===&gt;   Compressing manual pages for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;   Registering installation for lsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"===&gt;  SECURITY NOTE:\n"
"      This port has installed the following binaries which execute with\n"
"      increased privileges.\n"
"/usr/local/sbin/lsof\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9860
msgid "Since <command>lsof</command> is a program that runs with increased privileges, a security warning is displayed as it is installed. Once the installation is complete, the prompt will be returned."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9865
msgid "Some shells keep a cache of the commands that are available in the directories listed in the <envar>PATH</envar> environment variable, to speed up lookup operations for the executable file of these commands. Users of the <command>tcsh</command> shell should type <command>rehash</command> so that a newly installed command can be used without specifying its full path. Use <command>hash -r</command> instead for the <command>sh</command> shell. Refer to the documentation for the shell for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9876
msgid "During installation, a working subdirectory is created which contains all the temporary files used during compilation. Removing this directory saves disk space and minimizes the chance of problems later when upgrading to the newer version of the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9882
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make clean</userinput>\n"
"===&gt;  Cleaning for lsof-88.d,8\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make clean</userinput>\n"
"===&gt;  Cleaning for lsof-88.d,8\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9887
msgid "To save this extra step, instead use <command>make install clean</command> when compiling the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:9892
msgid "Customizing Ports Installation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9894
msgid "Some ports provide build options which can be used to enable or disable application components, provide security options, or allow for other customizations. Examples include <package>www/firefox</package>, <package>security/gpgme</package>, and <package>mail/sylpheed-claws</package>. If the port depends upon other ports which have configurable options, it may pause several times for user interaction as the default behavior is to prompt the user to select options from a menu. To avoid this, run <command>make config-recursive</command> within the port skeleton to do this configuration in one batch. Then, run <command>make install [clean]</command> to compile and install the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9911
msgid "config-recursive"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:9913
msgid "all-depends-list"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:9910
msgid "When using <_:buildtarget-1/>, the list of ports to configure are gathered by the <_:buildtarget-2/> target. It is recommended to run <command>make config-recursive</command> until all dependent ports options have been defined, and ports options screens no longer appear, to be certain that all dependency options have been configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9921
msgid "There are several ways to revisit a port's build options menu in order to add, remove, or change these options after a port has been built. One method is to <command>cd</command> into the directory containing the port and type <command>make config</command>. Another option is to use <command>make showconfig</command>. Another option is to execute <command>make rmconfig</command> which will remove all selected options and allow you to start over. All of these options, and others, are explained in great detail in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ports</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9933
msgid "The ports system uses <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fetch</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to download the source files, which supports various environment variables. The <envar>FTP_PASSIVE_MODE</envar>, <envar>FTP_PROXY</envar>, and <envar>FTP_PASSWORD</envar> variables may need to be set if the FreeBSD system is behind a firewall or FTP/HTTP proxy. See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fetch</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> for the complete list of supported variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9941
msgid "For users who cannot be connected to the Internet all the time, <command>make fetch</command> can be run within <filename>/usr/ports</filename>, to fetch all distfiles, or within a category, such as <filename>/usr/ports/net</filename>, or within the specific port skeleton. Note that if a port has any dependencies, running this command in a category or ports skeleton will <emphasis>not</emphasis> fetch the distfiles of ports from another category. Instead, use <command>make fetch-recursive</command> to also fetch the distfiles for all the dependencies of a port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9953
msgid "In rare cases, such as when an organization has a local distfiles repository, the <varname>MASTER_SITES</varname> variable can be used to override the download locations specified in the <filename>Makefile</filename>. When using, specify the alternate location:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9959
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/<replaceable>directory</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE= \\\n"
"<replaceable>ftp://ftp.organization.org/pub/FreeBSD/ports/distfiles/</replaceable> fetch</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/<replaceable>directory</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE= \\\n"
"<replaceable>ftp://ftp.organization.org/pub/FreeBSD/ports/distfiles/</replaceable> fetch</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9963
msgid "The <varname>WRKDIRPREFIX</varname> and <varname>PREFIX</varname> variables can override the default working and target directories. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9967
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make WRKDIRPREFIX=/usr/home/example/ports install</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make WRKDIRPREFIX=/usr/home/example/ports install</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9969
msgid "will compile the port in <filename>/usr/home/example/ports</filename> and install everything under <filename>/usr/local</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9973
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make PREFIX=/usr/home/example/local install</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make PREFIX=/usr/home/example/local install</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9975
msgid "will compile the port in <filename>/usr/ports</filename> and install it in <filename>/usr/home/example/local</filename>. And:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9979
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make WRKDIRPREFIX=../ports PREFIX=../local install</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make WRKDIRPREFIX=../ports PREFIX=../local install</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9981
msgid "will combine the two."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9983
msgid "These can also be set as environmental variables. Refer to the manual page for your shell for instructions on how to set an environmental variable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9990
msgid "Removing Installed Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:9992
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>removing</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>removing</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9997
msgid "Installed ports can be uninstalled using <command>pkg delete</command>. Examples for using this command can be found in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-delete</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10001
msgid "Alternately, <command>make deinstall</command> can be run in the port's directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10004
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>make deinstall</userinput>\n"
"===&gt;  Deinstalling for sysutils/lsof\n"
"===&gt;   Deinstalling\n"
"Deinstallation has been requested for the following 1 packages:\n"
"\n"
"\tlsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"\n"
"The deinstallation will free 229 kB\n"
"[1/1] Deleting lsof-4.88.d,8... done"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/sysutils/lsof</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>make deinstall</userinput>\n"
"===&gt;  Deinstalling for sysutils/lsof\n"
"===&gt;   Deinstalling\n"
"Deinstallation has been requested for the following 1 packages:\n"
"\n"
"\tlsof-4.88.d,8\n"
"\n"
"The deinstallation will free 229 kB\n"
"[1/1] Deleting lsof-4.88.d,8... done"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10015
msgid "It is recommended to read the messages as the port is uninstalled. If the port has any applications that depend upon it, this information will be displayed but the uninstallation will proceed. In such cases, it may be better to reinstall the application in order to prevent broken dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10024
msgid "Upgrading Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10026
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>upgrading</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>upgrading</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10031
msgid "Over time, newer versions of software become available in the Ports Collection. This section describes how to determine which software can be upgraded and how to perform the upgrade."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10036
msgid "To determine if newer versions of installed ports are available, ensure that the latest version of the ports tree is installed, using the updating command described in either <xref linkend=\"ports-using-portsnap-method\"/> or <xref linkend=\"ports-using-subversion-method\"/>. On FreeBSD 10 and later, or if the system has been converted to <application>pkg</application>, the following command will list the installed ports which are out of date:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10045
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg version -l \"&lt;\"</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg version -l \"&lt;\"</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10047
msgid "For FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>X</replaceable> and lower, the following command will list the installed ports that are out of date:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10051
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg_version -l \"&lt;\"</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg_version -l \"&lt;\"</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:10054
msgid "Before attempting an upgrade, read <filename>/usr/ports/UPDATING</filename> from the top of the file to the date closest to the last time ports were upgraded or the system was installed. This file describes various issues and additional steps users may encounter and need to perform when updating a port, including such things as file format changes, changes in locations of configuration files, or any incompatibilities with previous versions. Make note of any instructions which match any of the ports that need upgrading and follow these instructions when performing the upgrade."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:10069
msgid "Tools To Upgrade And Manage Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10071
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>upgrading-tools</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>upgrading-tools</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10076
msgid "The Ports Collection contains several utilities to perform the actual upgrade. Each has its strengths and weaknesses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10079
msgid "Historically, most installations used either <application>Portmaster</application> or <application>Portupgrade</application>. <application>Synth</application> is a newer alternative."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10086
msgid "The choice of which tool is best for a particular system is up to the system administrator. It is recommended practice to back up your data before using any of these tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:10094
msgid "Upgrading Ports Using <application>Portmaster</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10097
msgid "<primary>portmaster</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>portmaster</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10101
msgid "<package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> is a very small utility for upgrading installed ports. It is designed to use the tools installed with the FreeBSD base system without depending on other ports or databases. To install this utility as a port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10109
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portmaster</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portmaster</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10112
msgid "<application>Portmaster</application> defines four categories of ports:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10117
msgid "Root port: has no dependencies and is not a dependency of any other ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10122
msgid "Trunk port: has no dependencies, but other ports depend upon it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10127
msgid "Branch port: has dependencies and other ports depend upon it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10132
msgid "Leaf port: has dependencies but no other ports depend upon it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10137
msgid "To list these categories and search for updates:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10139
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -L</userinput>\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Root ports (No dependencies, not depended on)\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; ispell-3.2.06_18\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; screen-4.0.3\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: screen-4.0.3_1\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; tcpflow-0.21_1\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 7 root ports\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Branch ports (Have dependencies, are depended on)\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; apache22-2.2.3\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: apache22-2.2.8\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Leaf ports (Have dependencies, not depended on)\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; automake-1.9.6_2\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; bash-3.1.17\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: bash-3.2.33\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 32 leaf ports\n"
"\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 137 total installed ports\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; 83 have new versions available"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -L</userinput>\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Root ports (No dependencies, not depended on)\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; ispell-3.2.06_18\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; screen-4.0.3\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: screen-4.0.3_1\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; tcpflow-0.21_1\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 7 root ports\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Branch ports (Have dependencies, are depended on)\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; apache22-2.2.3\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: apache22-2.2.8\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; Leaf ports (Have dependencies, not depended on)\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; automake-1.9.6_2\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; bash-3.1.17\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; New version available: bash-3.2.33\n"
"...\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 32 leaf ports\n"
"\n"
"===&gt;&gt;&gt; 137 total installed ports\n"
"        ===&gt;&gt;&gt; 83 have new versions available"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10161
msgid "This command is used to upgrade all outdated ports:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10164
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -a</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -a</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10167
msgid "By default, <application>Portmaster</application> makes a backup package before deleting the existing port. If the installation of the new version is successful, <application>Portmaster</application> deletes the backup. Using <option>-b</option> instructs <application>Portmaster</application> not to automatically delete the backup. Adding <option>-i</option> starts <application>Portmaster</application> in interactive mode, prompting for confirmation before upgrading each port. Many other options are available. Read through the manual page for <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>portmaster</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details regarding their usage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10181
msgid "If errors are encountered during the upgrade process, add <option>-f</option> to upgrade and rebuild all ports:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10185 book.translate.xml:44701
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -af</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster -af</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10187
msgid "<application>Portmaster</application> can also be used to install new ports on the system, upgrading all dependencies before building and installing the new port. To use this function, specify the location of the port in the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10193
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster <replaceable>shells/bash</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster <replaceable>shells/bash</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10195
msgid "More information about <package>ports-mgmt/portmaster</package> may be found in its <filename>pkg-descr</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:10200
msgid "Upgrading Ports Using Portupgrade"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10202
msgid "<primary>portupgrade</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>portupgrade</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10206
msgid "<package>ports-mgmt/portupgrade</package> is another utility that can be used to upgrade ports. It installs a suite of applications which can be used to manage ports. However, it is dependent upon Ruby. To install the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10212
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portupgrade</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/ports-mgmt/portupgrade</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10215
msgid "Before performing an upgrade using this utility, it is recommended to scan the list of installed ports using <command>pkgdb -F</command> and to fix all the inconsistencies it reports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10220
msgid "To upgrade all the outdated ports installed on the system, use <command>portupgrade -a</command>. Alternately, include <option>-i</option> to be asked for confirmation of every individual upgrade:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10225
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -ai</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -ai</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10227
msgid "To upgrade only a specified application instead of all available ports, use <command>portupgrade <replaceable>pkgname</replaceable></command>. It is very important to include <option>-R</option> to first upgrade all the ports required by the given application:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10233
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -R firefox</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -R firefox</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10235
msgid "If <option>-P</option> is included, <application>Portupgrade</application> searches for available packages in the local directories listed in <envar>PKG_PATH</envar>. If none are available locally, it then fetches packages from a remote site. If packages can not be found locally or fetched remotely, <application>Portupgrade</application> will use ports. To avoid using ports entirely, specify <option>-PP</option>. This last set of options tells <application>Portupgrade</application> to abort if no packages are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10248
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -PP gnome3</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portupgrade -PP gnome3</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10250
msgid "To just fetch the port distfiles, or packages, if <option>-P</option> is specified, without building or installing anything, use <option>-F</option>. For further information on all of the available switches, refer to the manual page for <command>portupgrade</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10256
msgid "More information about <package>ports-mgmt/portupgrade</package> may be found in its <filename>pkg-descr</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10263
msgid "Ports and Disk Space"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10265
msgid "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>disk-space</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>ports</primary> <secondary>disk-space</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10270
msgid "Using the Ports Collection will use up disk space over time. After building and installing a port, running <command>make clean</command> within the ports skeleton will clean up the temporary <filename>work</filename> directory. If <application>Portmaster</application> is used to install a port, it will automatically remove this directory unless <option>-K</option> is specified. If <application>Portupgrade</application> is installed, this command will remove all <filename>work</filename> directories found within the local copy of the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10281
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -C</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -C</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10283
msgid "In addition, outdated source distribution files accumulate in <filename>/usr/ports/distfiles</filename> over time. To use <application>Portupgrade</application> to delete all the distfiles that are no longer referenced by any ports:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10289
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -D</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -D</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10291
msgid "<application>Portupgrade</application> can remove all distfiles not referenced by any port currently installed on the system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10295
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -DD</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portsclean -DD</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10297
msgid "If <application>Portmaster</application> is installed, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10300
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster --clean-distfiles</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>portmaster --clean-distfiles</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10302
msgid "By default, this command is interactive and prompts the user to confirm if a distfile should be deleted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10305
msgid "In addition to these commands, <package>ports-mgmt/pkg_cutleaves</package> automates the task of removing installed ports that are no longer needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10313
msgid "Building Packages with <application>Poudriere</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10316
msgid "<application>Poudriere</application> is a <acronym>BSD</acronym>-licensed utility for creating and testing FreeBSD packages. It uses FreeBSD jails to set up isolated compilation environments. These jails can be used to build packages for versions of FreeBSD that are different from the system on which it is installed, and also to build packages for i386 if the host is an amd64 system. Once the packages are built, they are in a layout identical to the official mirrors. These packages are usable by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and other package management tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10327
msgid "<application>Poudriere</application> is installed using the <package role=\"port\">ports-mgmt/poudriere</package> package or port. The installation includes a sample configuration file <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf.sample</filename>. Copy this file to <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf</filename>. Edit the copied file to suit the local configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10335
msgid "While <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is not required on the system running <application>poudriere</application>, it is beneficial. When <acronym>ZFS</acronym> is used, <varname>ZPOOL</varname> must be specified in <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.conf</filename> and <varname>FREEBSD_HOST</varname> should be set to a nearby mirror. Defining <varname>CCACHE_DIR</varname> enables the use of <package role=\"port\">devel/ccache</package> to cache compilation and reduce build times for frequently-compiled code. It may be convenient to put <application>poudriere</application> datasets in an isolated tree mounted at <filename>/poudriere</filename>. Defaults for the other configuration values are adequate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10349
msgid "The number of processor cores detected is used to define how many builds will run in parallel. Supply enough virtual memory, either with <acronym>RAM</acronym> or swap space. If virtual memory runs out, the compilation jails will stop and be torn down, resulting in weird error messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10356
msgid "Initialize Jails and Port Trees"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10358
msgid "After configuration, initialize <application>poudriere</application> so that it installs a jail with the required FreeBSD tree and a ports tree. Specify a name for the jail using <option>-j</option> and the FreeBSD version with <option>-v</option>. On systems running FreeBSD/amd64, the architecture can be set with <option>-a</option> to either <literal>i386</literal> or <literal>amd64</literal>. The default is the architecture shown by <command>uname</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10368
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere jail -c -j <replaceable>10amd64</replaceable> -v <replaceable>10.0-RELEASE</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Creating 10amd64 fs... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching base.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/base.txz      100% of   59 MB 1470 kBps 00m42s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting base.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching src.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/src.txz       100% of  107 MB 1476 kBps 01m14s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting src.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching games.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/games.txz     100% of  865 kB  734 kBps 00m01s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting games.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching lib32.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/lib32.txz     100% of   14 MB 1316 kBps 00m12s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting lib32.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Cleaning up... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Jail 10amd64 10.0-RELEASE amd64 is ready to be used"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere jail -c -j <replaceable>10amd64</replaceable> -v <replaceable>10.0-RELEASE</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Creating 10amd64 fs... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching base.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/base.txz      100% of   59 MB 1470 kBps 00m42s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting base.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching src.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/src.txz       100% of  107 MB 1476 kBps 01m14s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting src.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching games.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/games.txz     100% of  865 kB  734 kBps 00m01s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting games.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Fetching lib32.txz for FreeBSD 10.0-RELEASE amd64\n"
"/poudriere/jails/10amd64/fromftp/lib32.txz     100% of   14 MB 1316 kBps 00m12s\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting lib32.txz... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Cleaning up... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Jail 10amd64 10.0-RELEASE amd64 is ready to be used"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10385
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere ports -c -p <replaceable>local</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Creating local fs... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting portstree \"local\"...\n"
"Looking up portsnap.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 7 mirrors found.\n"
"Fetching public key from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot generated at Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014:\n"
"94a3431f0ce567f6452ffde4fd3d7d3c6e1da143efec76100% of   69 MB 1246 kBps 00m57s\n"
"Extracting snapshot... done.\n"
"Verifying snapshot integrity... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n"
"Updating from Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014 to Tue Feb 11 16:05:20 CET 2014.\n"
"Fetching 4 metadata patches... done.\n"
"Applying metadata patches... done.\n"
"Fetching 0 metadata files... done.\n"
"Fetching 48 patches.\n"
"(48/48) 100.00%  done.\n"
"done.\n"
"Applying patches...\n"
"done.\n"
"Fetching 1 new ports or files... done.\n"
"/poudriere/ports/tester/CHANGES\n"
"/poudriere/ports/tester/COPYRIGHT\n"
"\n"
"[...]\n"
"\n"
"Building new INDEX files... done."
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere ports -c -p <replaceable>local</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Creating local fs... done\n"
"====&gt;&gt; Extracting portstree \"local\"...\n"
"Looking up portsnap.FreeBSD.org mirrors... 7 mirrors found.\n"
"Fetching public key from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot generated at Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014:\n"
"94a3431f0ce567f6452ffde4fd3d7d3c6e1da143efec76100% of   69 MB 1246 kBps 00m57s\n"
"Extracting snapshot... done.\n"
"Verifying snapshot integrity... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot tag from ec2-eu-west-1.portsnap.freebsd.org... done.\n"
"Fetching snapshot metadata... done.\n"
"Updating from Tue Feb 11 01:07:15 CET 2014 to Tue Feb 11 16:05:20 CET 2014.\n"
"Fetching 4 metadata patches... done.\n"
"Applying metadata patches... done.\n"
"Fetching 0 metadata files... done.\n"
"Fetching 48 patches.\n"
"(48/48) 100.00%  done.\n"
"done.\n"
"Applying patches...\n"
"done.\n"
"Fetching 1 new ports or files... done.\n"
"/poudriere/ports/tester/CHANGES\n"
"/poudriere/ports/tester/COPYRIGHT\n"
"\n"
"[...]\n"
"\n"
"Building new INDEX files... done."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10415
msgid "On a single computer, <application>poudriere</application> can build ports with multiple configurations, in multiple jails, and from different port trees. Custom configurations for these combinations are called <emphasis>sets</emphasis>. See the CUSTOMIZATION section of <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>poudriere</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details after <package>ports-mgmt/poudriere</package> or <package>ports-mgmt/poudriere-devel</package> is installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10424
msgid "The basic configuration shown here puts a single jail-, port-, and set-specific <filename>make.conf</filename> in <filename>/usr/local/etc/poudriere.d</filename>. The filename in this example is created by combining the jail name, port name, and set name: <filename><replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation</replaceable>-make.conf</filename>. The system <filename>make.conf</filename> and this new file are combined at build time to create the <filename>make.conf</filename> used by the build jail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10434
msgid "Packages to be built are entered in <filename><replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation</replaceable>-pkglist</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:10437
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"editors/emacs\n"
"devel/git\n"
"ports-mgmt/pkg\n"
"..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10442
msgid "Options and dependencies for the specified ports are configured:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10445
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere options -j <replaceable>10amd64</replaceable> -p <replaceable>local</replaceable> -z <replaceable>workstation</replaceable> -f <replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere options -j <replaceable>10amd64</replaceable> -p <replaceable>local</replaceable> -z <replaceable>workstation</replaceable> -f <replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10447
msgid "Finally, packages are built and a package repository is created:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10450
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere bulk -j <replaceable>10amd64</replaceable> -p <replaceable>local</replaceable> -z <replaceable>workstation</replaceable> -f <replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>poudriere bulk -j <replaceable>10amd64</replaceable> -p <replaceable>local</replaceable> -z <replaceable>workstation</replaceable> -f <replaceable>10amd64-local-workstation-pkglist</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10452
msgid "While running, pressing <keycombo action=\"simul\"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>t</keycap></keycombo> displays the current state of the build. <application>Poudriere</application> also builds files in <filename>/poudriere/logs/bulk/<replaceable>jailname</replaceable></filename> that can be used with a web server to display build information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10459
msgid "After completion, the new packages are now available for installation from the <application>poudriere</application> repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10463
msgid "For more information on using <application>poudriere</application>, see <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>poudriere</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and the main web site, <link xlink:href=\"https://github.com/freebsd/poudriere/wiki\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10468
msgid "Configuring pkg Clients to Use a Poudriere Repository"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10471
msgid "While it is possible to use both a custom repository along side of the official repository, sometimes it is useful to disable the official repository. This is done by creating a configuration file that overrides and disables the official configuration file. Create <filename>/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/FreeBSD.conf</filename> that contains the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10479
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"FreeBSD: {\n"
"\tenabled: no\n"
"}"
msgstr ""
"FreeBSD: {\n"
"\tenabled: no\n"
"}"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10483
msgid "Usually it is easiest to serve a poudriere repository to the client machines via HTTP. Set up a webserver to serve up the package directory, for instance: <filename>/usr/local/poudriere/data/packages/<replaceable>10amd64</replaceable></filename>, where <filename><replaceable>10amd64</replaceable></filename> is the name of the build."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10490
msgid "If the URL to the package repository is: <literal>http://pkg.example.com/10amd64</literal>, then the repository configuration file in <filename>/usr/local/etc/pkg/repos/custom.conf</filename> would look like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10496
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"custom: {\n"
"\turl: \"<replaceable>http://pkg.example.com/10amd64</replaceable>\",\n"
"\tenabled: yes,\n"
"}"
msgstr ""
"custom: {\n"
"\turl: \"<replaceable>http://pkg.example.com/10amd64</replaceable>\",\n"
"\tenabled: yes,\n"
"}"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10504
msgid "Post-Installation Considerations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10506
msgid "Regardless of whether the software was installed from a binary package or port, most third-party applications require some level of configuration after installation. The following commands and locations can be used to help determine what was installed with the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10514
msgid "Most applications install at least one default configuration file in <filename>/usr/local/etc</filename>. In cases where an application has a large number of configuration files, a subdirectory will be created to hold them. Often, sample configuration files are installed which end with a suffix such as <filename>.sample</filename>. The configuration files should be reviewed and possibly edited to meet the system's needs. To edit a sample file, first copy it without the <filename>.sample</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10527
msgid "Applications which provide documentation will install it into <filename>/usr/local/share/doc</filename> and many applications also install manual pages. This documentation should be consulted before continuing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10534
msgid "Some applications run services which must be added to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> before starting the application. These applications usually install a startup script in <filename>/usr/local/etc/rc.d</filename>. See <link linkend=\"configtuning-starting-services\">Starting Services</link> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10542
msgid "By design, applications do not run their startup script upon installation, nor do they run their stop script upon deinstallation or upgrade. This decision is left to the individual system administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10551
msgid "Users of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> should run <command>rehash</command> to rebuild the known binary list in the shells <envar>PATH</envar>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10557
msgid "Use <command>pkg info</command> to determine which files, man pages, and binaries were installed with the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10565
msgid "Dealing with Broken Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10567
msgid "When a port does not build or install, try the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10572
msgid "Search to see if there is a fix pending for the port in the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/support.html\">Problem Report database</link>. If so, implementing the proposed fix may fix the issue."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10579
msgid "Ask the maintainer of the port for help. Type <command>make maintainer</command> in the ports skeleton or read the port's <filename>Makefile</filename> to find the maintainer's email address. Remember to include the <literal>$FreeBSD:</literal> line from the port's <filename>Makefile</filename> and the output leading up to the error in the email to the maintainer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10589
msgid "Some ports are not maintained by an individual but instead by a group maintainer represented by a <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/mailing-list-faq/article.html\">mailing list</link>. Many, but not all, of these addresses look like <email role=\"nolink\">freebsd-<replaceable>listname</replaceable>@FreeBSD.org</email>. Please take this into account when sending an email."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10595
msgid "In particular, ports maintained by <email role=\"nolink\">ports@FreeBSD.org</email> are not maintained by a specific individual. Instead, any fixes and support come from the general community who subscribe to that mailing list. More volunteers are always needed!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10603
msgid "If there is no response to the email, use Bugzilla to submit a bug report using the instructions in <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/problem-reports/article.html\">Writing FreeBSD Problem Reports</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10610
msgid "Fix it! The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/index.html\">Porter's Handbook</link> includes detailed information on the ports infrastructure so that you can fix the occasional broken port or even submit your own!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10617
msgid "Install the package instead of the port using the instructions in <xref linkend=\"pkgng-intro\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:10647
msgid "The X Window System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10652
msgid "An installation of FreeBSD using <application>bsdinstall</application> does not automatically install a graphical user interface. This chapter describes how to install and configure <application>Xorg</application>, which provides the open source X Window System used to provide a graphical environment. It then describes how to find and install a desktop environment or window manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:10661
msgid "Users who prefer an installation method that automatically configures the <application>Xorg</application> and offers a choice of window managers during installation should refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.trueos.org/\"/> website."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10668
msgid "For more information on the video hardware that <application>Xorg</application> supports, refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.x.org/\">x.org</link> website."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10675
msgid "The various components of the X Window System, and how they interoperate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10680
msgid "How to install and configure <application>Xorg</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10685
msgid "How to install and configure several window managers and desktop environments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10690
msgid "How to use <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts in <application>Xorg</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10695
msgid "How to set up your system for graphical logins (<application>XDM</application>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10704
msgid "Know how to install additional third-party software as described in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10711
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10713
msgid "While it is not necessary to understand all of the details of the various components in the X Window System and how they interact, some basic knowledge of these components can be useful."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10720
msgid "X server"
msgstr "X server"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10723
msgid "X was designed from the beginning to be network-centric, and adopts a <quote>client-server</quote> model. In this model, the <quote>X server</quote> runs on the computer that has the keyboard, monitor, and mouse attached. The server's responsibility includes tasks such as managing the display, handling input from the keyboard and mouse, and handling input or output from other devices such as a tablet or a video projector. This confuses some people, because the X terminology is exactly backward to what they expect. They expect the <quote>X server</quote> to be the big powerful machine down the hall, and the <quote>X client</quote> to be the machine on their desk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10740
msgid "X client"
msgstr "X client"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10743
msgid "Each X application, such as <application>XTerm</application> or <application>Firefox</application>, is a <quote>client</quote>. A client sends messages to the server such as <quote>Please draw a window at these coordinates</quote>, and the server sends back messages such as <quote>The user just clicked on the OK button</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10752
msgid "In a home or small office environment, the X server and the X clients commonly run on the same computer. It is also possible to run the X server on a less powerful computer and to run the X applications on a more powerful system. In this scenario, the communication between the X client and server takes place over the network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10762
msgid "window manager"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10765
msgid "X does not dictate what windows should look like on-screen, how to move them around with the mouse, which keystrokes should be used to move between windows, what the title bars on each window should look like, whether or not they have close buttons on them, and so on. Instead, X delegates this responsibility to a separate window manager application. There are <link xlink:href=\"http://xwinman.org/\">dozens of window managers</link> available. Each window manager provides a different look and feel: some support virtual desktops, some allow customized keystrokes to manage the desktop, some have a <quote>Start</quote> button, and some are themeable, allowing a complete change of the desktop's look-and-feel. Window managers are available in the <filename>x11-wm</filename> category of the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10781
msgid "Each window manager uses a different configuration mechanism. Some expect configuration file written by hand while others provide graphical tools for most configuration tasks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10789
msgid "desktop environment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10792
msgid "<application>KDE</application> and <application>GNOME</application> are considered to be desktop environments as they include an entire suite of applications for performing common desktop tasks. These may include office suites, web browsers, and games."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10801
msgid "focus policy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10804
msgid "The window manager is responsible for the mouse focus policy. This policy provides some means for choosing which window is actively receiving keystrokes and it should also visibly indicate which window is currently active."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10810
msgid "One focus policy is called <quote>click-to-focus</quote>. In this model, a window becomes active upon receiving a mouse click. In the <quote>focus-follows-mouse</quote> policy, the window that is under the mouse pointer has focus and the focus is changed by pointing at another window. If the mouse is over the root window, then this window is focused. In the <quote>sloppy-focus</quote> model, if the mouse is moved over the root window, the most recently used window still has the focus. With sloppy-focus, focus is only changed when the cursor enters a new window, and not when exiting the current window. In the <quote>click-to-focus</quote> policy, the active window is selected by mouse click. The window may then be raised and appear in front of all other windows. All keystrokes will now be directed to this window, even if the cursor is moved to another window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10828
msgid "Different window managers support different focus models. All of them support click-to-focus, and the majority of them also support other policies. Consult the documentation for the window manager to determine which focus models are available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:10837
msgid "widgets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:10840
msgid "Widget is a term for all of the items in the user interface that can be clicked or manipulated in some way. This includes buttons, check boxes, radio buttons, icons, and lists. A widget toolkit is a set of widgets used to create graphical applications. There are several popular widget toolkits, including Qt, used by <application>KDE</application>, and GTK+, used by <application>GNOME</application>. As a result, applications will have a different look and feel, depending upon which widget toolkit was used to create the application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10857
msgid "Installing <application>Xorg</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10859
msgid "On FreeBSD, <application>Xorg</application> can be installed as a package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10862
msgid "The binary package can be installed quickly but with fewer options for customization:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10865
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xorg</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xorg</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10867
msgid "To build and install from the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10869
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11/xorg</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11/xorg</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10872
msgid "Either of these installations results in the complete <application>Xorg</application> system being installed. Binary packages are the best option for most users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:10876
msgid "A smaller version of the X system suitable for experienced users is available in <package>x11/xorg-minimal</package>. Most of the documents, libraries, and applications will not be installed. Some applications require these additional components to function."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10884
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> Configuration"
msgstr "<application>Xorg</application> Configuration"

#. (itstool) path: info/author
#: book.translate.xml:10887
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by</contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10896
msgid "<primary>Xorg</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Xorg</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:10897
msgid "<primary><application>Xorg</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>Xorg</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:10900 book.translate.xml:16927 book.translate.xml:62626
msgid "Quick Start"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10902
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> supports most common video cards, keyboards, and pointing devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:10906
msgid "Video cards, monitors, and input devices are automatically detected and do not require any manual configuration. Do not create <filename>xorg.conf</filename> or run a <option>-configure</option> step unless automatic configuration fails."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10915
msgid "If <application>Xorg</application> has been used on this computer before, move or remove any existing configuration files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10919
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.etc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.localetc</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.etc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf ~/xorg.conf.localetc</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10924
msgid "Add the user who will run <application>Xorg</application> to the <literal>video</literal> or <literal>wheel</literal> group to enable 3D acceleration when available. To add user <replaceable>jru</replaceable> to whichever group is available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10932
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod video -m <replaceable>jru</replaceable> || pw groupmod wheel -m <replaceable>jru</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod video -m <replaceable>jru</replaceable> || pw groupmod wheel -m <replaceable>jru</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10936
msgid "The <acronym>TWM</acronym> window manager is included by default. It is started when <application>Xorg</application> starts:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10940
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>startx</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>startx</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:10944
msgid "On some older versions of FreeBSD, the system console must be set to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> before switching back to the text console will work properly. See <xref linkend=\"x-config-kms\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10953
msgid "User Group for Accelerated Video"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10955
msgid "Access to <filename>/dev/dri</filename> is needed to allow 3D acceleration on video cards. It is usually simplest to add the user who will be running X to either the <literal>video</literal> or <literal>wheel</literal> group. Here, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to add user <replaceable>slurms</replaceable> to the <literal>video</literal> group, or to the <literal>wheel</literal> group if there is no <literal>video</literal> group:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:10965
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod video -m <replaceable>slurms</replaceable> || pw groupmod wheel -m <replaceable>slurms</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod video -m <replaceable>slurms</replaceable> || pw groupmod wheel -m <replaceable>slurms</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:10969
msgid "Kernel Mode Setting (<acronym>KMS</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10971
msgid "When the computer switches from displaying the console to a higher screen resolution for X, it must set the video output <emphasis>mode</emphasis>. Recent versions of <acronym>Xorg</acronym> use a system inside the kernel to do these mode changes more efficiently. Older versions of FreeBSD use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which is not aware of the <acronym>KMS</acronym> system. The end result is that after closing X, the system console is blank, even though it is still working. The newer <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> console avoids this problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10982
msgid "Add this line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> to enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:10985
#, no-wrap
msgid "kern.vty=vt"
msgstr "kern.vty=vt"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:10989 book.translate.xml:21062 book.translate.xml:31623
#: book.translate.xml:45614 book.translate.xml:55775
msgid "Configuration Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:10991
msgid "Manual configuration is usually not necessary. Please do not manually create configuration files unless autoconfiguration does not work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:10998
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> looks in several directories for configuration files. <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/</filename> is the recommended directory for these files on FreeBSD. Using this directory helps keep application files separate from operating system files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:11005
msgid "Storing configuration files in the legacy <filename>/etc/X11/</filename> still works. However, this mixes application files with the base FreeBSD files and is not recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:11012
msgid "Single or Multiple Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:11014
msgid "It is easier to use multiple files that each configure a specific setting than the traditional single <filename>xorg.conf</filename>. These files are stored in the <filename>xorg.conf.d/</filename> subdirectory of the main configuration file directory. The full path is typically <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:11022
msgid "Examples of these files are shown later in this section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:11025
msgid "The traditional single <filename>xorg.conf</filename> still works, but is neither as clear nor as flexible as multiple files in the <filename>xorg.conf.d/</filename> subdirectory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11033
msgid "Video Cards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11037
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark>"
msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11040
msgid "3D acceleration is supported on most <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> graphics up to Ivy Bridge (HD Graphics 2500, 4000, and P4000), including Iron Lake (HD Graphics) and Sandy Bridge (HD Graphics 2000)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11045
msgid "Driver name: <literal>intel</literal>"
msgstr "Stuurprogrammanaam: <literal>intel</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11047
msgid "For reference, see <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Intel_graphics_processing_units\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11052
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> Radeon"
msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> Radeon"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11055
msgid "2D and 3D acceleration is supported on Radeon cards up to and including the HD6000 series."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11058
msgid "Driver name: <literal>radeon</literal>"
msgstr "Stuurprogrammanaam: <literal>radeon</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11060
msgid "For reference, see <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_AMD_graphics_processing_units\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11065
msgid "NVIDIA"
msgstr "NVIDIA"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11068
msgid "Several NVIDIA drivers are available in the <filename>x11</filename> category of the Ports Collection. Install the driver that matches the video card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11073
msgid "For reference, see <link xlink:href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Nvidia_graphics_processing_units\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11078
msgid "Hybrid Combination Graphics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11081
msgid "Some notebook computers add additional graphics processing units to those built into the chipset or processor. <emphasis>Optimus</emphasis> combines <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> and NVIDIA hardware. <emphasis>Switchable Graphics</emphasis> or <emphasis>Hybrid Graphics</emphasis> are a combination of an <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> or <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> processor and an <trademark class=\"registered\">AMD</trademark> Radeon <acronym>GPU</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11090
msgid "Implementations of these hybrid graphics systems vary, and <application>Xorg</application> on FreeBSD is not able to drive all versions of them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11094
msgid "Some computers provide a <acronym>BIOS</acronym> option to disable one of the graphics adapters or select a <emphasis>discrete</emphasis> mode which can be used with one of the standard video card drivers. For example, it is sometimes possible to disable the NVIDIA <acronym>GPU</acronym> in an Optimus system. The <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> video can then be used with an <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11103
msgid "<acronym>BIOS</acronym> settings depend on the model of computer. In some situations, both <acronym>GPU</acronym>s can be left enabled, but creating a configuration file that only uses the main <acronym>GPU</acronym> in the <literal>Device</literal> section is enough to make such a system functional."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11114
msgid "Other Video Cards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11117
msgid "Drivers for some less-common video cards can be found in the <filename>x11-drivers</filename> directory of the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11121
msgid "Cards that are not supported by a specific driver might still be usable with the <package>x11-drivers/xf86-video-vesa</package> driver. This driver is installed by <package>x11/xorg</package>. It can also be installed manually as <package>x11-drivers/xf86-video-vesa</package>. <application>Xorg</application> attempts to use this driver when a specific driver is not found for the video card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11131
msgid "<package>x11-drivers/xf86-video-scfb</package> is a similar nonspecialized video driver that works on many <acronym>UEFI</acronym> and <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark> computers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11138
msgid "Setting the Video Driver in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11141
msgid "To set the <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> driver in a configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11145
msgid "Select <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> Video Driver in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11147
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-intel.conf</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-intel.conf</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11149
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n"
"\tDriver     \"intel\"\n"
"\t# BusID    \"PCI:1:0:0\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11155
msgid "If more than one video card is present, the <literal>BusID</literal> identifier can be uncommented and set to select the desired card. A list of video card bus <acronym>ID</acronym>s can be displayed with <command>pciconf -lv | grep -B3 display</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11163
msgid "To set the Radeon driver in a configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11167
msgid "Select Radeon Video Driver in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11169
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-radeon.conf</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-radeon.conf</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11171
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n"
"\tDriver     \"radeon\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11177
msgid "To set the <acronym>VESA</acronym> driver in a configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11181
msgid "Select <acronym>VESA</acronym> Video Driver in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11184
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-vesa.conf</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-vesa.conf</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11186
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n"
"\tDriver     \"vesa\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11192
msgid "To set the <literal>scfb</literal> driver for use with a <acronym>UEFI</acronym> or <trademark class=\"registered\">ARM</trademark> computer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11196
msgid "Select <literal>scfb</literal> Video Driver in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11199
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-scfb.conf</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/driver-scfb.conf</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11201
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Device\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Card0\"\n"
"\tDriver     \"scfb\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11212
msgid "Monitors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11214
msgid "Almost all monitors support the Extended Display Identification Data standard (<acronym>EDID</acronym>). <application>Xorg</application> uses <acronym>EDID</acronym> to communicate with the monitor and detect the supported resolutions and refresh rates. Then it selects the most appropriate combination of settings to use with that monitor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11222
msgid "Other resolutions supported by the monitor can be chosen by setting the desired resolution in configuration files, or after the X server has been started with <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11229
msgid "Using <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11232
msgid "Run <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> without any parameters to see a list of video outputs and detected monitor modes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11235
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr</userinput>\n"
"Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 3000 x 1920, maximum 8192 x 8192\n"
"DVI-0 connected primary 1920x1200+1080+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 495mm x 310mm\n"
"   1920x1200     59.95*+\n"
"   1600x1200     60.00\n"
"   1280x1024     85.02    75.02    60.02\n"
"   1280x960      60.00\n"
"   1152x864      75.00\n"
"   1024x768      85.00    75.08    70.07    60.00\n"
"   832x624       74.55\n"
"   800x600       75.00    60.32\n"
"   640x480       75.00    60.00\n"
"   720x400       70.08\n"
"DisplayPort-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n"
"HDMI-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr</userinput>\n"
"Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 3000 x 1920, maximum 8192 x 8192\n"
"DVI-0 connected primary 1920x1200+1080+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 495mm x 310mm\n"
"   1920x1200     59.95*+\n"
"   1600x1200     60.00\n"
"   1280x1024     85.02    75.02    60.02\n"
"   1280x960      60.00\n"
"   1152x864      75.00\n"
"   1024x768      85.00    75.08    70.07    60.00\n"
"   832x624       74.55\n"
"   800x600       75.00    60.32\n"
"   640x480       75.00    60.00\n"
"   720x400       70.08\n"
"DisplayPort-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n"
"HDMI-0 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11251
msgid "This shows that the <literal>DVI-0</literal> output is being used to display a screen resolution of 1920x1200 pixels at a refresh rate of about 60 Hz. Monitors are not attached to the <literal>DisplayPort-0</literal> and <literal>HDMI-0</literal> connectors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11258
msgid "Any of the other display modes can be selected with <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For example, to switch to 1280x1024 at 60 Hz:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11262
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr --mode 1280x1024 --rate 60</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr --mode 1280x1024 --rate 60</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11264
msgid "A common task is using the external video output on a notebook computer for a video projector."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11267
msgid "The type and quantity of output connectors varies between devices, and the name given to each output varies from driver to driver. What one driver calls <literal>HDMI-1</literal>, another might call <literal>HDMI1</literal>. So the first step is to run <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to list all the available outputs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11275
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr</userinput>\n"
"Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 1366 x 768, maximum 8192 x 8192\n"
"LVDS1 connected 1366x768+0+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 344mm x 193mm\n"
"   1366x768      60.04*+\n"
"   1024x768      60.00\n"
"   800x600       60.32    56.25\n"
"   640x480       59.94\n"
"VGA1 connected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n"
"   1280x1024     60.02 +  75.02\n"
"   1280x960      60.00\n"
"   1152x864      75.00\n"
"   1024x768      75.08    70.07    60.00\n"
"   832x624       74.55\n"
"   800x600       72.19    75.00    60.32    56.25\n"
"   640x480       75.00    72.81    66.67    60.00\n"
"   720x400       70.08\n"
"HDMI1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n"
"DP1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr</userinput>\n"
"Screen 0: minimum 320 x 200, current 1366 x 768, maximum 8192 x 8192\n"
"LVDS1 connected 1366x768+0+0 (normal left inverted right x axis y axis) 344mm x 193mm\n"
"   1366x768      60.04*+\n"
"   1024x768      60.00\n"
"   800x600       60.32    56.25\n"
"   640x480       59.94\n"
"VGA1 connected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n"
"   1280x1024     60.02 +  75.02\n"
"   1280x960      60.00\n"
"   1152x864      75.00\n"
"   1024x768      75.08    70.07    60.00\n"
"   832x624       74.55\n"
"   800x600       72.19    75.00    60.32    56.25\n"
"   640x480       75.00    72.81    66.67    60.00\n"
"   720x400       70.08\n"
"HDMI1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)\n"
"DP1 disconnected (normal left inverted right x axis y axis)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11294
msgid "Four outputs were found: the built-in panel <literal>LVDS1</literal>, and external <literal>VGA1</literal>, <literal>HDMI1</literal>, and <literal>DP1</literal> connectors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11299
msgid "The projector has been connected to the <literal>VGA1</literal> output. <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is now used to set that output to the native resolution of the projector and add the additional space to the right side of the desktop:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11305
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr --output VGA1 --auto --right-of LVDS1</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xrandr --output VGA1 --auto --right-of LVDS1</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11307
msgid "<literal>--auto</literal> chooses the resolution and refresh rate detected by <acronym>EDID</acronym>. If the resolution is not correctly detected, a fixed value can be given with <literal>--mode</literal> instead of the <literal>--auto</literal> statement. For example, most projectors can be used with a 1024x768 resolution, which is set with <literal>--mode 1024x768</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11316
msgid "<citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is often run from <filename>.xinitrc</filename> to set the appropriate mode when X starts."
msgstr "<citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xrandr</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> wordt vaak uitgevoerd vanuit <filename>.xinitrc</filename> om de juiste modus te gebruiken wanneer X start."

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11323
msgid "Setting Monitor Resolution in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11326
msgid "To set a screen resolution of 1024x768 in a configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11330
msgid "Set Screen Resolution in a File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11332
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/screen-resolution.conf</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/screen-resolution.conf</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11334
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Screen0\"\n"
"\tDevice     \"Card0\"\n"
"\tSubSection \"Display\"\n"
"\tModes      \"1024x768\"\n"
"\tEndSubSection\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Screen0\"\n"
"\tDevice     \"Card0\"\n"
"\tSubSection \"Display\"\n"
"\tModes      \"1024x768\"\n"
"\tEndSubSection\n"
"EndSection"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11343
msgid "The few monitors that do not have <acronym>EDID</acronym> can be configured by setting <literal>HorizSync</literal> and <literal>VertRefresh</literal> to the range of frequencies supported by the monitor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11350
msgid "Manually Setting Monitor Frequencies"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11352
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/monitor0-freq.conf</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/monitor0-freq.conf</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11354
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Monitor\"\n"
"\tIdentifier   \"Monitor0\"\n"
"\tHorizSync    30-83   # kHz\n"
"\tVertRefresh  50-76   # Hz\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""
"Section \"Monitor\"\n"
"\tIdentifier   \"Monitor0\"\n"
"\tHorizSync    30-83   # kHz\n"
"\tVertRefresh  50-76   # Hz\n"
"EndSection"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11366
msgid "Input Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:11369
msgid "Keyboards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11373
msgid "Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11376
msgid "The standardized location of keys on a keyboard is called a <emphasis>layout</emphasis>. Layouts and other adjustable parameters are listed in <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xkeyboard-config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11381
msgid "A United States layout is the default. To select an alternate layout, set the <literal>XkbLayout</literal> and <literal>XkbVariant</literal> options in an <literal>InputClass</literal>. This will be applied to all input devices that match the class."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11388
msgid "This example selects a French keyboard layout with the <literal>oss</literal> variant."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11392
msgid "Setting a Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11394
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-fr-oss.conf</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-fr-oss.conf</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11396
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section\t\"InputClass\"\n"
"\tIdentifier\t\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n"
"\tDriver\t\t\"keyboard\"\n"
"\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"on\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbLayout\" \"fr\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbVariant\" \"oss\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""
"Section\t\"InputClass\"\n"
"\tIdentifier\t\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n"
"\tDriver\t\t\"keyboard\"\n"
"\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"on\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbLayout\" \"fr\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbVariant\" \"oss\"\n"
"EndSection"

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11406
msgid "Setting Multiple Keyboard Layouts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11408
msgid "Set United States, Spanish, and Ukrainian keyboard layouts. Cycle through these layouts by pressing <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Shift</keycap> </keycombo>. <package>x11/xxkb</package> or <package>x11/sbxkb</package> can be used for improved layout switching control and current layout indicators."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11419
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/kbd-layout-multi.conf</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/kbd-layout-multi.conf</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11421
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section\t\"InputClass\"\n"
"\tIdentifier\t\"All Keyboards\"\n"
"\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"yes\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbLayout\" \"us, es, ua\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""
"Section\t\"InputClass\"\n"
"\tIdentifier\t\"All Keyboards\"\n"
"\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"yes\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbLayout\" \"us, es, ua\"\n"
"EndSection"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11431
msgid "Closing <application>Xorg</application> From the Keyboard"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11435
msgid "X can be closed with a combination of keys. By default, that key combination is not set because it conflicts with keyboard commands for some applications. Enabling this option requires changes to the keyboard <literal>InputDevice</literal> section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11443
msgid "Enabling Keyboard Exit from X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11445
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-zap.conf</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/keyboard-zap.conf</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11447
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section\t\"InputClass\"\n"
"\tIdentifier\t\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n"
"\tDriver\t\t\"keyboard\"\n"
"\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"on\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbOptions\" \"terminate:ctrl_alt_bksp\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""
"Section\t\"InputClass\"\n"
"\tIdentifier\t\"KeyboardDefaults\"\n"
"\tDriver\t\t\"keyboard\"\n"
"\tMatchIsKeyboard\t\"on\"\n"
"\tOption\t\t\"XkbOptions\" \"terminate:ctrl_alt_bksp\"\n"
"EndSection"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:11460
msgid "Mice and Pointing Devices"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:11462
msgid "Many mouse parameters can be adjusted with configuration options. See <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>mousedrv</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a full list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:11467
msgid "Mouse Buttons"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:11470
msgid "The number of buttons on a mouse can be set in the mouse <literal>InputDevice</literal> section of <filename>xorg.conf</filename>. To set the number of buttons to 7:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:11476
msgid "Setting the Number of Mouse Buttons"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:11478
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/mouse0-buttons.conf</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/mouse0-buttons.conf</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11480
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"InputDevice\"\n"
"\tIdentifier  \"Mouse0\"\n"
"\tOption      \"Buttons\" \"7\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""
"Section \"InputDevice\"\n"
"\tIdentifier  \"Mouse0\"\n"
"\tOption      \"Buttons\" \"7\"\n"
"EndSection"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11494
msgid "In some cases, <application>Xorg</application> autoconfiguration does not work with particular hardware, or a different configuration is desired. For these cases, a custom configuration file can be created."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:11500
msgid "Do not create manual configuration files unless required. Unnecessary manual configuration can prevent proper operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11505
msgid "A configuration file can be generated by <application>Xorg</application> based on the detected hardware. This file is often a useful starting point for custom configurations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11510
msgid "Generating an <filename>xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11512
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>Xorg -configure</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>Xorg -configure</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11514
msgid "The configuration file is saved to <filename>/root/xorg.conf.new</filename>. Make any changes desired, then test that file with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11518
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>Xorg -config /root/xorg.conf.new</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>Xorg -config /root/xorg.conf.new</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11520
msgid "After the new configuration has been adjusted and tested, it can be split into smaller files in the normal location, <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:11538
msgid "Using Fonts in <application>Xorg</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11541
msgid "Type1 Fonts"
msgstr "Type1 Fonts"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11543
msgid "The default fonts that ship with <application>Xorg</application> are less than ideal for typical desktop publishing applications. Large presentation fonts show up jagged and unprofessional looking, and small fonts are almost completely unintelligible. However, there are several free, high quality Type1 (<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>) fonts available which can be readily used with <application>Xorg</application>. For instance, the URW font collection (<package>x11-fonts/urwfonts</package>) includes high quality versions of standard type1 fonts (<trademark class=\"registered\">Times Roman</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Helvetica</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Palatino</trademark> and others). The Freefonts collection (<package>x11-fonts/freefonts</package>) includes many more fonts, but most of them are intended for use in graphics software such as the <application>Gimp</application>, and are not complete enough to serve as screen fonts. In addition, <application>Xorg</application> can be configured to use <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts with a minimum of effort. For more details on this, see the <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>X</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page or <xref linkend=\"truetype\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11562
msgid "To install the above Type1 font collections from binary packages, run the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11565
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install urwfonts</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install urwfonts</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11567
msgid "Alternatively, to build from the Ports Collection, run the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11570
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11-fonts/urwfonts</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11-fonts/urwfonts</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11573
msgid "And likewise with the freefont or other collections. To have the X server detect these fonts, add an appropriate line to the X server configuration file (<filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>), which reads:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11578
#, no-wrap
msgid "FontPath \"/usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts/\""
msgstr "FontPath \"/usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts/\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11580
msgid "Alternatively, at the command line in the X session run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp rehash</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/urwfonts</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp rehash</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11586
msgid "This will work but will be lost when the X session is closed, unless it is added to the startup file (<filename>~/.xinitrc</filename> for a normal <command>startx</command> session, or <filename>~/.xsession</filename> when logging in through a graphical login manager like <application>XDM</application>). A third way is to use the new <filename>/usr/local/etc/fonts/local.conf</filename> as demonstrated in <xref linkend=\"antialias\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11598
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> Fonts"
msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> Fonts"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11600
msgid "<primary>TrueType Fonts</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>TrueType Fonts</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11603
msgid "<primary>fonts</primary> <secondary>TrueType</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>fonts</primary> <secondary>TrueType</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11608
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> has built in support for rendering <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts. There are two different modules that can enable this functionality. The freetype module is used in this example because it is more consistent with the other font rendering back-ends. To enable the freetype module just add the following line to the <literal>\"Module\"</literal> section of <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11616
#, no-wrap
msgid "Load  \"freetype\""
msgstr "Load  \"freetype\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11618
msgid "Now make a directory for the <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts (for example, <filename>/usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType</filename>) and copy all of the <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts into this directory. Keep in mind that <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts cannot be directly taken from an <trademark class=\"registered\">Apple</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac</trademark>; they must be in <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">MS-DOS</trademark>/<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> format for use by <application>Xorg</application>. Once the files have been copied into this directory, use <application>mkfontdir</application> to create a <filename>fonts.dir</filename>, so that the X font renderer knows that these new files have been installed. <command>mkfontdir</command> can be installed as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11632
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install mkfontdir</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install mkfontdir</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11634
msgid "Then create an index of X font files in a directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11637
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkfontdir</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkfontdir</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11640
msgid "Now add the <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> directory to the font path. This is just the same as described in <xref linkend=\"type1\"/>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11643
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp rehash</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp+ /usr/local/share/fonts/TrueType</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xset fp rehash</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11646
msgid "or add a <literal>FontPath</literal> line to <filename>xorg.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11649
msgid "Now <application>Gimp</application>, <application>Apache OpenOffice</application>, and all of the other X applications should now recognize the installed <trademark class=\"registered\">TrueType</trademark> fonts. Extremely small fonts (as with text in a high resolution display on a web page) and extremely large fonts (within <application><trademark>StarOffice</trademark></application>) will look much better now."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11670
msgid "Anti-Aliased Fonts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11672
msgid "<primary>anti-aliased fonts</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>anti-aliased fonts</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11675
msgid "<primary>fonts</primary> <secondary>anti-aliased</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>fonts</primary> <secondary>anti-aliased</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11680
msgid "All fonts in <application>Xorg</application> that are found in <filename>/usr/local/share/fonts/</filename> and <filename>~/.fonts/</filename> are automatically made available for anti-aliasing to Xft-aware applications. Most recent applications are Xft-aware, including <application>KDE</application>, <application>GNOME</application>, and <application>Firefox</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11689
msgid "To control which fonts are anti-aliased, or to configure anti-aliasing properties, create (or edit, if it already exists) the file <filename>/usr/local/etc/fonts/local.conf</filename>. Several advanced features of the Xft font system can be tuned using this file; this section describes only some simple possibilities. For more details, please see <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>fonts-conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11698
msgid "<primary>XML</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>XML</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11700
msgid "This file must be in XML format. Pay careful attention to case, and make sure all tags are properly closed. The file begins with the usual XML header followed by a DOCTYPE definition, and then the <literal>&lt;fontconfig&gt;</literal> tag:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11706
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version=\"1.0\"?&gt;\n"
"      &lt;!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM \"fonts.dtd\"&gt;\n"
"      &lt;fontconfig&gt;"
msgstr ""
"&lt;?xml version=\"1.0\"?&gt;\n"
"      &lt;!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM \"fonts.dtd\"&gt;\n"
"      &lt;fontconfig&gt;"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11710
msgid "As previously stated, all fonts in <filename>/usr/local/share/fonts/</filename> as well as <filename>~/.fonts/</filename> are already made available to Xft-aware applications. To add another directory outside of these two directory trees, add a line like this to <filename>/usr/local/etc/fonts/local.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11718
#, no-wrap
msgid "&lt;dir&gt;/path/to/my/fonts&lt;/dir&gt;"
msgstr "&lt;dir&gt;/path/to/my/fonts&lt;/dir&gt;"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11720
msgid "After adding new fonts, and especially new font directories, rebuild the font caches:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11724
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>fc-cache -f</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>fc-cache -f</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11726
msgid "Anti-aliasing makes borders slightly fuzzy, which makes very small text more readable and removes <quote>staircases</quote> from large text, but can cause eyestrain if applied to normal text. To exclude font sizes smaller than 14 point from anti-aliasing, include these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11733
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"        &lt;match target=\"font\"&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;test name=\"size\" compare=\"less\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;double&gt;14&lt;/double&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;edit name=\"antialias\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;bool&gt;false&lt;/bool&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;match target=\"font\"&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;test name=\"pixelsize\" compare=\"less\" qual=\"any\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;double&gt;14&lt;/double&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;edit mode=\"assign\" name=\"antialias\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;bool&gt;false&lt;/bool&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;"
msgstr ""
"        &lt;match target=\"font\"&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;test name=\"size\" compare=\"less\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;double&gt;14&lt;/double&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;edit name=\"antialias\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;bool&gt;false&lt;/bool&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;match target=\"font\"&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;test name=\"pixelsize\" compare=\"less\" qual=\"any\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;double&gt;14&lt;/double&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;edit mode=\"assign\" name=\"antialias\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;bool&gt;false&lt;/bool&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11750
msgid "<primary>fonts</primary> <secondary>spacing</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>fonts</primary> <secondary>spacing</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11755
msgid "Spacing for some monospaced fonts might also be inappropriate with anti-aliasing. This seems to be an issue with <application>KDE</application>, in particular. One possible fix is to force the spacing for such fonts to be 100. Add these lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11761
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\t&lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t       &lt;string&gt;fixed&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t       &lt;string&gt;mono&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;string&gt;console&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;string&gt;mono&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;"
msgstr ""
"\t&lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t       &lt;string&gt;fixed&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t       &lt;string&gt;mono&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t   &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;string&gt;console&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t&lt;string&gt;mono&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t    &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t&lt;/match&gt;"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11778
msgid "(this aliases the other common names for fixed fonts as <literal>\"mono\"</literal>), and then add:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11781
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"         &lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;string&gt;mono&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;edit name=\"spacing\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;int&gt;100&lt;/int&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t &lt;/match&gt;      "
msgstr ""
"         &lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;string&gt;mono&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;edit name=\"spacing\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;int&gt;100&lt;/int&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t &lt;/match&gt;      "

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11790
msgid "Certain fonts, such as Helvetica, may have a problem when anti-aliased. Usually this manifests itself as a font that seems cut in half vertically. At worst, it may cause applications to crash. To avoid this, consider adding the following to <filename>local.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11796
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"         &lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;string&gt;Helvetica&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;string&gt;sans-serif&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t &lt;/match&gt;        "
msgstr ""
"         &lt;match target=\"pattern\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;test qual=\"any\" name=\"family\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;string&gt;Helvetica&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;edit name=\"family\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;string&gt;sans-serif&lt;/string&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t &lt;/match&gt;        "

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11805
msgid "After editing <filename>local.conf</filename>, make certain to end the file with the <literal>&lt;/fontconfig&gt;</literal> tag. Not doing this will cause changes to be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11810
msgid "Users can add personalized settings by creating their own <filename>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</filename>. This file uses the same <acronym>XML</acronym> format described above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11815
msgid "<primary>LCD screen</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>LCD screen</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11816
msgid "<primary>Fonts</primary> <secondary>LCD screen</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>Fonts</primary> <secondary>LCD screen</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11819
msgid "One last point: with an LCD screen, sub-pixel sampling may be desired. This basically treats the (horizontally separated) red, green and blue components separately to improve the horizontal resolution; the results can be dramatic. To enable this, add the line somewhere in <filename>local.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:11826
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\t &lt;match target=\"font\"&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;test qual=\"all\" name=\"rgba\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;const&gt;unknown&lt;/const&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;edit name=\"rgba\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;const&gt;rgb&lt;/const&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t &lt;/match&gt;"
msgstr ""
"\t &lt;match target=\"font\"&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;test qual=\"all\" name=\"rgba\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;const&gt;unknown&lt;/const&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/test&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;edit name=\"rgba\" mode=\"assign\"&gt;\n"
"\t\t &lt;const&gt;rgb&lt;/const&gt;\n"
"\t     &lt;/edit&gt;\n"
"\t &lt;/match&gt;"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:11836
msgid "Depending on the sort of display, <literal>rgb</literal> may need to be changed to <literal>bgr</literal>, <literal>vrgb</literal> or <literal>vbgr</literal>: experiment and see which works best."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:11847
msgid "The X Display Manager"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:11850
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Seth</firstname> <surname>Kingsley</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:11860
msgid "<primary>X Display Manager</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>X Display Manager</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:11861
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> provides an X Display Manager, <application>XDM</application>, which can be used for login session management. <application>XDM</application> provides a graphical interface for choosing which display server to connect to and for entering authorization information such as a login and password combination."
msgstr "<application>Xorg</application> provides an X Display Manager, <application>XDM</application>, which can be used for login session management. <application>XDM</application> provides a graphical interface for choosing which display server to connect to and for entering authorization information such as a login and password combination."

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:11868
msgid "This section demonstrates how to configure the X Display Manager on FreeBSD. Some desktop environments provide their own graphical login manager. Refer to <xref linkend=\"x11-wm-gnome\"/> for instructions on how to configure the GNOME Display Manager and <xref linkend=\"x11-wm-kde\"/> for instructions on how to configure the KDE Display Manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11875
msgid "Configuring <application>XDM</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11877
msgid "To install <application>XDM</application>, use the <package>x11/xdm</package> package or port. Once installed, <application>XDM</application> can be configured to run when the machine boots up by editing this entry in <filename>/etc/ttys</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:11883
#, no-wrap
msgid "ttyv8   \"/usr/local/bin/xdm -nodaemon\"  xterm   off secure"
msgstr "ttyv8   \"/usr/local/bin/xdm -nodaemon\"  xterm   off secure"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11885
msgid "Change the <literal>off</literal> to <literal>on</literal> and save the edit. The <literal>ttyv8</literal> in this entry indicates that <application>XDM</application> will run on the ninth virtual terminal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11890
msgid "The <application>XDM</application> configuration directory is located in <filename>/usr/local/lib/X11/xdm</filename>. This directory contains several files used to change the behavior and appearance of <application>XDM</application>, as well as a few scripts and programs used to set up the desktop when <application>XDM</application> is running. <xref linkend=\"xdm-config-files\"/> summarizes the function of each of these files. The exact syntax and usage of these files is described in <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xdm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:11900
msgid "XDM Configuration Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11905 book.translate.xml:55698
msgid "File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11912
msgid "<filename>Xaccess</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>Xaccess</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11913
msgid "The protocol for connecting to <application>XDM</application> is called the X Display Manager Connection Protocol (<acronym>XDMCP</acronym>) This file is a client authorization ruleset for controlling <acronym>XDMCP</acronym> connections from remote machines. By default, this file does not allow any remote clients to connect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11923
msgid "<filename>Xresources</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>Xresources</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11924
msgid "This file controls the look and feel of the <application>XDM</application> display chooser and login screens. The default configuration is a simple rectangular login window with the hostname of the machine displayed at the top in a large font and <quote>Login:</quote> and <quote>Password:</quote> prompts below. The format of this file is identical to the app-defaults file described in the <application>Xorg</application> documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11937
msgid "<filename>Xservers</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>Xservers</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11938
msgid "The list of local and remote displays the chooser should provide as login choices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11943
msgid "<filename>Xsession</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>Xsession</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11944
msgid "Default session script for logins which is run by <application>XDM</application> after a user has logged in. Normally each user will have a customized session script in <filename>~/.xsession</filename> that overrides this script"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11952
msgid "<filename>Xsetup_</filename>*"
msgstr "<filename>Xsetup_</filename>*"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11953
msgid "Script to automatically launch applications before displaying the chooser or login interfaces. There is a script for each display being used, named <filename>Xsetup_*</filename>, where <literal>*</literal> is the local display number. Typically these scripts run one or two programs in the background such as <command>xconsole</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11964
msgid "<filename>xdm-config</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>xdm-config</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11965
msgid "Global configuration for all displays running on this machine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11970
msgid "<filename>xdm-errors</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>xdm-errors</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11971
msgid "Contains errors generated by the server program. If a display that <application>XDM</application> is trying to start hangs, look at this file for error messages. These messages are also written to the user's <filename>~/.xsession-errors</filename> on a per-session basis."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11980
msgid "<filename>xdm-pid</filename>"
msgstr "<filename>xdm-pid</filename>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:11981
msgid "The running process <acronym>ID</acronym> of <application>XDM</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:11990
msgid "Configuring Remote Access"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11992
msgid "By default, only users on the same system can login using <application>XDM</application>. To enable users on other systems to connect to the display server, edit the access control rules and enable the connection listener."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:11997
msgid "To configure <application>XDM</application> to listen for any remote connection, comment out the <literal>DisplayManager.requestPort</literal> line in <filename>/usr/local/lib/X11/xdm/xdm-config</filename> by putting a <literal>!</literal> in front of it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12003
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"! SECURITY: do not listen for XDMCP or Chooser requests\n"
"! Comment out this line if you want to manage X terminals with xdm\n"
"DisplayManager.requestPort:     0"
msgstr ""
"! SECURITY: do not listen for XDMCP or Chooser requests\n"
"! Comment out this line if you want to manage X terminals with xdm\n"
"DisplayManager.requestPort:     0"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12007
msgid "Save the edits and restart <application>XDM</application>. To restrict remote access, look at the example entries in <filename>/usr/local/lib/X11/xdm/Xaccess</filename> and refer to <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xdm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> for further information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:12016
msgid "Desktop Environments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:12019
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Valentino</firstname> <surname>Vaschetto</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Valentino</firstname> <surname>Vaschetto</surname> </personname> <contrib>Bijgedragen door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12030
msgid "This section describes how to install three popular desktop environments on a FreeBSD system. A desktop environment can range from a simple window manager to a complete suite of desktop applications. Over a hundred desktop environments are available in the <filename>x11-wm</filename> category of the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12038
msgid "GNOME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12041
msgid "<application>GNOME</application> is a user-friendly desktop environment. It includes a panel for starting applications and displaying status, a desktop, a set of tools and applications, and a set of conventions that make it easy for applications to cooperate and be consistent with each other. More information regarding <application>GNOME</application> on FreeBSD can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/gnome\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/gnome</link>. That web site contains additional documentation about installing, configuring, and managing <application>GNOME</application> on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12052
msgid "This desktop environment can be installed from a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12055
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gnome3</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gnome3</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12057
msgid "To instead build <application>GNOME</application> from ports, use the following command. <application>GNOME</application> is a large application and will take some time to compile, even on a fast computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12063
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11/gnome3</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11/gnome3</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12066
msgid "<application>GNOME</application> requires <filename>/proc</filename> to be mounted. Add this line to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to mount this file system automatically during system startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12071 book.translate.xml:12162
#, no-wrap
msgid "proc           /proc       procfs  rw  0   0"
msgstr "proc           /proc       procfs  rw  0   0"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12073
msgid "<application>GNOME</application> uses <application>D-Bus</application> and <application>HAL</application> for a message bus and hardware abstraction. These applications are automatically installed as dependencies of <application>GNOME</application>. Enable them in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> so they will be started when the system boots:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12081 book.translate.xml:12172
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dbus_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"hald_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr ""
"dbus_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"hald_enable=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12084
msgid "After installation, configure <application>Xorg</application> to start <application>GNOME</application>. The easiest way to do this is to enable the GNOME Display Manager, <application>GDM</application>, which is installed as part of the <application>GNOME</application> package or port. It can be enabled by adding this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12093
#, no-wrap
msgid "gdm_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr "gdm_enable=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12095
msgid "It is often desirable to also start all <application>GNOME</application> services. To achieve this, add a second line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12099
#, no-wrap
msgid "gnome_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr "gnome_enable=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12101
msgid "<application>GDM</application> will start automatically when the system boots."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12104
msgid "A second method for starting <application>GNOME</application> is to type <command>startx</command> from the command-line after configuring <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename>. If this file already exists, replace the line that starts the current window manager with one that starts <filename>/usr/local/bin/gnome-session</filename>. If this file does not exist, create it with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12113
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" &gt; ~/.xinitrc</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" &gt; ~/.xinitrc</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12115
msgid "A third method is to use <application>XDM</application> as the display manager. In this case, create an executable <filename>~/.xsession</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12119
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"#!/bin/sh\" &gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" &gt;&gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/.xsession</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"#!/bin/sh\" &gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/gnome-session\" &gt;&gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/.xsession</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12125
msgid "KDE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12129
msgid "<application>KDE</application> is another easy-to-use desktop environment. This desktop provides a suite of applications with a consistent look and feel, a standardized menu and toolbars, keybindings, color-schemes, internationalization, and a centralized, dialog-driven desktop configuration. More information on <application>KDE</application> can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.kde.org/\">http://www.kde.org/</link>. For FreeBSD-specific information, consult <link xlink:href=\"http://freebsd.kde.org/\">http://freebsd.kde.org</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12138
msgid "To install the <application>KDE</application> package, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12141
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install x11/kde4</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install x11/kde4</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12143
msgid "To instead build the <application>KDE</application> port, use the following command. Installing the port will provide a menu for selecting which components to install. <application>KDE</application> is a large application and will take some time to compile, even on a fast computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12149
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11/kde4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11/kde4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12152
msgid "<primary>KDE</primary> <secondary>display manager</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>KDE</primary> <secondary>display manager</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12157
msgid "<application>KDE</application> requires <filename>/proc</filename> to be mounted. Add this line to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> to mount this file system automatically during system startup:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12164
msgid "<application>KDE</application> uses <application>D-Bus</application> and <application>HAL</application> for a message bus and hardware abstraction. These applications are automatically installed as dependencies of <application>KDE</application>. Enable them in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> so they will be started when the system boots:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12175
msgid "The installation of <application>KDE</application> includes the KDE Display Manager, <application>KDM</application>. To enable this display manager, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12181
#, no-wrap
msgid "kdm4_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr "kdm4_enable=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12183
msgid "A second method for launching <application>KDE</application> is to type <command>startx</command> from the command line. For this to work, the following line is needed in <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12189
#, no-wrap
msgid "exec /usr/local/bin/startkde"
msgstr "exec /usr/local/bin/startkde"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12191
msgid "A third method for starting <application>KDE</application> is through <application>XDM</application>. To do so, create an executable <filename>~/.xsession</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12196
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"#!/bin/sh\" &gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startkde\" &gt;&gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/.xsession</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"#!/bin/sh\" &gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startkde\" &gt;&gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/.xsession</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12200
msgid "Once <application>KDE</application> is started, refer to its built-in help system for more information on how to use its various menus and applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12206
msgid "Xfce"
msgstr "Xfce"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12208
msgid "<application>Xfce</application> is a desktop environment based on the GTK+ toolkit used by <application>GNOME</application>. However, it is more lightweight and provides a simple, efficient, easy-to-use desktop. It is fully configurable, has a main panel with menus, applets, and application launchers, provides a file manager and sound manager, and is themeable. Since it is fast, light, and efficient, it is ideal for older or slower machines with memory limitations. More information on <application>Xfce</application> can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.xfce.org/\">http://www.xfce.org</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12219
msgid "To install the <application>Xfce</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12222
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xfce</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xfce</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12224
msgid "Alternatively, to build the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11-wm/xfce4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/x11-wm/xfce4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12229
msgid "Unlike <application>GNOME</application> or <application>KDE</application>, <application>Xfce</application> does not provide its own login manager. In order to start <application>Xfce</application> from the command line by typing <command>startx</command>, first add its entry to <filename>~/.xinitrc</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12236
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startxfce4 --with-ck-launch\" &gt; ~/.xinitrc</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startxfce4 --with-ck-launch\" &gt; ~/.xinitrc</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12238
msgid "An alternate method is to use <application>XDM</application>. To configure this method, create an executable <filename>~/.xsession</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12242
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"#!/bin/sh\" &gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startxfce4 --with-ck-launch\" &gt;&gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/.xsession</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"#!/bin/sh\" &gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>echo \"exec /usr/local/bin/startxfce4 --with-ck-launch\" &gt;&gt; ~/.xsession</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/.xsession</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:12249
msgid "Installing Compiz Fusion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12251
msgid "One way to make using a desktop computer more pleasant is with nice 3D effects."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12254
msgid "Installing the <application>Compiz Fusion</application> package is easy, but configuring it requires a few steps that are not described in the port's documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12259
msgid "Setting up the FreeBSD nVidia Driver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12261
msgid "Desktop effects can cause quite a load on the graphics card. For an nVidia-based graphics card, the proprietary driver is required for good performance. Users of other graphics cards can skip this section and continue with the <filename>xorg.conf</filename> configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12267
msgid "To determine which nVidia driver is needed see the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/x.html#idp59950544\">FAQ question on the subject</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12270
msgid "Having determined the correct driver to use for your card, installation is as simple as installing any other package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12274
msgid "For example, to install the latest driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12276
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install x11/nvidia-driver</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install x11/nvidia-driver</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12278
msgid "The driver will create a kernel module, which needs to be loaded at system startup. Add the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12282
#, no-wrap
msgid "nvidia_load=\"YES\""
msgstr "nvidia_load=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12285
msgid "To immediately load the kernel module into the running kernel by issuing a command like <command>kldload nvidia</command>, however it has been noted that the some versions of <application>Xorg</application> will not function properly if the driver is not loaded at boot time. After editing <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>, a reboot is recommended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12294
msgid "With the kernel module loaded, you normally only need to change a single line in <filename>xorg.conf</filename> to enable the proprietary driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12298
msgid "Find the following line in <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12301
#, no-wrap
msgid "Driver      \"nv\""
msgstr "Driver      \"nv\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12303
msgid "and change it to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12305
#, no-wrap
msgid "Driver      \"nvidia\""
msgstr "Driver      \"nvidia\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12307
msgid "Start the GUI as usual, and you should be greeted by the nVidia splash. Everything should work as usual."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12312
msgid "Configuring xorg.conf for Desktop Effects"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12314
msgid "To enable <application>Compiz Fusion</application>, <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename> needs to be modified:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12318
msgid "Add the following section to enable composite effects:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12321
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Extensions\"\n"
"    Option         \"Composite\" \"Enable\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""
"Section \"Extensions\"\n"
"    Option         \"Composite\" \"Enable\"\n"
"EndSection"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12325
msgid "Locate the <quote>Screen</quote> section which should look similar to the one below:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12328
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"    Identifier     \"Screen0\"\n"
"    Device         \"Card0\"\n"
"    Monitor        \"Monitor0\"\n"
"    ..."
msgstr ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"    Identifier     \"Screen0\"\n"
"    Device         \"Card0\"\n"
"    Monitor        \"Monitor0\"\n"
"    ..."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12334
msgid "and add the following two lines (after <quote>Monitor</quote> will do):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12337
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"DefaultDepth    24\n"
"Option         \"AddARGBGLXVisuals\" \"True\""
msgstr ""
"DefaultDepth    24\n"
"Option         \"AddARGBGLXVisuals\" \"True\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12340
msgid "Locate the <quote>Subsection</quote> that refers to the screen resolution that you wish to use. For example, if you wish to use 1280x1024, locate the section that follows. If the desired resolution does not appear in any subsection, you may add the relevant entry by hand:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12346
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SubSection     \"Display\"\n"
"    Viewport    0 0\n"
"    Modes      \"1280x1024\"\n"
"EndSubSection"
msgstr ""
"SubSection     \"Display\"\n"
"    Viewport    0 0\n"
"    Modes      \"1280x1024\"\n"
"EndSubSection"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12351
msgid "A color depth of 24 bits is needed for desktop composition, change the above subsection to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12354
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SubSection     \"Display\"\n"
"    Viewport    0 0\n"
"    Depth       24\n"
"    Modes      \"1280x1024\"\n"
"EndSubSection"
msgstr ""
"SubSection     \"Display\"\n"
"    Viewport    0 0\n"
"    Depth       24\n"
"    Modes      \"1280x1024\"\n"
"EndSubSection"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12360
msgid "Finally, confirm that the <quote>glx</quote> and <quote>extmod</quote> modules are loaded in the <quote>Module</quote> section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12364
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Module\"\n"
"    Load           \"extmod\"\n"
"    Load           \"glx\"\n"
"    ..."
msgstr ""
"Section \"Module\"\n"
"    Load           \"extmod\"\n"
"    Load           \"glx\"\n"
"    ..."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12369
msgid "The preceding can be done automatically with <package>x11/nvidia-xconfig</package> by running (as root):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12373
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nvidia-xconfig --add-argb-glx-visuals</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nvidia-xconfig --composite</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nvidia-xconfig --depth=24</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nvidia-xconfig --add-argb-glx-visuals</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nvidia-xconfig --composite</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nvidia-xconfig --depth=24</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12379
msgid "Installing and Configuring Compiz Fusion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12381
msgid "Installing <application>Compiz Fusion</application> is as simple as any other package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12384
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install x11-wm/compiz-fusion</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install x11-wm/compiz-fusion</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12386
msgid "When the installation is finished, start your graphic desktop and at a terminal, enter the following commands (as a normal user):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12390
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &amp;</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>emerald --replace &amp;</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &amp;</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>emerald --replace &amp;</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12393
msgid "Your screen will flicker for a few seconds, as your window manager (e.g. <application>Metacity</application> if you are using <application>GNOME</application>) is replaced by <application>Compiz Fusion</application>. <application>Emerald</application> takes care of the window decorations (i.e. close, minimize, maximize buttons, title bars and so on)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12401
msgid "You may convert this to a trivial script and have it run at startup automatically (e.g. by adding to <quote>Sessions</quote> in a <application>GNOME</application> desktop):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12406
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#! /bin/sh\n"
"compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &amp;\n"
"emerald --replace &amp;"
msgstr ""
"#! /bin/sh\n"
"compiz --replace --sm-disable --ignore-desktop-hints ccp &amp;\n"
"emerald --replace &amp;"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12410
msgid "Save this in your home directory as, for example, <filename>start-compiz</filename> and make it executable:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12414
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/start-compiz</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>chmod +x ~/start-compiz</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12416
msgid "Then use the GUI to add it to <guimenuitem>Startup Programs</guimenuitem> (located in <guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Sessions</guimenuitem> on a <application>GNOME</application> desktop)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12423
msgid "To actually select all the desired effects and their settings, execute (again as a normal user) the <application>Compiz Config Settings Manager</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12427
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ccsm</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ccsm</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12430
msgid "In <application>GNOME</application>, this can also be found in the <guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12435
msgid "If you have selected <quote>gconf support</quote> during the build, you will also be able to view these settings using <command>gconf-editor</command> under <literal>apps/compiz</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12446
msgid "If the mouse does not work, you will need to first configure it before proceeding. In recent <application>Xorg</application> versions, the <literal>InputDevice</literal> sections in <filename>xorg.conf</filename> are ignored in favor of the autodetected devices. To restore the old behavior, add the following line to the <literal>ServerLayout</literal> or <literal>ServerFlags</literal> section of this file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12455
#, no-wrap
msgid "Option \"AutoAddDevices\" \"false\""
msgstr "Option \"AutoAddDevices\" \"false\""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12457
msgid "Input devices may then be configured as in previous versions, along with any other options needed (e.g., keyboard layout switching)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12462
msgid "As previously explained the <application>hald</application> daemon will, by default, automatically detect your keyboard. There are chances that your keyboard layout or model will not be correct, desktop environments like <application>GNOME</application>, <application>KDE</application> or <application>Xfce</application> provide tools to configure the keyboard. However, it is possible to set the keyboard properties directly either with the help of the <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>setxkbmap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility or with a <application>hald</application>'s configuration rule."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12474
msgid "For example if, one wants to use a PC 102 keys keyboard coming with a french layout, we have to create a keyboard configuration file for <application>hald</application> called <filename>x11-input.fdi</filename> and saved in the <filename>/usr/local/etc/hal/fdi/policy</filename> directory. This file should contain the following lines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12482
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"iso-8859-1\"?&gt;\n"
"&lt;deviceinfo version=\"0.2\"&gt;\n"
"  &lt;device&gt;\n"
"    &lt;match key=\"info.capabilities\" contains=\"input.keyboard\"&gt;\n"
"\t  &lt;merge key=\"input.x11_options.XkbModel\" type=\"string\"&gt;pc102&lt;/merge&gt;\n"
"\t  &lt;merge key=\"input.x11_options.XkbLayout\" type=\"string\"&gt;fr&lt;/merge&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/match&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/device&gt;\n"
"&lt;/deviceinfo&gt;"
msgstr ""
"&lt;?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"iso-8859-1\"?&gt;\n"
"&lt;deviceinfo version=\"0.2\"&gt;\n"
"  &lt;device&gt;\n"
"    &lt;match key=\"info.capabilities\" contains=\"input.keyboard\"&gt;\n"
"\t  &lt;merge key=\"input.x11_options.XkbModel\" type=\"string\"&gt;pc102&lt;/merge&gt;\n"
"\t  &lt;merge key=\"input.x11_options.XkbLayout\" type=\"string\"&gt;fr&lt;/merge&gt;\n"
"    &lt;/match&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/device&gt;\n"
"&lt;/deviceinfo&gt;"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12492
msgid "If this file already exists, just copy and add to your file the lines regarding the keyboard configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12495
msgid "You will have to reboot your machine to force <application>hald</application> to read this file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12498
msgid "It is possible to do the same configuration from an X terminal or a script with this command line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12501
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setxkbmap -model pc102 -layout fr</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>setxkbmap -model pc102 -layout fr</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12503
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/share/X11/xkb/rules/base.lst</filename> lists the various keyboard, layouts and options available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12508
msgid "<primary><application>Xorg</application> tuning</primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>Xorg</application> tuning</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12511
msgid "The <filename>xorg.conf.new</filename> configuration file may now be tuned to taste. Open the file in a text editor such as <citerefentry vendor=\"ports\"><refentrytitle>emacs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ee</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. If the monitor is an older or unusual model that does not support autodetection of sync frequencies, those settings can be added to <filename>xorg.conf.new</filename> under the <literal>\"Monitor\"</literal> section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12519
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Monitor\"\n"
"\tIdentifier   \"Monitor0\"\n"
"\tVendorName   \"Monitor Vendor\"\n"
"\tModelName    \"Monitor Model\"\n"
"\tHorizSync    30-107\n"
"\tVertRefresh  48-120\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""
"Section \"Monitor\"\n"
"\tIdentifier   \"Monitor0\"\n"
"\tVendorName   \"Monitor Vendor\"\n"
"\tModelName    \"Monitor Model\"\n"
"\tHorizSync    30-107\n"
"\tVertRefresh  48-120\n"
"EndSection"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12527
msgid "Most monitors support sync frequency autodetection, making manual entry of these values unnecessary. For the few monitors that do not support autodetection, avoid potential damage by only entering values provided by the manufacturer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12533
msgid "X allows DPMS (Energy Star) features to be used with capable monitors. The <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xset</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> program controls the time-outs and can force standby, suspend, or off modes. If you wish to enable DPMS features for your monitor, you must add the following line to the monitor section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12539
#, no-wrap
msgid "Option       \"DPMS\""
msgstr "Option       \"DPMS\""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12541
msgid "<primary><filename>xorg.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><filename>xorg.conf</filename></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12545
msgid "While the <filename>xorg.conf.new</filename> configuration file is still open in an editor, select the default resolution and color depth desired. This is defined in the <literal>\"Screen\"</literal> section:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12550
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Screen0\"\n"
"\tDevice     \"Card0\"\n"
"\tMonitor    \"Monitor0\"\n"
"\tDefaultDepth 24\n"
"\tSubSection \"Display\"\n"
"\t\tViewport  0 0\n"
"\t\tDepth     24\n"
"\t\tModes     \"1024x768\"\n"
"\tEndSubSection\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"\tIdentifier \"Screen0\"\n"
"\tDevice     \"Card0\"\n"
"\tMonitor    \"Monitor0\"\n"
"\tDefaultDepth 24\n"
"\tSubSection \"Display\"\n"
"\t\tViewport  0 0\n"
"\t\tDepth     24\n"
"\t\tModes     \"1024x768\"\n"
"\tEndSubSection\n"
"EndSection"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12562
msgid "The <literal>DefaultDepth</literal> keyword describes the color depth to run at by default. This can be overridden with the <option>-depth</option> command line switch to <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>Xorg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The <literal>Modes</literal> keyword describes the resolution to run at for the given color depth. Note that only VESA standard modes are supported as defined by the target system's graphics hardware. In the example above, the default color depth is twenty-four bits per pixel. At this color depth, the accepted resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12573
msgid "Finally, write the configuration file and test it using the test mode given above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12577
msgid "One of the tools available to assist you during troubleshooting process are the <application>Xorg</application> log files, which contain information on each device that the <application>Xorg</application> server attaches to. <application>Xorg</application> log file names are in the format of <filename>/var/log/Xorg.0.log</filename>. The exact name of the log can vary from <filename>Xorg.0.log</filename> to <filename>Xorg.8.log</filename> and so forth."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12589
msgid "If all is well, the configuration file needs to be installed in a common location where <citerefentry vendor=\"xorg\"><refentrytitle>Xorg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can find it. This is typically <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename> or <filename>/usr/local/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12594
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp xorg.conf.new /etc/X11/xorg.conf</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp xorg.conf.new /etc/X11/xorg.conf</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12596
msgid "The <application>Xorg</application> configuration process is now complete. <application>Xorg</application> may be now started with the <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>startx</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> utility. The <application>Xorg</application> server may also be started with the use of <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>xdm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12603
msgid "Configuration with <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> <literal>i810</literal> Graphics Chipsets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12606
msgid "<primary>Intel i810 graphic chipset</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Intel i810 graphic chipset</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12610
msgid "Configuration with <trademark class=\"registered\">Intel</trademark> i810 integrated chipsets requires the <filename>agpgart</filename> AGP programming interface for <application>Xorg</application> to drive the card. See the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>agp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver manual page for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12616
msgid "This will allow configuration of the hardware as any other graphics board. Note on systems without the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>agp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver compiled in the kernel, trying to load the module with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will not work. This driver has to be in the kernel at boot time through being compiled in or using <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12625
msgid "Adding a Widescreen Flatpanel to the Mix"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12627
msgid "<primary>widescreen flatpanel configuration</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>widescreen flatpanel configuration</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12631
msgid "This section assumes a bit of advanced configuration knowledge. If attempts to use the standard configuration tools above have not resulted in a working configuration, there is information enough in the log files to be of use in getting the setup working. Use of a text editor will be necessary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12638
msgid "Current widescreen (WSXGA, WSXGA+, WUXGA, WXGA, WXGA+, et.al.) formats support 16:10 and 10:9 formats or aspect ratios that can be problematic. Examples of some common screen resolutions for 16:10 aspect ratios are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12645
msgid "2560x1600"
msgstr "2560x1600"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12649
msgid "1920x1200"
msgstr "1920x1200"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12653
msgid "1680x1050"
msgstr "1680x1050"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12657
msgid "1440x900"
msgstr "1440x900"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12661
msgid "1280x800"
msgstr "1280x800"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12665
msgid "At some point, it will be as easy as adding one of these resolutions as a possible <literal>Mode</literal> in the <literal>Section \"Screen\"</literal> as such:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"Identifier \"Screen0\"\n"
"Device     \"Card0\"\n"
"Monitor    \"Monitor0\"\n"
"DefaultDepth 24\n"
"SubSection \"Display\"\n"
"\tViewport  0 0\n"
"\tDepth     24\n"
"\tModes     \"1680x1050\"\n"
"EndSubSection\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""
"Section \"Screen\"\n"
"Identifier \"Screen0\"\n"
"Device     \"Card0\"\n"
"Monitor    \"Monitor0\"\n"
"DefaultDepth 24\n"
"SubSection \"Display\"\n"
"\tViewport  0 0\n"
"\tDepth     24\n"
"\tModes     \"1680x1050\"\n"
"EndSubSection\n"
"EndSection"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12681
msgid "<application>Xorg</application> is smart enough to pull the resolution information from the widescreen via I2C/DDC information so it knows what the monitor can handle as far as frequencies and resolutions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12686
msgid "If those <literal>ModeLines</literal> do not exist in the drivers, one might need to give <application>Xorg</application> a little hint. Using <filename>/var/log/Xorg.0.log</filename> one can extract enough information to manually create a <literal>ModeLine</literal> that will work. Simply look for information resembling this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12694
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"(II) MGA(0): Supported additional Video Mode:\n"
"(II) MGA(0): clock: 146.2 MHz   Image Size:  433 x 271 mm\n"
"(II) MGA(0): h_active: 1680  h_sync: 1784  h_sync_end 1960 h_blank_end 2240 h_border: 0\n"
"(II) MGA(0): v_active: 1050  v_sync: 1053  v_sync_end 1059 v_blanking: 1089 v_border: 0\n"
"(II) MGA(0): Ranges: V min: 48  V max: 85 Hz, H min: 30  H max: 94 kHz, PixClock max 170 MHz"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12700
msgid "This information is called EDID information. Creating a <literal>ModeLine</literal> from this is just a matter of putting the numbers in the correct order:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12704
#, no-wrap
msgid "ModeLine &lt;name&gt; &lt;clock&gt; &lt;4 horiz. timings&gt; &lt;4 vert. timings&gt;"
msgstr "ModeLine &lt;name&gt; &lt;clock&gt; &lt;4 horiz. timings&gt; &lt;4 vert. timings&gt;"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12706
msgid "So that the <literal>ModeLine</literal> in <literal>Section \"Monitor\"</literal> for this example would look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:12710
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Section \"Monitor\"\n"
"Identifier      \"Monitor1\"\n"
"VendorName      \"Bigname\"\n"
"ModelName       \"BestModel\"\n"
"ModeLine        \"1680x1050\" 146.2 1680 1784 1960 2240 1050 1053 1059 1089\n"
"Option          \"DPMS\"\n"
"EndSection"
msgstr ""
"Section \"Monitor\"\n"
"Identifier      \"Monitor1\"\n"
"VendorName      \"Bigname\"\n"
"ModelName       \"BestModel\"\n"
"ModeLine        \"1680x1050\" 146.2 1680 1784 1960 2240 1050 1053 1059 1089\n"
"Option          \"DPMS\"\n"
"EndSection"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12718
msgid "Now having completed these simple editing steps, X should start on your new widescreen monitor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12723
msgid "Troubleshooting Compiz Fusion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:12728
msgid "I have installed <application>Compiz Fusion</application>, and after running the commands you mention, my windows are left without title bars and buttons. What is wrong?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:12736
msgid "You are probably missing a setting in <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>. Review this file carefully and check especially the <literal>DefaultDepth</literal> and <literal>AddARGBGLXVisuals</literal> directives."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:12747
msgid "When I run the command to start <application>Compiz Fusion</application>, the X server crashes and I am back at the console. What is wrong?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:12754
msgid "If you check <filename>/var/log/Xorg.0.log</filename>, you will probably find error messages during the X startup. The most common would be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12759
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     Failed to initialize the GLX module; please check in your X\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     log file that the GLX module has been loaded in your X\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     server, and that the module is the NVIDIA GLX module.  If\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     you continue to encounter problems, Please try\n"
"(EE) NVIDIA(0):     reinstalling the NVIDIA driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:12765
msgid "This is usually the case when you upgrade <application>Xorg</application>. You will need to reinstall the <package>x11/nvidia-driver</package> package so glx is built again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:12779
msgid "Common Tasks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:12782
msgid "Now that the basics have been covered, this part of the book discusses some frequently used features of FreeBSD. These chapters:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12788
msgid "Introduce popular and useful desktop applications: browsers, productivity tools, document viewers, and more."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12794
msgid "Introduce a number of multimedia tools available for FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12799
msgid "Explain the process of building a customized FreeBSD kernel to enable extra functionality."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12804
msgid "Describe the print system in detail, both for desktop and network-connected printer setups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12809
msgid "Show how to run Linux applications on the FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:12814
msgid "Some of these chapters recommend prior reading, and this is noted in the synopsis at the beginning of each chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:12837
msgid "Desktop Applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12842
msgid "While FreeBSD is popular as a server for its performance and stability, it is also suited for day-to-day use as a desktop. With over 24,000 applications available as FreeBSD packages or ports, it is easy to build a customized desktop that runs a wide variety of desktop applications. This chapter demonstrates how to install numerous desktop applications, including web browsers, productivity software, document viewers, and financial software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:12852
msgid "Users who prefer to install a pre-built desktop version of FreeBSD rather than configuring one from scratch should refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.trueos.org/\">trueos.org website.</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12859
msgid "Readers of this chapter should know how to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12863
msgid "Install additional software using packages or ports as described in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:12868
msgid "Install X and a window manager as described in <xref linkend=\"x11\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12873
msgid "For information on how to configure a multimedia environment, refer to <xref linkend=\"multimedia\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:12878
msgid "Browsers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12880
msgid "<primary>browsers</primary> <secondary>web</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>browsers</primary> <secondary>web</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12885
msgid "FreeBSD does not come with a pre-installed web browser. Instead, the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/www.html\">www</link> category of the Ports Collection contains many browsers which can be installed as a package or compiled from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12891
msgid "The <application>KDE</application> and <application>GNOME</application> desktop environments include their own HTML browser. Refer to <xref linkend=\"x11-wm\"/> for more information on how to set up these complete desktops."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12897
msgid "Some lightweight browsers include <package>www/dillo2</package>, <package>www/links</package>, and <package>www/w3m</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:12901
msgid "This section demonstrates how to install the following popular web browsers and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to compile from ports, or has any major dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12910 book.translate.xml:13276 book.translate.xml:13586
#: book.translate.xml:13810
msgid "Application Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12911 book.translate.xml:13277 book.translate.xml:13587
#: book.translate.xml:13811
msgid "Resources Needed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12912 book.translate.xml:13278 book.translate.xml:13588
#: book.translate.xml:13812
msgid "Installation from Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12913 book.translate.xml:17239 book.translate.xml:65535
msgid "Notes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12919
msgid "<application>Firefox</application>"
msgstr "<application>Firefox</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12920 book.translate.xml:12935 book.translate.xml:12943
msgid "medium"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12921 book.translate.xml:12936 book.translate.xml:12944
#: book.translate.xml:13287 book.translate.xml:13302 book.translate.xml:13309
#: book.translate.xml:13626 book.translate.xml:13821 book.translate.xml:13828
#: book.translate.xml:13835
msgid "heavy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12922
msgid "FreeBSD, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, and localized versions are available"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12927
msgid "<application>Opera</application>"
msgstr "<application>Opera</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12928 book.translate.xml:12929 book.translate.xml:13286
#: book.translate.xml:13293 book.translate.xml:13294 book.translate.xml:13301
#: book.translate.xml:13596 book.translate.xml:13597 book.translate.xml:13603
#: book.translate.xml:13604 book.translate.xml:13610 book.translate.xml:13611
#: book.translate.xml:13618 book.translate.xml:13619 book.translate.xml:13625
#: book.translate.xml:13820 book.translate.xml:13827 book.translate.xml:13834
msgid "light"
msgstr "light"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12930
msgid "FreeBSD and <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> versions are available"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12934
msgid "<application>Konqueror</application>"
msgstr "<application>Konqueror</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12937
msgid "Requires <application>KDE</application> libraries"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12942
msgid "<application>Chromium</application>"
msgstr "<application>Chromium</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:12945
msgid "Requires <application>Gtk+</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:12952
msgid "Firefox"
msgstr "Firefox"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:12954
msgid "<primary><application>Firefox</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>Firefox</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12958
msgid "<application>Firefox</application> is an open source browser that is fully ported to FreeBSD. It features a standards-compliant HTML display engine, tabbed browsing, popup blocking, extensions, improved security, and more. <application>Firefox</application> is based on the <application>Mozilla</application> codebase."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12965
msgid "To install the package of the latest release version of <application>Firefox</application>, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12968
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install firefox</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install firefox</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12970
msgid "To instead install <application>Firefox</application> Extended Support Release (ESR) version, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12973
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install firefox-esr</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install firefox-esr</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12975
msgid "Localized versions are available in <package>www/firefox-i18n</package> and <package>www/firefox-esr-i18n</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:12979
msgid "The Ports Collection can instead be used to compile the desired version of <application>Firefox</application> from source code. This example builds <package>www/firefox</package>, where <literal>firefox</literal> can be replaced with the ESR or localized version to install."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12986
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/firefox</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/firefox</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:12990
msgid "Firefox and <trademark>Java</trademark> Plugin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:12992
msgid "The installation of <application>Firefox</application> does not include <trademark>Java</trademark> support. However, <package>java/icedtea-web</package> provides a free software web browser plugin for running Java applets. It can be installed as a package by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:12998
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install icedtea-web</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install icedtea-web</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13000
msgid "Alternatively, to compile from the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13002
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/java/icedtea-web</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/java/icedtea-web</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13005
msgid "Keep the default configuration options when compiling the port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13008
msgid "Once installed, start <application>firefox</application>, enter <literal>about:plugins</literal> in the location bar and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. A page listing the installed plugins will be displayed. The <application><trademark>Java</trademark></application> plugin should be listed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13015
msgid "If the browser is unable to find the plugin, each user will have to run the following command and relaunch the browser:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13019
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /usr/local/lib/IcedTeaPlugin.so \\\n"
"  $HOME/.mozilla/plugins/</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /usr/local/lib/IcedTeaPlugin.so \\\n"
"  $HOME/.mozilla/plugins/</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:13025
msgid "Firefox and <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> Plugin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13027
msgid "<primary>Flash</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Flash</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13031
msgid "A native <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> plugin is not available for FreeBSD. However, a software wrapper for running the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> version of the plugin is available. This wrapper also provides support for other browser plugins such as <trademark class=\"registered\">RealPlayer</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13036
msgid "To install and enable this plugin, perform these steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:13041
msgid "Install <package role=\"port\">www/nspluginwrapper</package> from the port. Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available. This port requires <package>emulators/linux_base-c6</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:13048
msgid "Install <package role=\"port\">www/linux-c6-flashplugin11</package> from the port. Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:13054
msgid "Before the plugin is first used, each user must run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13057
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nspluginwrapper -v -a -i</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nspluginwrapper -v -a -i</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:13059
msgid "When the plugin port has been updated and reinstalled, each user must run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13062
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nspluginwrapper -v -a -u</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nspluginwrapper -v -a -u</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:13064
msgid "Start the browser, enter <literal>about:plugins</literal> in the location bar and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. A list of all the currently available plugins will be shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:13074
msgid "Firefox and Swfdec <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> Plugin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13076
msgid "<application>Swfdec</application> is a decoder and renderer for <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> animations. <application>Swfdec-Mozilla</application> is a plugin for <application>Firefox</application> browsers that uses the Swfdec library for playing SWF files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13082 book.translate.xml:13407
msgid "To install the package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13084
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install swfdec-plugin</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install swfdec-plugin</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13086
msgid "If the package is not available, compile and install it from the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13089
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/swfdec-plugin</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/swfdec-plugin</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13092
msgid "Restart the browser to activate this plugin."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13097
msgid "Opera"
msgstr "Opera"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13099
msgid "<primary><application>Opera</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>Opera</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13103
msgid "<application>Opera</application> is a full-featured and standards-compliant browser which is still lightweight and fast. It comes with a built-in mail and news reader, an IRC client, an RSS/Atom feeds reader, and more. It is available as a native FreeBSD version and as a version that runs under <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> emulation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13110
msgid "This command installs the package of the FreeBSD version of <application>Opera</application>. Replace <literal>opera</literal> with <literal>linux-opera</literal> to instead install the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> version."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13115
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install opera</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install opera</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13117
msgid "Alternately, install either version through the Ports Collection. This example compiles the native version:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13120
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/opera</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/opera</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13123
msgid "To install the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> version, substitute <literal>linux-opera</literal> in place of <literal>opera</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13127
msgid "To install <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> plugin support, first compile the <package role=\"port\">www/linux-c6-flashplugin11</package> port. Licensing restrictions prevent making a package available. Then install <package role=\"port\">www/opera-linuxplugins</package>. This example compiles both applications from ports:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13133
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/linux-c6-flashplugin11</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/opera-linuxplugins</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/linux-c6-flashplugin11</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/opera-linuxplugins</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13138
msgid "Once installed, check the presence of the plugin by starting the browser, entering <literal>opera:plugins</literal> in the location bar and pressing <keycap>Enter</keycap>. A list should appear with all the currently available plugins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13144
msgid "To add the <application><trademark>Java</trademark></application> plugin, follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"moz-java-plugin\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13149
msgid "Konqueror"
msgstr "Konqueror"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13151
msgid "<primary><application>Konqueror</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>Konqueror</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13155
msgid "<application>Konqueror</application> is more than a web browser as it is also a file manager and a multimedia viewer. It is included in the <package>x11/kde4-baseapps</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13160
msgid "<application>Konqueror</application> supports WebKit as well as its own KHTML. WebKit is a rendering engine used by many modern browsers including Chromium. To use WebKit with <application>Konqueror</application> on FreeBSD, install the <package>www/kwebkitpart</package> package or port. This example installs the package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13167
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install kwebkitpart</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install kwebkitpart</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13169
msgid "To install from the Ports Colloction:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13171
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/kwebkitpart</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/kwebkitpart</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13174
msgid "To enable WebKit within <application>Konqueror</application>, click <quote>Settings</quote>, <quote>Configure Konqueror</quote>. In the <quote>General</quote> settings page, click the drop-down menu next to <quote>Default web browser engine</quote> and change <quote>KHTML</quote> to <quote>WebKit</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13182
msgid "<application>Konqueror</application> also supports <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark></application>. A <quote>How To</quote> guide for getting <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark></application> support on <application>Konqueror</application> is available at <uri xlink:href=\"http://freebsd.kde.org/howtos/konqueror-flash.php\">http://freebsd.kde.org/howtos/konqueror-flash.php</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13189
msgid "Chromium"
msgstr "Chromium"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13191
msgid "<primary><application>Chromium</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>Chromium</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13195
msgid "<application>Chromium</application> is an open source browser project that aims to build a safer, faster, and more stable web browsing experience. <application>Chromium</application> features tabbed browsing, popup blocking, extensions, and much more. <application>Chromium</application> is the open source project upon which the Google Chrome web browser is based."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13203
msgid "<application>Chromium</application> can be installed as a package by typing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13206
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install chromium</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install chromium</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13208
msgid "Alternatively, <application>Chromium</application> can be compiled from source using the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13211
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/chromium</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/www/chromium</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13215
msgid "The executable for <application>Chromium</application> is <filename>/usr/local/bin/chrome</filename>, not <filename>/usr/local/bin/chromium</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:13221
msgid "Chromium and <trademark>Java</trademark> Plugin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13223
msgid "The installation of <application>Chromium</application> does not include <trademark>Java</trademark> support. To install <trademark>Java</trademark> plugin support, follow the instructions in <xref linkend=\"moz-java-plugin\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13228
msgid "Once <trademark>Java</trademark> support is installed, start <application>Chromium</application> and enter <literal>about:plugins</literal> in the address bar. IcedTea-Web should be listed as one of the installed plugins."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13234
msgid "If <application>Chromium</application> does not display the IcedTea-Web plugin, run the following commands and restart the web browser:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13238
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p /usr/local/share/chromium/plugins\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> ln -s /usr/local/lib/IcedTeaPlugin.so \\\n"
"  /usr/local/share/chromium/plugins/</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p /usr/local/share/chromium/plugins\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> ln -s /usr/local/lib/IcedTeaPlugin.so \\\n"
"  /usr/local/share/chromium/plugins/</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:13244
msgid "Chromium and <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> Plugin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:13246
msgid "Configuring <application>Chromium</application> and <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Flash</trademark> is similar to the instructions in <xref linkend=\"moz-flash-plugin\"/>. No additional configuration should be necessary, since <application>Chromium</application> is able to use some plugins from other browsers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:13257
msgid "Productivity"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13259
msgid "When it comes to productivity, new users often look for an office suite or an easy-to-use word processor. While some <link linkend=\"x11-wm\">desktop environments</link> like <application>KDE</application> provide an office suite, there is no default productivity package. Several office suites and graphical word processors are available for FreeBSD, regardless of the installed window manager."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13267
msgid "This section demonstrates how to install the following popular productivity software and indicates if the application is resource-heavy, takes time to compile from ports, or has any major dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13279 book.translate.xml:13589 book.translate.xml:13813
msgid "Major Dependencies"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13285
msgid "<application>Calligra</application>"
msgstr "<application>Calligra</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13288 book.translate.xml:13627 book.translate.xml:13836
msgid "<application>KDE</application>"
msgstr "<application>KDE</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13292
msgid "<application>AbiWord</application>"
msgstr "<application>AbiWord</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13295 book.translate.xml:13612
msgid "<application>Gtk+</application> or <application>GNOME</application>"
msgstr "<application>Gtk+</application> of <application>GNOME</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13300
msgid "<application>The Gimp</application>"
msgstr "<application>The Gimp</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13303 book.translate.xml:13620
msgid "<application>Gtk+</application>"
msgstr "<application>Gtk+</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13307
msgid "<application>Apache OpenOffice</application>"
msgstr "<application>Apache OpenOffice</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13310 book.translate.xml:13318
msgid "huge"
msgstr "gigantisch"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13311
msgid "<application><trademark>JDK</trademark></application> and <application>Mozilla</application>"
msgstr "<application><trademark>JDK</trademark></application> en <application>Mozilla</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13316
msgid "<application>LibreOffice</application>"
msgstr "<application>LibreOffice</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13317
msgid "somewhat heavy"
msgstr "een beetje zwaar"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13319
msgid "<application>Gtk+</application>, or <application>KDE</application>/ <application>GNOME</application>, or <application><trademark>JDK</trademark></application>"
msgstr "<application>Gtk+</application>, of <application>KDE</application>/ <application>GNOME</application>, of <application><trademark>JDK</trademark></application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13329
msgid "Calligra"
msgstr "Calligra"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13331
msgid "<primary><application>Calligra</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>Calligra</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13334
msgid "<primary>office suite</primary> <secondary><application>Calligra</application></secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>office suite</primary> <secondary><application>Calligra</application></secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13339
msgid "The KDE desktop environment includes an office suite which can be installed separately from <application>KDE</application>. <application>Calligra</application> includes standard components that can be found in other office suites. <application>Words</application> is the word processor, <application>Sheets</application> is the spreadsheet program, <application>Stage</application> manages slide presentations, and <application>Karbon</application> is used to draw graphical documents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13350
msgid "In FreeBSD, <package>editors/calligra</package> can be installed as a package or a port. To install the package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13354
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install calligra</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install calligra</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13356
msgid "If the package is not available, use the Ports Collection instead:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13359
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/calligra</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/calligra</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13364
msgid "AbiWord"
msgstr "AbiWord"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13366
msgid "<primary><application>AbiWord</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>AbiWord</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13370
msgid "<application>AbiWord</application> is a free word processing program similar in look and feel to <application><trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> Word</application>. It is fast, contains many features, and is user-friendly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13375
msgid "<application>AbiWord</application> can import or export many file formats, including some proprietary ones like <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <filename>.rtf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13379
msgid "To install the <application>AbiWord</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13382
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install abiword</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install abiword</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13384
msgid "If the package is not available, it can be compiled from the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13387
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/abiword</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/abiword</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13392
msgid "The GIMP"
msgstr "The GIMP"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13394
msgid "<primary><application>The GIMP</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>The GIMP</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13398
msgid "For image authoring or picture retouching, <application>The GIMP</application> provides a sophisticated image manipulation program. It can be used as a simple paint program or as a quality photo retouching suite. It supports a large number of plugins and features a scripting interface. <application>The GIMP</application> can read and write a wide range of file formats and supports interfaces with scanners and tablets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13409
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gimp</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gimp</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13411
msgid "Alternately, use the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13413
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/gimp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/gimp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13416
msgid "The graphics category (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/graphics.html\">freebsd.org/ports/graphics.html</link>) of the Ports Collection contains several <application>GIMP</application>-related plugins, help files, and user manuals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13424
msgid "Apache OpenOffice"
msgstr "Apache OpenOffice"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13426
msgid "<primary> <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> </primary>"
msgstr "<primary> <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> </primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13431
msgid "<primary>office suite</primary> <secondary> <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> </secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>office suite</primary> <secondary> <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> </secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13438
msgid "<application>Apache OpenOffice</application> is an open source office suite which is developed under the wing of the Apache Software Foundation's Incubator. It includes all of the applications found in a complete office productivity suite: a word processor, spreadsheet, presentation manager, and drawing program. Its user interface is similar to other office suites, and it can import and export in various popular file formats. It is available in a number of different languages and internationalization has been extended to interfaces, spell checkers, and dictionaries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13449
msgid "The word processor of <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> uses a native XML file format for increased portability and flexibility. The spreadsheet program features a macro language which can be interfaced with external databases. <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> is stable and runs natively on <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, <trademark>Solaris</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, FreeBSD, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X. More information about <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://openoffice.org/\">openoffice.org</link>. For FreeBSD specific information refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://porting.openoffice.org/freebsd/\">porting.openoffice.org/freebsd/</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13460
msgid "To install the <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13463
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install apache-openoffice</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install apache-openoffice</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13465
msgid "Once the package is installed, type the following command to launch <application>Apache OpenOffice</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13468
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>openoffice-<replaceable>X.Y.Z</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>openoffice-<replaceable>X.Y.Z</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13470
msgid "where <replaceable>X.Y.Z</replaceable> is the version number of the installed version of <application>Apache OpenOffice</application>. The first time <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> launches, some questions will be asked and a <filename>.openoffice.org</filename> folder will be created in the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13478
msgid "If the desired <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> package is not available, compiling the port is still an option. However, this requires a lot of disk space and a fairly long time to compile:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13483
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/openoffice-4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/openoffice-4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13487
msgid "To build a localized version, replace the previous command with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13490
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make LOCALIZED_LANG=<replaceable>your_language</replaceable> install clean</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make LOCALIZED_LANG=<replaceable>your_language</replaceable> install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13492
msgid "Replace <replaceable>your_language</replaceable> with the correct language ISO-code. A list of supported language codes is available in <filename>files/Makefile.localized</filename>, located in the port's directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13502
msgid "LibreOffice"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13504
msgid "<primary><application>LibreOffice</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>LibreOffice</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13507
msgid "<primary>office suite</primary> <secondary><application>LibreOffice</application></secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>office suite</primary> <secondary><application>LibreOffice</application></secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13512
msgid "<application>LibreOffice</application> is a free software office suite developed by <link xlink:href=\"http://www.documentfoundation.org/\">documentfoundation.org</link>. It is compatible with other major office suites and available on a variety of platforms. It is a rebranded fork of <application>Apache OpenOffice</application> and includes applications found in a complete office productivity suite: a word processor, spreadsheet, presentation manager, drawing program, database management program, and a tool for creating and editing mathematical formulæ. It is available in a number of different languages and internationalization has been extended to interfaces, spell checkers, and dictionaries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13525
msgid "The word processor of <application>LibreOffice</application> uses a native XML file format for increased portability and flexibility. The spreadsheet program features a macro language which can be interfaced with external databases. <application>LibreOffice</application> is stable and runs natively on <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, FreeBSD, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Mac OS</trademark> X. More information about <application>LibreOffice</application> can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.libreoffice.org/\">libreoffice.org</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13535
msgid "To install the English version of the <application>LibreOffice</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13538
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install libreoffice</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install libreoffice</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13540
msgid "The editors category (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/editors.html\">freebsd.org/ports/editors.html</link>) of the Ports Collection contains several localizations for <application>LibreOffice</application>. When installing a localized package, replace <literal>libreoffice</literal> with the name of the localized package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13546
msgid "Once the package is installed, type the following command to run <application>LibreOffice</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13549
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>libreoffice</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>libreoffice</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13551
msgid "During the first launch, some questions will be asked and a <filename>.libreoffice</filename> folder will be created in the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13555
msgid "If the desired <application>LibreOffice</application> package is not available, compiling the port is still an option. However, this requires a lot of disk space and a fairly long time to compile. This example compiles the English version:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13561
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/libreoffice</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/libreoffice</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:13565
msgid "To build a localized version, <command>cd</command> into the port directory of the desired language. Supported languages can be found in the editors category (<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/ports/editors.html\">freebsd.org/ports/editors.html</link>) of the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:13575
msgid "Document Viewers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13577
msgid "Some new document formats have gained popularity since the advent of <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and the viewers they require may not be available in the base system. This section demonstrates how to install the following document viewers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13595
msgid "<application>Xpdf</application>"
msgstr "<application>Xpdf</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13598
msgid "<application>FreeType</application>"
msgstr "<application>FreeType</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13602 book.translate.xml:13667
msgid "<application>gv</application>"
msgstr "<application>gv</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13605
msgid "<application>Xaw3d</application>"
msgstr "<application>Xaw3d</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13609
msgid "<application>Geeqie</application>"
msgstr "<application>Geeqie</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13617
msgid "<application>ePDFView</application>"
msgstr "<application>ePDFView</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13624
msgid "<application>Okular</application>"
msgstr "<application>Okular</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13634
msgid "Xpdf"
msgstr "Xpdf"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13636
msgid "<primary><application>Xpdf</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>Xpdf</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13639 book.translate.xml:13672 book.translate.xml:13738
msgid "<primary>PDF</primary> <secondary>viewing</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>PDF</primary> <secondary>viewing</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13644
msgid "For users that prefer a small FreeBSD PDF viewer, <application>Xpdf</application> provides a light-weight and efficient viewer which requires few resources. It uses the standard X fonts and does not require any additional toolkits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13650
msgid "To install the <application>Xpdf</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13653
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xpdf</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xpdf</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13655 book.translate.xml:13725 book.translate.xml:13870
#: book.translate.xml:13904 book.translate.xml:13937
msgid "If the package is not available, use the Ports Collection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13658
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/xpdf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/xpdf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13661
msgid "Once the installation is complete, launch <command>xpdf</command> and use the right mouse button to activate the menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13669
msgid "<primary><application>gv</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>gv</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13676
msgid "<primary>PostScript</primary> <secondary>viewing</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>PostScript</primary> <secondary>viewing</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13681
msgid "<application>gv</application> is a <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> and PDF viewer. It is based on <application>ghostview</application>, but has a nicer look as it is based on the <application>Xaw3d</application> widget toolkit. <application>gv</application> has many configurable features, such as orientation, paper size, scale, and anti-aliasing. Almost any operation can be performed with either the keyboard or the mouse."
msgstr "<application>gv</application> is een <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> en PDF viewer. Het is gebaseerd op <application>ghostview</application>maar heeft een mooier uiterlijk omdat het is gebaseerd op de <application>Xaw3d</application> widget toolkit. <application>gv</application> heeft vele configureerbare eigenschappen, zoals papierformaat, afdrukstand, schaal en anti-aliasing. Bijna elke bewerking kan worden uitgevoerd met het toetsenbord of de muis."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13690
msgid "To install <application>gv</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13693
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gv</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gv</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13695 book.translate.xml:13757 book.translate.xml:13787
msgid "If a package is unavailable, use the Ports Collection:"
msgstr "Als een pakket niet beschikbaar is, gebruik de Portscollectie:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13698
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/print/gv</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/print/gv</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13703
msgid "Geeqie"
msgstr "Geeqie"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13705
msgid "<primary><application>Geeqie</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>Geeqie</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13709
msgid "<application>Geeqie</application> is a fork from the unmaintained <application>GQView</application> project, in an effort to move development forward and integrate the existing patches. <application>Geeqie</application> is an image manager which supports viewing a file with a single click, launching an external editor, and thumbnail previews. It also features a slideshow mode and some basic file operations, making it easy to manage image collections and to find duplicate files. <application>Geeqie</application> supports full screen viewing and internationalization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13720
msgid "To install the <application>Geeqie</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13723
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install geeqie</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install geeqie</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13728
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/geeqie</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/geeqie</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13733
msgid "ePDFView"
msgstr "ePDFView"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13735
msgid "<primary><application>ePDFView</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>ePDFView</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13743
msgid "<application>ePDFView</application> is a lightweight <acronym>PDF</acronym> document viewer that only uses the <application>Gtk+</application> and <application>Poppler</application> libraries. It is currently under development, but already opens most <acronym>PDF</acronym> files (even encrypted), save copies of documents, and has support for printing using <application>CUPS</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13752
msgid "To install <application>ePDFView</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13755
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install epdfview</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install epdfview</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13760
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/epdfview</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/epdfview</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13765
msgid "Okular"
msgstr "Okular"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13767
msgid "<primary><application>Okular</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>Okular</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13770
msgid "<primary><acronym>PDF</acronym></primary> <secondary>viewing</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary><acronym>PDF</acronym></primary> <secondary>viewing</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13775
msgid "<application>Okular</application> is a universal document viewer based on <application>KPDF</application> for <application>KDE</application>. It can open many document formats, including <acronym>PDF</acronym>, <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>, DjVu, <acronym>CHM</acronym>, <acronym>XPS</acronym>, and ePub."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13782
msgid "To install <application>Okular</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13785
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install okular</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install okular</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13790
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/okular</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/okular</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:13796
msgid "Finance"
msgstr "Finance"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13798
msgid "For managing personal finances on a FreeBSD desktop, some powerful and easy-to-use applications can be installed. Some are compatible with widespread file formats, such as the formats used by <application>Quicken</application> and <application>Excel</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13804
msgid "This section covers these programs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13819
msgid "<application>GnuCash</application>"
msgstr "<application>GnuCash</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13822 book.translate.xml:13829
msgid "<application>GNOME</application>"
msgstr "<application>GNOME</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13826
msgid "<application>Gnumeric</application>"
msgstr "<application>Gnumeric</application>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:13833
msgid "<application>KMyMoney</application>"
msgstr "<application>KMyMoney</application>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13843
msgid "GnuCash"
msgstr "GnuCash"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13845
msgid "<primary><application>GnuCash</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>GnuCash</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13849
msgid "<application>GnuCash</application> is part of the <application>GNOME</application> effort to provide user-friendly, yet powerful, applications to end-users. <application>GnuCash</application> can be used to keep track of income and expenses, bank accounts, and stocks. It features an intuitive interface while remaining professional."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13857
msgid "<application>GnuCash</application> provides a smart register, a hierarchical system of accounts, and many keyboard accelerators and auto-completion methods. It can split a single transaction into several more detailed pieces. <application>GnuCash</application> can import and merge <application>Quicken</application> QIF files. It also handles most international date and currency formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13865
msgid "To install the <application>GnuCash</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13868
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gnucash</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gnucash</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13873
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/finance/gnucash</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/finance/gnucash</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13878
msgid "Gnumeric"
msgstr "Gnumeric"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13880
msgid "<primary><application>Gnumeric</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>Gnumeric</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13883
msgid "<primary>spreadsheet</primary> <secondary><application>Gnumeric</application></secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>spreadsheet</primary> <secondary><application>Gnumeric</application></secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13888
msgid "<application>Gnumeric</application> is a spreadsheet program developed by the <application>GNOME</application> community. It features convenient automatic guessing of user input according to the cell format with an autofill system for many sequences. It can import files in a number of popular formats, including <application>Excel</application>, <application>Lotus 1-2-3</application>, and <application>Quattro Pro</application>. It has a large number of built-in functions and allows all of the usual cell formats such as number, currency, date, time, and much more."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13899
msgid "To install <application>Gnumeric</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13902
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gnumeric</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install gnumeric</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13907
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/math/gnumeric</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/math/gnumeric</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:13912
msgid "KMyMoney"
msgstr "KMyMoney"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13914
msgid "<primary><application>KMyMoney</application></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><application>KMyMoney</application></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:13916
msgid "<primary>spreadsheet</primary> <secondary><application>KMyMoney</application></secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>spreadsheet</primary> <secondary><application>KMyMoney</application></secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13921
msgid "<application>KMyMoney</application> is a personal finance application created by the <application>KDE</application> community. <application>KMyMoney</application> aims to provide the important features found in commercial personal finance manager applications. It also highlights ease-of-use and proper double-entry accounting among its features. <application>KMyMoney</application> imports from standard <application>Quicken</application> QIF files, tracks investments, handles multiple currencies, and provides a wealth of reports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:13932
msgid "To install <application>KMyMoney</application> as a package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13935
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install kmymoney-kde4</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install kmymoney-kde4</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:13940
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/finance/kmymoney-kde4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/finance/kmymoney-kde4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:13955
msgid "Multimedia"
msgstr "Multimedia"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:13958
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Ross</firstname> <surname>Lippert</surname> </personname> <contrib>Edited by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Ross</firstname> <surname>Lippert</surname> </personname> <contrib>Bewerkt door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13971
msgid "FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards, allowing users to enjoy high fidelity output from a FreeBSD system. This includes the ability to record and playback audio in the MPEG Audio Layer 3 (<acronym>MP3</acronym>), Waveform Audio File (<acronym>WAV</acronym>), Ogg Vorbis, and other formats. The FreeBSD Ports Collection contains many applications for editing recorded audio, adding sound effects, and controlling attached MIDI devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13980
msgid "FreeBSD also supports the playback of video files and <acronym>DVD</acronym>s. The FreeBSD Ports Collection contains applications to encode, convert, and playback various video media."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13985
msgid "This chapter describes how to configure sound cards, video playback, TV tuner cards, and scanners on FreeBSD. It also describes some of the applications which are available for using these devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:13990
msgid "After reading this chapter, you will know how to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13994
msgid "Configure a sound card on FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:13998
msgid "Troubleshoot the sound setup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14002
msgid "Playback and encode MP3s and other audio."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14006
msgid "Prepare a FreeBSD system for video playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14010
msgid "Play <acronym>DVD</acronym>s, <filename>.mpg</filename>, and <filename>.avi</filename> files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14015
msgid "Rip <acronym>CD</acronym> and <acronym>DVD</acronym> content into files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14020
msgid "Configure a TV card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14024
msgid "Install and setup MythTV on FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14028
msgid "Configure an image scanner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14035
msgid "Know how to install applications as described in <xref linkend=\"ports\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14042
msgid "Setting Up the Sound Card"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14045
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Moses</firstname> <surname>Moore</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Moses</firstname> <surname>Moore</surname> </personname> <contrib>Bijgedragen door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14055
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </personname> <contrib>Enhanced by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </personname> <contrib>Uitgebreid door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14065
msgid "<primary>PCI</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>PCI</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14066
msgid "<primary>sound cards</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>sound cards</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14067
msgid "Before beginning the configuration, determine the model of the sound card and the chip it uses. FreeBSD supports a wide variety of sound cards. Check the supported audio devices list of the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/releases/11.0R/hardware.html\">Hardware Notes</link> to see if the card is supported and which FreeBSD driver it uses."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14074
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14079
msgid "In order to use the sound device, its device driver must be loaded. The easiest way is to load a kernel module for the sound card with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This example loads the driver for a built-in audio chipset based on the Intel specification:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14085
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload snd_hda</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload snd_hda</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14087
msgid "To automate the loading of this driver at boot time, add the driver to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. The line for this driver is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14091
#, no-wrap
msgid "snd_hda_load=\"YES\""
msgstr "snd_hda_load=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14093
msgid "Other available sound modules are listed in <filename>/boot/defaults/loader.conf</filename>. When unsure which driver to use, load the <filename>snd_driver</filename> module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14098
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload snd_driver</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload snd_driver</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14100
msgid "This is a metadriver which loads all of the most common sound drivers and can be used to speed up the search for the correct driver. It is also possible to load all sound drivers by adding the metadriver to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14106
msgid "To determine which driver was selected for the sound card after loading the <filename>snd_driver</filename> metadriver, type <command>cat /dev/sndstat</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14111
msgid "Configuring a Custom Kernel with Sound Support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14113
msgid "This section is for users who prefer to statically compile in support for the sound card in a custom kernel. For more information about recompiling a kernel, refer to <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14117
msgid "When using a custom kernel to provide sound support, make sure that the audio framework driver exists in the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14121
#, no-wrap
msgid "device sound"
msgstr "device sound"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14123
msgid "Next, add support for the sound card. To continue the example of the built-in audio chipset based on the Intel specification from the previous section, use the following line in the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14128
#, no-wrap
msgid "device snd_hda"
msgstr "device snd_hda"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14130
msgid "Be sure to read the manual page of the driver for the device name to use for the driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14133
msgid "Non-PnP ISA sound cards may require the IRQ and I/O port settings of the card to be added to <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename>. During the boot process, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> reads this file and passes the settings to the kernel. For example, an old Creative <trademark class=\"registered\">SoundBlaster</trademark> 16 ISA non-PnP card will use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>snd_sbc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver in conjunction with <literal>snd_sb16</literal>. For this card, the following lines must be added to the kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14143
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device snd_sbc\n"
"device snd_sb16"
msgstr ""
"device snd_sbc\n"
"device snd_sb16"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14146
msgid "If the card uses the <literal>0x220</literal> I/O port and IRQ <literal>5</literal>, these lines must also be added to <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14150
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hint.sbc.0.at=\"isa\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.port=\"0x220\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.irq=\"5\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.drq=\"1\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.flags=\"0x15\""
msgstr ""
"hint.sbc.0.at=\"isa\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.port=\"0x220\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.irq=\"5\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.drq=\"1\"\n"
"hint.sbc.0.flags=\"0x15\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14156
msgid "The syntax used in <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename> is described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sound</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and the manual page for the driver of the sound card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14160
msgid "The settings shown above are the defaults. In some cases, the IRQ or other settings may need to be changed to match the card. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>snd_sbc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information about this card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14167
msgid "Testing Sound"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14169
msgid "After loading the required module or rebooting into the custom kernel, the sound card should be detected. To confirm, run <command>dmesg | grep pcm</command>. This example is from a system with a built-in Conexant CX20590 chipset:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14174
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pcm0: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; at nid 5 on hdaa0\n"
"pcm1: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; at nid 6 on hdaa0\n"
"pcm2: &lt;Conexant CX20590 (Analog 2.0+HP/2.0)&gt; at nid 31,25 and 35,27 on hdaa1"
msgstr ""
"pcm0: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; at nid 5 on hdaa0\n"
"pcm1: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; at nid 6 on hdaa0\n"
"pcm2: &lt;Conexant CX20590 (Analog 2.0+HP/2.0)&gt; at nid 31,25 and 35,27 on hdaa1"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14178
msgid "The status of the sound card may also be checked using this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14181
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat /dev/sndstat</userinput>\n"
"FreeBSD Audio Driver (newpcm: 64bit 2009061500/amd64)\n"
"Installed devices:\n"
"pcm0: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; (play)\n"
"pcm1: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; (play)\n"
"pcm2: &lt;Conexant CX20590 (Analog 2.0+HP/2.0)&gt; (play/rec) default"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat /dev/sndstat</userinput>\n"
"FreeBSD Audio Driver (newpcm: 64bit 2009061500/amd64)\n"
"Installed devices:\n"
"pcm0: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; (play)\n"
"pcm1: &lt;NVIDIA (0x001c) (HDMI/DP 8ch)&gt; (play)\n"
"pcm2: &lt;Conexant CX20590 (Analog 2.0+HP/2.0)&gt; (play/rec) default"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14188
msgid "The output will vary depending upon the sound card. If no <filename>pcm</filename> devices are listed, double-check that the correct device driver was loaded or compiled into the kernel. The next section lists some common problems and their solutions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14194
msgid "If all goes well, the sound card should now work in FreeBSD. If the <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>DVD</acronym> drive is properly connected to the sound card, one can insert an audio <acronym>CD</acronym> in the drive and play it with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cdcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14200
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cdcontrol -f /dev/acd0 play 1</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cdcontrol -f /dev/acd0 play 1</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:14203
msgid "Audio <acronym>CD</acronym>s have specialized encodings which means that they should not be mounted using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mount</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14208
msgid "Various applications, such as <package>audio/workman</package>, provide a friendlier interface. The <package>audio/mpg123</package> port can be installed to listen to MP3 audio files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14213
msgid "Another quick way to test the card is to send data to <filename>/dev/dsp</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14216
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cat <replaceable>filename</replaceable> &gt; /dev/dsp</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cat <replaceable>filename</replaceable> &gt; /dev/dsp</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14218
msgid "where <filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable></filename> can be any type of file. This command should produce some noise, confirming that the sound card is working."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:14224
msgid "The <filename>/dev/dsp*</filename> device nodes will be created automatically as needed. When not in use, they do not exist and will not appear in the output of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14232
msgid "Troubleshooting Sound"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14234
msgid "<primary>device nodes</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>device nodes</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14235
msgid "<primary>I/O port</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>I/O port</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14236
msgid "<primary>IRQ</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>IRQ</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14237
msgid "<primary>DSP</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>DSP</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14239
msgid "<xref linkend=\"multimedia-sound-common-error-messages\"/> lists some common error messages and their solutions:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:14243
msgid "Common Error Messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14248
msgid "Error"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14249
msgid "Solution"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14255
msgid "<errorname>sb_dspwr(XX) timed out</errorname>"
msgstr "<errorname>sb_dspwr(XX) timed out</errorname>"

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14257
msgid "The I/O port is not set correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14262
msgid "<errorname>bad irq XX</errorname>"
msgstr "<errorname>bad irq XX</errorname>"

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14263
msgid "The IRQ is set incorrectly. Make sure that the set IRQ and the sound IRQ are the same."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14269
msgid "<errorname>xxx: gus pcm not attached, out of memory</errorname>"
msgstr "<errorname>xxx: gus pcm not attached, out of memory</errorname>"

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14271
msgid "There is not enough available memory to use the device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:14276
msgid "<errorname>xxx: can't open /dev/dsp!</errorname>"
msgstr "<errorname>xxx: can't open /dev/dsp!</errorname>"

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:14278
msgid "Type <command>fstat | grep dsp</command> to check if another application is holding the device open. Noteworthy troublemakers are <application>esound</application> and <application>KDE</application>'s sound support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14289
msgid "Modern graphics cards often come with their own sound driver for use with <acronym>HDMI</acronym>. This sound device is sometimes enumerated before the sound card meaning that the sound card will not be used as the default playback device. To check if this is the case, run <application>dmesg</application> and look for <literal>pcm</literal>. The output looks something like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14298
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"...\n"
"hdac0: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n"
"hdac1: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #0: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #1: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #2: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #3: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"pcm0: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 0 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"pcm1: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 1 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"pcm2: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"pcm3: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 3 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"hdac1: HDA Codec #2: Realtek ALC889\n"
"pcm4: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #0 Analog&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"pcm5: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #1 Analog&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"pcm6: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #2 Digital&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"pcm7: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #3 Digital&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"..."
msgstr ""
"...\n"
"hdac0: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n"
"hdac1: HDA Driver Revision: 20100226_0142\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #0: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #1: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #2: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"hdac0: HDA Codec #3: NVidia (Unknown)\n"
"pcm0: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 0 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"pcm1: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 1 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"pcm2: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"pcm3: &lt;HDA NVidia (Unknown) PCM #0 DisplayPort&gt; at cad 3 nid 1 on hdac0\n"
"hdac1: HDA Codec #2: Realtek ALC889\n"
"pcm4: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #0 Analog&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"pcm5: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #1 Analog&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"pcm6: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #2 Digital&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"pcm7: &lt;HDA Realtek ALC889 PCM #3 Digital&gt; at cad 2 nid 1 on hdac1\n"
"..."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14316
msgid "In this example, the graphics card (<literal>NVidia</literal>) has been enumerated before the sound card (<literal>Realtek ALC889</literal>). To use the sound card as the default playback device, change <varname>hw.snd.default_unit</varname> to the unit that should be used for playback:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14323
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.snd.default_unit=<replaceable>n</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.snd.default_unit=<replaceable>n</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14325
msgid "where <literal>n</literal> is the number of the sound device to use. In this example, it should be <literal>4</literal>. Make this change permanent by adding the following line to <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14331
#, no-wrap
msgid "hw.snd.default_unit=<replaceable>4</replaceable>"
msgstr "hw.snd.default_unit=<replaceable>4</replaceable>"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14336
msgid "Utilizing Multiple Sound Sources"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14339
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Munish</firstname> <surname>Chopra</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Munish</firstname> <surname>Chopra</surname> </personname> <contrib>Bijgedragen door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14349
msgid "It is often desirable to have multiple sources of sound that are able to play simultaneously. FreeBSD uses <quote>Virtual Sound Channels</quote> to multiplex the sound card's playback by mixing sound in the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14354
msgid "Three <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> knobs are available for configuring virtual channels:"
msgstr "Drie <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> knoppen zijn beschikbaar voor het configureren van virtuele kanalen:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14357
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl dev.pcm.0.rec.vchans=4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.snd.maxautovchans=4</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl dev.pcm.0.rec.vchans=4</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.snd.maxautovchans=4</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14361
msgid "This example allocates four virtual channels, which is a practical number for everyday use. Both <varname>dev.pcm.0.play.vchans=4</varname> and <varname>dev.pcm.0.rec.vchans=4</varname> are configurable after a device has been attached and represent the number of virtual channels <filename>pcm0</filename> has for playback and recording. Since the <filename>pcm</filename> module can be loaded independently of the hardware drivers, <varname>hw.snd.maxautovchans</varname> indicates how many virtual channels will be given to an audio device when it is attached. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pcm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:14374
msgid "The number of virtual channels for a device cannot be changed while it is in use. First, close any programs using the device, such as music players or sound daemons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14379
msgid "The correct <filename>pcm</filename> device will automatically be allocated transparently to a program that requests <filename>/dev/dsp0</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14386
msgid "Setting Default Values for Mixer Channels"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14389
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Josef</firstname> <surname>El-Rayes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Josef</firstname> <surname>El-Rayes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Bijgedragen door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14399
msgid "The default values for the different mixer channels are hardcoded in the source code of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pcm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver. While sound card mixer levels can be changed using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mixer</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or third-party applications and daemons, this is not a permanent solution. To instead set default mixer values at the driver level, define the appropriate values in <filename>/boot/device.hints</filename>, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14408
#, no-wrap
msgid "hint.pcm.0.vol=\"50\""
msgstr "hint.pcm.0.vol=\"50\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14410
msgid "This will set the volume channel to a default value of <literal>50</literal> when the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pcm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> module is loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14418
msgid "MP3 Audio"
msgstr "MP3 Audio"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14421 book.translate.xml:60315
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Chern</firstname> <surname>Lee</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Chern</firstname> <surname>Lee</surname> </personname> <contrib>Bijgedragen door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14431
msgid "This section describes some <acronym>MP3</acronym> players available for FreeBSD, how to rip audio <acronym>CD</acronym> tracks, and how to encode and decode <acronym>MP3</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14437
msgid "MP3 Players"
msgstr "MP3-spelers"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14439
msgid "A popular graphical <acronym>MP3</acronym> player is <application>XMMS</application>. It supports <application>Winamp</application> skins and additional plugins. The interface is intuitive, with a playlist, graphic equalizer, and more. Those familiar with <application>Winamp</application> will find <application>XMMS</application> simple to use. On FreeBSD, <application>XMMS</application> can be installed from the <package>multimedia/xmms</package> port or package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14449
msgid "The <package>audio/mpg123</package> package or port provides an alternative, command-line <acronym>MP3</acronym> player. Once installed, specify the <acronym>MP3</acronym> file to play on the command line. If the system has multiple audio devices, the sound device can also be specifed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14455
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mpg123 <replaceable>-a /dev/dsp1.0 Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"High Performance MPEG 1.0/2.0/2.5 Audio Player for Layers 1, 2 and 3\n"
"        version 1.18.1; written and copyright by Michael Hipp and others\n"
"        free software (LGPL) without any warranty but with best wishes\n"
"\n"
"Playing MPEG stream from Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3 ...\n"
"MPEG 1.0 layer III, 128 kbit/s, 44100 Hz joint-stereo"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mpg123 <replaceable>-a /dev/dsp1.0 Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"High Performance MPEG 1.0/2.0/2.5 Audio Player for Layers 1, 2 and 3\n"
"        version 1.18.1; written and copyright by Michael Hipp and others\n"
"        free software (LGPL) without any warranty but with best wishes\n"
"\n"
"Playing MPEG stream from Foobar-GreatestHits.mp3 ...\n"
"MPEG 1.0 layer III, 128 kbit/s, 44100 Hz joint-stereo"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14463
msgid "Additional <acronym>MP3</acronym> players are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14468
msgid "Ripping <acronym>CD</acronym> Audio Tracks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14470
msgid "Before encoding a <acronym>CD</acronym> or <acronym>CD</acronym> track to <acronym>MP3</acronym>, the audio data on the <acronym>CD</acronym> must be ripped to the hard drive. This is done by copying the raw <acronym>CD</acronym> Digital Audio (<acronym>CDDA</acronym>) data to <acronym>WAV</acronym> files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14477
msgid "The <command>cdda2wav</command> tool, which is installed with the <package>sysutils/cdrtools</package> suite, can be used to rip audio information from <acronym>CD</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14482
msgid "With the audio <acronym>CD</acronym> in the drive, the following command can be issued as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to rip an entire <acronym>CD</acronym> into individual, per track, <acronym>WAV</acronym> files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14488
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable> -B</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable> -B</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14490
msgid "In this example, the <option>-D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable></option> indicates the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> device <filename>0,1,0</filename> containing the <acronym>CD</acronym> to rip. Use <command>cdrecord -scanbus</command> to determine the correct device parameters for the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14497
msgid "To rip individual tracks, use <option>-t</option> to specify the track:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14500
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable> -t 7</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable> -t 7</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14502
msgid "To rip a range of tracks, such as track one to seven, specify a range:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14505
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable> -t 1+7</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>0,1,0</replaceable> -t 1+7</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14507
msgid "To rip from an <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> (<acronym>IDE</acronym>) <acronym>CDROM</acronym> drive, specify the device name in place of the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> unit numbers. For example, to rip track 7 from an IDE drive:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14513
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>/dev/acd0 -t 7</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cdda2wav -D <replaceable>/dev/acd0 -t 7</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14515
msgid "Alternately, <command>dd</command> can be used to extract audio tracks on <acronym>ATAPI</acronym> drives, as described in <xref linkend=\"duplicating-audiocds\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14521
msgid "Encoding and Decoding MP3s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14523
msgid "<application>Lame</application> is a popular <acronym>MP3</acronym> encoder which can be installed from the <package>audio/lame</package> port. Due to patent issues, a package is not available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14528
msgid "The following command will convert the ripped <acronym>WAV</acronym> file <filename><replaceable>audio01.wav</replaceable></filename> to <filename><replaceable>audio01.mp3</replaceable></filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14533
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lame -h -b <replaceable>128</replaceable> --tt \"<replaceable>Foo Song Title</replaceable>\" --ta \"<replaceable>FooBar Artist</replaceable>\" --tl \"<replaceable>FooBar Album</replaceable>\" \\\n"
"--ty \"<replaceable>2014</replaceable>\" --tc \"<replaceable>Ripped and encoded by Foo</replaceable>\" --tg \"<replaceable>Genre</replaceable>\" <replaceable>audio01.wav audio01.mp3</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lame -h -b <replaceable>128</replaceable> --tt \"<replaceable>Foo Song Title</replaceable>\" --ta \"<replaceable>FooBar Artist</replaceable>\" --tl \"<replaceable>FooBar Album</replaceable>\" \\\n"
"--ty \"<replaceable>2014</replaceable>\" --tc \"<replaceable>Ripped and encoded by Foo</replaceable>\" --tg \"<replaceable>Genre</replaceable>\" <replaceable>audio01.wav audio01.mp3</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14536
msgid "The specified 128 kbits is a standard <acronym>MP3</acronym> bitrate while the 160 and 192 bitrates provide higher quality. The higher the bitrate, the larger the size of the resulting <acronym>MP3</acronym>. The <option>-h</option> turns on the <quote>higher quality but a little slower</quote> mode. The options beginning with <option>--t</option> indicate <acronym>ID3</acronym> tags, which usually contain song information, to be embedded within the <acronym>MP3</acronym> file. Additional encoding options can be found in the <application>lame</application> manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14549
msgid "In order to burn an audio <acronym>CD</acronym> from <acronym>MP3</acronym>s, they must first be converted to a non-compressed file format. <application>XMMS</application> can be used to convert to the <acronym>WAV</acronym> format, while <application>mpg123</application> can be used to convert to the raw Pulse-Code Modulation (<acronym>PCM</acronym>) audio data format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14557
msgid "To convert <filename>audio01.mp3</filename> using <application>mpg123</application>, specify the name of the <acronym>PCM</acronym> file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14561
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mpg123 -s <replaceable>audio01.mp3</replaceable> &gt; <replaceable>audio01.pcm</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mpg123 -s <replaceable>audio01.mp3</replaceable> &gt; <replaceable>audio01.pcm</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14563
msgid "To use <application>XMMS</application> to convert a <acronym>MP3</acronym> to <acronym>WAV</acronym> format, use these steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:14568
msgid "Converting to <acronym>WAV</acronym> Format in <application>XMMS</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14572
msgid "Launch <application>XMMS</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14576
msgid "Right-click the window to bring up the <application>XMMS</application> menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14581
msgid "Select <literal>Preferences</literal> under <literal>Options</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14586
msgid "Change the Output Plugin to <quote>Disk Writer Plugin</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14591
msgid "Press <literal>Configure</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14595
msgid "Enter or browse to a directory to write the uncompressed files to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14600
msgid "Load the <acronym>MP3</acronym> file into <application>XMMS</application> as usual, with volume at 100% and EQ settings turned off."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14606
msgid "Press <literal>Play</literal>. The <application>XMMS</application> will appear as if it is playing the <acronym>MP3</acronym>, but no music will be heard. It is actually playing the <acronym>MP3</acronym> to a file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:14614
msgid "When finished, be sure to set the default Output Plugin back to what it was before in order to listen to <acronym>MP3</acronym>s again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14620
msgid "Both the <acronym>WAV</acronym> and <acronym>PCM</acronym> formats can be used with <application>cdrecord</application>. When using <acronym>WAV</acronym> files, there will be a small tick sound at the beginning of each track. This sound is the header of the <acronym>WAV</acronym> file. The <package>audio/sox</package> port or package can be used to remove the header:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14628
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sox -t wav -r 44100 -s -w -c 2 <replaceable>track.wav track.raw</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sox -t wav -r 44100 -s -w -c 2 <replaceable>track.wav track.raw</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14630
msgid "Refer to <xref linkend=\"creating-cds\"/> for more information on using a <acronym>CD</acronym> burner in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:14638
msgid "Video Playback"
msgstr "Video afspelen"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:14641
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Ross</firstname> <surname>Lippert</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Ross</firstname> <surname>Lippert</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14651
msgid "Before configuring video playback, determine the model and chipset of the video card. While <application>Xorg</application> supports a wide variety of video cards, not all provide good playback performance. To obtain a list of extensions supported by the <application>Xorg</application> server using the card, run <command>xdpyinfo</command> while <application>Xorg</application> is running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14660
msgid "It is a good idea to have a short MPEG test file for evaluating various players and options. Since some <acronym>DVD</acronym> applications look for <acronym>DVD</acronym> media in <filename>/dev/dvd</filename> by default, or have this device name hardcoded in them, it might be useful to make a symbolic link to the proper device:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14667
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -sf /dev/cd0 /dev/dvd</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -sf /dev/cd0 /dev/dvd</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14669
msgid "Due to the nature of <citerefentry vendor=\"current\"><refentrytitle>devfs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, manually created links will not persist after a system reboot. In order to recreate the symbolic link automatically when the system boots, add the following line to <filename>/etc/devfs.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14674
#, no-wrap
msgid "link cd0 dvd"
msgstr "link cd0 dvd"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14676
msgid "<acronym>DVD</acronym> decryption invokes certain functions that require write permission to the <acronym>DVD</acronym> device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:14680
msgid "To enhance the shared memory <application>Xorg</application> interface, it is recommended to increase the values of these <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14685
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"kern.ipc.shmmax=67108864\n"
"kern.ipc.shmall=32768"
msgstr ""
"kern.ipc.shmmax=67108864\n"
"kern.ipc.shmall=32768"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14689
msgid "Determining Video Capabilities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14691
msgid "<primary>XVideo</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>XVideo</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14692
msgid "<primary>SDL</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>SDL</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14693
msgid "<primary>DGA</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>DGA</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14695
msgid "There are several possible ways to display video under <application>Xorg</application> and what works is largely hardware dependent. Each method described below will have varying quality across different hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14700
msgid "Common video interfaces include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14704
msgid "<application>Xorg</application>: normal output using shared memory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14709
msgid "XVideo: an extension to the <application>Xorg</application> interface which allows video to be directly displayed in drawable objects through a special acceleration. This extension provides good quality playback even on low-end machines. The next section describes how to determine if this extension is running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14719
msgid "<acronym>SDL</acronym>: the Simple Directmedia Layer is a porting layer for many operating systems, allowing cross-platform applications to be developed which make efficient use of sound and graphics. <acronym>SDL</acronym> provides a low-level abstraction to the hardware which can sometimes be more efficient than the <application>Xorg</application> interface. On FreeBSD, <acronym>SDL</acronym> can be installed using the <package>devel/sdl20</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14731
msgid "<acronym>DGA</acronym>: the Direct Graphics Access is an <application>Xorg</application> extension which allows a program to bypass the <application>Xorg</application> server and directly alter the framebuffer. Because it relies on a low level memory mapping, programs using it must be run as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. The <acronym>DGA</acronym> extension can be tested and benchmarked using <citerefentry vendor=\"xfree86\"><refentrytitle>dga</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. When <command>dga</command> is running, it changes the colors of the display whenever a key is pressed. To quit, press <keycap>q</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:14746
msgid "SVGAlib: a low level console graphics layer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:14751
msgid "XVideo"
msgstr "XVideo"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14753
msgid "To check whether this extension is running, use <command>xvinfo</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14756
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xvinfo</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xvinfo</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14758
msgid "XVideo is supported for the card if the result is similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14761
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X-Video Extension version 2.2\n"
"  screen #0\n"
"  Adaptor #0: \"Savage Streams Engine\"\n"
"    number of ports: 1\n"
"    port base: 43\n"
"    operations supported: PutImage\n"
"    supported visuals:\n"
"      depth 16, visualID 0x22\n"
"      depth 16, visualID 0x23\n"
"    number of attributes: 5\n"
"      \"XV_COLORKEY\" (range 0 to 16777215)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 2110)\n"
"      \"XV_BRIGHTNESS\" (range -128 to 127)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n"
"      \"XV_CONTRAST\" (range 0 to 255)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n"
"      \"XV_SATURATION\" (range 0 to 255)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n"
"      \"XV_HUE\" (range -180 to 180)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n"
"    maximum XvImage size: 1024 x 1024\n"
"    Number of image formats: 7\n"
"      id: 0x32595559 (YUY2)\n"
"        guid: 59555932-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 16\n"
"        number of planes: 1\n"
"        type: YUV (packed)\n"
"      id: 0x32315659 (YV12)\n"
"        guid: 59563132-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 12\n"
"        number of planes: 3\n"
"        type: YUV (planar)\n"
"      id: 0x30323449 (I420)\n"
"        guid: 49343230-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 12\n"
"        number of planes: 3\n"
"        type: YUV (planar)\n"
"      id: 0x36315652 (RV16)\n"
"        guid: 52563135-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n"
"        bits per pixel: 16\n"
"        number of planes: 1\n"
"        type: RGB (packed)\n"
"        depth: 0\n"
"        red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x3e0, 0x7c00\n"
"      id: 0x35315652 (RV15)\n"
"        guid: 52563136-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n"
"        bits per pixel: 16\n"
"        number of planes: 1\n"
"        type: RGB (packed)\n"
"        depth: 0\n"
"        red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x7e0, 0xf800\n"
"      id: 0x31313259 (Y211)\n"
"        guid: 59323131-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 6\n"
"        number of planes: 3\n"
"        type: YUV (packed)\n"
"      id: 0x0\n"
"        guid: 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n"
"        bits per pixel: 0\n"
"        number of planes: 0\n"
"        type: RGB (packed)\n"
"        depth: 1\n"
"        red, green, blue masks: 0x0, 0x0, 0x0"
msgstr ""
"X-Video Extension version 2.2\n"
"  screen #0\n"
"  Adaptor #0: \"Savage Streams Engine\"\n"
"    number of ports: 1\n"
"    port base: 43\n"
"    operations supported: PutImage\n"
"    supported visuals:\n"
"      depth 16, visualID 0x22\n"
"      depth 16, visualID 0x23\n"
"    number of attributes: 5\n"
"      \"XV_COLORKEY\" (range 0 to 16777215)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 2110)\n"
"      \"XV_BRIGHTNESS\" (range -128 to 127)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n"
"      \"XV_CONTRAST\" (range 0 to 255)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n"
"      \"XV_SATURATION\" (range 0 to 255)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 128)\n"
"      \"XV_HUE\" (range -180 to 180)\n"
"              client settable attribute\n"
"              client gettable attribute (current value is 0)\n"
"    maximum XvImage size: 1024 x 1024\n"
"    Number of image formats: 7\n"
"      id: 0x32595559 (YUY2)\n"
"        guid: 59555932-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 16\n"
"        number of planes: 1\n"
"        type: YUV (packed)\n"
"      id: 0x32315659 (YV12)\n"
"        guid: 59563132-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 12\n"
"        number of planes: 3\n"
"        type: YUV (planar)\n"
"      id: 0x30323449 (I420)\n"
"        guid: 49343230-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 12\n"
"        number of planes: 3\n"
"        type: YUV (planar)\n"
"      id: 0x36315652 (RV16)\n"
"        guid: 52563135-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n"
"        bits per pixel: 16\n"
"        number of planes: 1\n"
"        type: RGB (packed)\n"
"        depth: 0\n"
"        red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x3e0, 0x7c00\n"
"      id: 0x35315652 (RV15)\n"
"        guid: 52563136-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n"
"        bits per pixel: 16\n"
"        number of planes: 1\n"
"        type: RGB (packed)\n"
"        depth: 0\n"
"        red, green, blue masks: 0x1f, 0x7e0, 0xf800\n"
"      id: 0x31313259 (Y211)\n"
"        guid: 59323131-0000-0010-8000-00aa00389b71\n"
"        bits per pixel: 6\n"
"        number of planes: 3\n"
"        type: YUV (packed)\n"
"      id: 0x0\n"
"        guid: 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\n"
"        bits per pixel: 0\n"
"        number of planes: 0\n"
"        type: RGB (packed)\n"
"        depth: 1\n"
"        red, green, blue masks: 0x0, 0x0, 0x0"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14830
msgid "The formats listed, such as YUV2 and YUV12, are not present with every implementation of XVideo and their absence may hinder some players."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14834
msgid "If the result instead looks like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14836
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"X-Video Extension version 2.2\n"
"screen #0\n"
"no adaptors present"
msgstr ""
"X-Video Extension version 2.2\n"
"screen #0\n"
"no adaptors present"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14840
msgid "XVideo is probably not supported for the card. This means that it will be more difficult for the display to meet the computational demands of rendering video, depending on the video card and processor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:14848
msgid "Ports and Packages Dealing with Video"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14850
msgid "<primary>video ports</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>video ports</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14851
msgid "<primary>video packages</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>video packages</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:14853
msgid "This section introduces some of the software available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection which can be used for video playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:14858
msgid "<application>MPlayer</application> and <application>MEncoder</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14861
msgid "<application>MPlayer</application> is a command-line video player with an optional graphical interface which aims to provide speed and flexibility. Other graphical front-ends to <application>MPlayer</application> are available from the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14867
msgid "<primary>MPlayer</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>MPlayer</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14869
msgid "<application>MPlayer</application> can be installed using the <package>multimedia/mplayer</package> package or port. Several compile options are available and a variety of hardware checks occur during the build process. For these reasons, some users prefer to build the port rather than install the package."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14876
msgid "When compiling the port, the menu options should be reviewed to determine the type of support to compile into the port. If an option is not selected, <application>MPlayer</application> will not be able to display that type of video format. Use the arrow keys and spacebar to select the required formats. When finished, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue the port compile and installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14885
msgid "By default, the package or port will build the <command>mplayer</command> command line utility and the <command>gmplayer</command> graphical utility. To encode videos, compile the <package>multimedia/mencoder</package> port. Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available for <application>MEncoder</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14892
msgid "The first time <application>MPlayer</application> is run, it will create <filename>~/.mplayer</filename> in the user's home directory. This subdirectory contains default versions of the user-specific configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14897
msgid "This section describes only a few common uses. Refer to mplayer(1) for a complete description of its numerous options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14901
msgid "To play the file <filename><replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></filename>, specify the video interfaces with <option>-vo</option>, as seen in the following examples:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14906
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo xv <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo xv <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14908
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo sdl <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo sdl <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14910
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo x11 <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo x11 <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14912
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo dga <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo dga <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14914
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo 'sdl:dga' <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo 'sdl:dga' <replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14916
msgid "It is worth trying all of these options, as their relative performance depends on many factors and will vary significantly with hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14920
msgid "To play a <acronym>DVD</acronym>, replace <filename><replaceable>testfile.avi</replaceable></filename> with <option>dvd://<replaceable>N</replaceable> -dvd-device <replaceable>DEVICE</replaceable></option>, where <replaceable>N</replaceable> is the title number to play and <replaceable>DEVICE</replaceable> is the device node for the <acronym>DVD</acronym>. For example, to play title 3 from <filename>/dev/dvd</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14929
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo xv dvd://3 -dvd-device /dev/dvd</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -vo xv dvd://3 -dvd-device /dev/dvd</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:14932
msgid "The default <acronym>DVD</acronym> device can be defined during the build of the <application>MPlayer</application> port by including the <varname>WITH_DVD_DEVICE=/path/to/desired/device</varname> option. By default, the device is <filename>/dev/cd0</filename>. More details can be found in the port's <filename>Makefile.options</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14942
msgid "To stop, pause, advance, and so on, use a keybinding. To see the list of keybindings, run <command>mplayer -h</command> or read mplayer(1)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14946
msgid "Additional playback options include <option>-fs -zoom</option>, which engages fullscreen mode, and <option>-framedrop</option>, which helps performance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14950
msgid "Each user can add commonly used options to their <filename>~/.mplayer/config</filename> like so:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:14953
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"vo=xv\n"
"fs=yes\n"
"zoom=yes"
msgstr ""
"vo=xv\n"
"fs=yes\n"
"zoom=yes"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14957
msgid "<command>mplayer</command> can be used to rip a <acronym>DVD</acronym> title to a <filename>.vob</filename>. To dump the second title from a <acronym>DVD</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14962
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -dumpstream -dumpfile out.vob dvd://2 -dvd-device /dev/dvd</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mplayer -dumpstream -dumpfile out.vob dvd://2 -dvd-device /dev/dvd</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14964
msgid "The output file, <filename>out.vob</filename>, will be in <acronym>MPEG</acronym> format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14967
msgid "Anyone wishing to obtain a high level of expertise with <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> video should consult <link xlink:href=\"http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/\">mplayerhq.hu/DOCS</link> as it is technically informative. This documentation should be considered as required reading before submitting any bug reports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:14973
msgid "<primary>mencoder</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>mencoder</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14977
msgid "Before using <command>mencoder</command>, it is a good idea to become familiar with the options described at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/mencoder.html\">mplayerhq.hu/DOCS/HTML/en/mencoder.html</link>. There are innumerable ways to improve quality, lower bitrate, and change formats, and some of these options may make the difference between good or bad performance. Improper combinations of command line options can yield output files that are unplayable even by <command>mplayer</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14986
msgid "Here is an example of a simple copy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:14988
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mencoder <replaceable>input.avi</replaceable> -oac copy -ovc copy -o <replaceable>output.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mencoder <replaceable>input.avi</replaceable> -oac copy -ovc copy -o <replaceable>output.avi</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14990
msgid "To rip to a file, use <option>-dumpfile</option> with <command>mplayer</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:14993
msgid "To convert <filename><replaceable>input.avi</replaceable></filename> to the MPEG4 codec with MPEG3 audio encoding, first install the <package>audio/lame</package> port. Due to licensing restrictions, a package is not available. Once installed, type:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15000
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mencoder <replaceable>input.avi</replaceable> -oac mp3lame -lameopts br=192 \\\n"
"\t -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vhq -o <replaceable>output.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mencoder <replaceable>input.avi</replaceable> -oac mp3lame -lameopts br=192 \\\n"
"\t -ovc lavc -lavcopts vcodec=mpeg4:vhq -o <replaceable>output.avi</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15003
msgid "This will produce output playable by applications such as <command>mplayer</command> and <command>xine</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15007
msgid "<filename><replaceable>input.avi</replaceable></filename> can be replaced with <option>dvd://1 -dvd-device /dev/dvd</option> and run as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> to re-encode a <acronym>DVD</acronym> title directly. Since it may take a few tries to get the desired result, it is recommended to instead dump the title to a file and to work on the file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:15017
msgid "The <application>xine</application> Video Player"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15020
msgid "<application>xine</application> is a video player with a reusable base library and a modular executable which can be extended with plugins. It can be installed using the <package>multimedia/xine</package> package or port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15025
msgid "In practice, <application>xine</application> requires either a fast CPU with a fast video card, or support for the XVideo extension. The <application>xine</application> video player performs best on XVideo interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15030
msgid "By default, the <application>xine</application> player starts a graphical user interface. The menus can then be used to open a specific file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15034
msgid "Alternatively, <application>xine</application> may be invoked from the command line by specifying the name of the file to play:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15038
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xine -g -p <replaceable>mymovie.avi</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xine -g -p <replaceable>mymovie.avi</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15040
msgid "Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.xine-project.org/faq\"> xine-project.org/faq</link> for more information and troubleshooting tips."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:15046
msgid "The <application>Transcode</application> Utilities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15049
msgid "<application>Transcode</application> provides a suite of tools for re-encoding video and audio files. <application>Transcode</application> can be used to merge video files or repair broken files using command line tools with stdin/stdout stream interfaces."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15055
msgid "In FreeBSD, <application>Transcode</application> can be installed using the <package>multimedia/transcode</package> package or port. Many users prefer to compile the port as it provides a menu of compile options for specifying the support and codecs to compile in. If an option is not selected, <application>Transcode</application> will not be able to encode that format. Use the arrow keys and spacebar to select the required formats. When finished, press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to continue the port compile and installation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15066
msgid "This example demonstrates how to convert a DivX file into a PAL MPEG-1 file (PAL VCD):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15069
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>transcode -i <replaceable>input.avi</replaceable> -V --export_prof vcd-pal -o output_vcd</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplex -f 1 -o <replaceable>output_vcd.mpg output_vcd.m1v output_vcd.mpa</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>transcode -i <replaceable>input.avi</replaceable> -V --export_prof vcd-pal -o output_vcd</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>mplex -f 1 -o <replaceable>output_vcd.mpg output_vcd.m1v output_vcd.mpa</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15072
msgid "The resulting <acronym>MPEG</acronym> file, <filename><replaceable>output_vcd.mpg</replaceable></filename>, is ready to be played with <application>MPlayer</application>. The file can be burned on a <acronym>CD</acronym> media to create a video <acronym>CD</acronym> using a utility such as <package>multimedia/vcdimager</package> or <package>sysutils/cdrdao</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:15081
msgid "In addition to the manual page for <command>transcode</command>, refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.transcoding.org/cgi-bin/transcode\">transcoding.org/cgi-bin/transcode</link> for further information and examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:15090
msgid "TV Cards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:15093
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Josef</firstname> <surname>El-Rayes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Original contribution by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Josef</firstname> <surname>El-Rayes</surname> </personname> <contrib>Originele bijdrage door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:15103
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </personname> <contrib>Enhanced and adapted by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </personname> <contrib>Verbeterd en aangepast door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15113
msgid "<primary>TV cards</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>TV cards</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15117
msgid "TV cards can be used to watch broadcast or cable TV on a computer. Most cards accept composite video via an <acronym>RCA</acronym> or S-video input and some cards include a <acronym>FM</acronym> radio tuner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15122
msgid "FreeBSD provides support for PCI-based TV cards using a Brooktree Bt848/849/878/879 video capture chip with the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver. This driver supports most Pinnacle PCTV video cards. Before purchasing a TV card, consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a list of supported tuners."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15129
msgid "Loading the Driver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15131
msgid "In order to use the card, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver must be loaded. To automate this at boot time, add the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15135
#, no-wrap
msgid "bktr_load=\"YES\""
msgstr "bktr_load=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15137
msgid "Alternatively, one can statically compile support for the TV card into a custom kernel. In that case, add the following lines to the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15142
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device\t bktr\n"
"device\tiicbus\n"
"device\tiicbb\n"
"device\tsmbus"
msgstr ""
"device\t bktr\n"
"device\tiicbus\n"
"device\tiicbb\n"
"device\tsmbus"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15147
msgid "These additional devices are necessary as the card components are interconnected via an I2C bus. Then, build and install a new kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15151
msgid "To test that the tuner is correctly detected, reboot the system. The TV card should appear in the boot messages, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15155
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"bktr0: &lt;BrookTree 848A&gt; mem 0xd7000000-0xd7000fff irq 10 at device 10.0 on pci0\n"
"iicbb0: &lt;I2C bit-banging driver&gt; on bti2c0\n"
"iicbus0: &lt;Philips I2C bus&gt; on iicbb0 master-only\n"
"iicbus1: &lt;Philips I2C bus&gt; on iicbb0 master-only\n"
"smbus0: &lt;System Management Bus&gt; on bti2c0\n"
"bktr0: Pinnacle/Miro TV, Philips SECAM tuner."
msgstr ""
"bktr0: &lt;BrookTree 848A&gt; mem 0xd7000000-0xd7000fff irq 10 at device 10.0 on pci0\n"
"iicbb0: &lt;I2C bit-banging driver&gt; on bti2c0\n"
"iicbus0: &lt;Philips I2C bus&gt; on iicbb0 master-only\n"
"iicbus1: &lt;Philips I2C bus&gt; on iicbb0 master-only\n"
"smbus0: &lt;System Management Bus&gt; on bti2c0\n"
"bktr0: Pinnacle/Miro TV, Philips SECAM tuner."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15162
msgid "The messages will differ according to the hardware. If necessary, it is possible to override some of the detected parameters using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> or custom kernel configuration options. For example, to force the tuner to a Philips SECAM tuner, add the following line to a custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15169
#, no-wrap
msgid "options OVERRIDE_TUNER=6"
msgstr "options OVERRIDE_TUNER=6"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15171
msgid "or, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15173
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.bt848.tuner=6</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl hw.bt848.tuner=6</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15175
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a description of the available <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> parameters and kernel options."
msgstr "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a description of the available <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> parameters and kernel options."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15180
msgid "Useful Applications"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15182
msgid "To use the TV card, install one of the following applications:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15187
msgid "<package>multimedia/fxtv</package> provides TV-in-a-window and image/audio/video capture capabilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15192
msgid "<package>multimedia/xawtv</package> is another TV application with similar features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15196
msgid "<package>audio/xmradio</package> provides an application for using the FM radio tuner of a TV card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15202
msgid "More applications are available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15209
msgid "If any problems are encountered with the TV card, check that the video capture chip and the tuner are supported by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bktr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and that the right configuration options were used. For more support or to ask questions about supported TV cards, refer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-multimedia\">freebsd-multimedia</link> mailing list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:15218
msgid "MythTV"
msgstr "MythTV"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15220
msgid "MythTV is a popular, open source Personal Video Recorder (<acronym>PVR</acronym>) application. This section demonstrates how to install and setup MythTV on FreeBSD. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.mythtv.org/wiki/\">mythtv.org/wiki</link> for more information on how to use MythTV."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15225
msgid "MythTV requires a frontend and a backend. These components can either be installed on the same system or on different machines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15229
msgid "The frontend can be installed on FreeBSD using the <package>multimedia/mythtv-frontend</package> package or port. <application>Xorg</application> must also be installed and configured as described in <xref linkend=\"x11\"/>. Ideally, this system has a video card that supports X-Video Motion Compensation (<acronym>XvMC</acronym>) and, optionally, a Linux Infrared Remote Control (<acronym>LIRC</acronym>)-compatible remote."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15238
msgid "To install both the backend and the frontend on FreeBSD, use the <package>multimedia/mythtv</package> package or port. A <trademark>MySQL</trademark> database server is also required and should automatically be installed as a dependency. Optionally, this system should have a tuner card and sufficient storage to hold recorded data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15246
msgid "Hardware"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15248
msgid "MythTV uses Video for Linux (<acronym>V4L</acronym>) to access video input devices such as encoders and tuners. In FreeBSD, MythTV works best with <acronym>USB</acronym> DVB-S/C/T cards as they are well supported by the <package>multimedia/webcamd</package> package or port which provides a <acronym>V4L</acronym> userland application. Any Digital Video Broadcasting (<acronym>DVB</acronym>) card supported by <application>webcamd</application> should work with MythTV. A list of known working cards can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.freebsd.org/WebcamCompat\">wiki.freebsd.org/WebcamCompat</link>. Drivers are also available for Hauppauge cards in the <package>multimedia/pvr250</package> and <package>multimedia/pvrxxx</package> ports, but they provide a non-standard driver interface that does not work with versions of MythTV greater than 0.23. Due to licensing restrictions, no packages are available and these two ports must be compiled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15266
msgid "The <link xlink:href=\"http://wiki.freebsd.org/HTPC\">wiki.freebsd.org/HTPC</link> page contains a list of all available <acronym>DVB</acronym> drivers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15272
msgid "Setting up the MythTV Backend"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15274
msgid "To install MythTV using binary packages:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15276
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install mythtv</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install mythtv</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15278
msgid "Alternatively, to install from the Ports Collecton:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15280
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/multimedia/mythtv</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/multimedia/mythtv</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15283
msgid "Once installed, set up the MythTV database:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15285
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mysql -uroot -p &lt; /usr/local/share/mythtv/database/mc.sql</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mysql -uroot -p &lt; /usr/local/share/mythtv/database/mc.sql</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15287
msgid "Then, configure the backend:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15289
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mythtv-setup</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mythtv-setup</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15291
msgid "Finally, start the backend:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15293
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'mythbackend_enable=\"YES\"' &gt;&gt; /etc/rc.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service mythbackend start</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'mythbackend_enable=\"YES\"' &gt;&gt; /etc/rc.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service mythbackend start</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:15300
msgid "Image Scanners"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:15303
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15313
msgid "<primary>image scanners</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>image scanners</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15317
msgid "In FreeBSD, access to image scanners is provided by <application>SANE</application> (Scanner Access Now Easy), which is available in the FreeBSD Ports Collection. <application>SANE</application> will also use some FreeBSD device drivers to provide access to the scanner hardware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15323
msgid "FreeBSD supports both <acronym>SCSI</acronym> and <acronym>USB</acronym> scanners. Depending upon the scanner interface, different device drivers are required. Be sure the scanner is supported by <application>SANE</application> prior to performing any configuration. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html\"> http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html</link> for more information about supported scanners."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15331
msgid "This chapter describes how to determine if the scanner has been detected by FreeBSD. It then provides an overview of how to configure and use <application>SANE</application> on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15337
msgid "Checking the Scanner"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15339
msgid "The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel includes the device drivers needed to support <acronym>USB</acronym> scanners. Users with a custom kernel should ensure that the following lines are present in the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15345
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device usb\n"
"device uhci\n"
"device ohci\n"
"device ehci"
msgstr ""
"device usb\n"
"device uhci\n"
"device ohci\n"
"device ehci"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15350
msgid "To determine if the <acronym>USB</acronym> scanner is detected, plug it in and use <command>dmesg</command> to determine whether the scanner appears in the system message buffer. If it does, it should display a message similar to this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15356
#, no-wrap
msgid "ugen0.2: &lt;EPSON&gt; at usbus0"
msgstr "ugen0.2: &lt;EPSON&gt; at usbus0"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15358
msgid "In this example, an <trademark class=\"registered\">EPSON Perfection</trademark> 1650 <acronym>USB</acronym> scanner was detected on <filename>/dev/ugen0.2</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15363
msgid "If the scanner uses a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> interface, it is important to know which <acronym>SCSI</acronym> controller board it will use. Depending upon the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> chipset, a custom kernel configuration file may be needed. The <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel supports the most common <acronym>SCSI</acronym> controllers. Refer to <filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES</filename> to determine the correct line to add to a custom kernel configuration file. In addition to the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> adapter driver, the following lines are needed in a custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15375
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"device scbus\n"
"device pass"
msgstr ""
"device scbus\n"
"device pass"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15378
msgid "Verify that the device is displayed in the system message buffer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15381
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"pass2 at aic0 bus 0 target 2 lun 0\n"
"pass2: &lt;AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10&gt; Fixed Scanner SCSI-2 device\n"
"pass2: 3.300MB/s transfers"
msgstr ""
"pass2 at aic0 bus 0 target 2 lun 0\n"
"pass2: &lt;AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10&gt; Fixed Scanner SCSI-2 device\n"
"pass2: 3.300MB/s transfers"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15385
msgid "If the scanner was not powered-on at system boot, it is still possible to manually force detection by performing a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> bus scan with <command>camcontrol</command>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15390
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol rescan all</userinput>\n"
"Re-scan of bus 0 was successful\n"
"Re-scan of bus 1 was successful\n"
"Re-scan of bus 2 was successful\n"
"Re-scan of bus 3 was successful"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol rescan all</userinput>\n"
"Re-scan of bus 0 was successful\n"
"Re-scan of bus 1 was successful\n"
"Re-scan of bus 2 was successful\n"
"Re-scan of bus 3 was successful"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15396
msgid "The scanner should now appear in the <acronym>SCSI</acronym> devices list:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15399
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol devlist</userinput>\n"
"&lt;IBM DDRS-34560 S97B&gt;              at scbus0 target 5 lun 0 (pass0,da0)\n"
"&lt;IBM DDRS-34560 S97B&gt;              at scbus0 target 6 lun 0 (pass1,da1)\n"
"&lt;AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10&gt;           at scbus1 target 2 lun 0 (pass3)\n"
"&lt;PHILIPS CDD3610 CD-R/RW 1.00&gt;     at scbus2 target 0 lun 0 (pass2,cd0)"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>camcontrol devlist</userinput>\n"
"&lt;IBM DDRS-34560 S97B&gt;              at scbus0 target 5 lun 0 (pass0,da0)\n"
"&lt;IBM DDRS-34560 S97B&gt;              at scbus0 target 6 lun 0 (pass1,da1)\n"
"&lt;AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10&gt;           at scbus1 target 2 lun 0 (pass3)\n"
"&lt;PHILIPS CDD3610 CD-R/RW 1.00&gt;     at scbus2 target 0 lun 0 (pass2,cd0)"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15405
msgid "Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>scsi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>camcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details about <acronym>SCSI</acronym> devices on FreeBSD."
msgstr "Verwijzen naar <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>scsi</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum> </citerefentry> en <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>camcontrol</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> voor meer details over <acronym>SCSI-</acronym> apparaten op FreeBSD."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15410
msgid "<application>SANE</application> Configuration"
msgstr "<application>SANE</application> Configuratie"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15412
msgid "The <application>SANE</application> system is split in two parts: the backends (<package>graphics/sane-backends</package>) and the frontends (<package>graphics/sane-frontends</package> or <package>graphics/xsane</package>). The backends provide access to the scanner. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html\">http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html</link> to determine which backend supports the scanner. The frontends provide the graphical scanning interface. <package>graphics/sane-frontends</package> installs <application>xscanimage</application> while <package>graphics/xsane</package> installs <application>xsane</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15425
msgid "To install the two parts from binary packages:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15427
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xsane sane-frontends</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install xsane sane-frontends</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15429
msgid "Alternatively, to install from the Ports Collection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15431
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/sane-frontends</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/xsane</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/sane-frontends</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/graphics/xsane</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15436
msgid "After installing the <package>graphics/sane-backends</package> port or package, use <command>sane-find-scanner</command> to check the scanner detection by the <application>SANE</application> system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15442
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sane-find-scanner -q</userinput>\n"
"found SCSI scanner \"AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10\" at /dev/pass3"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sane-find-scanner -q</userinput>\n"
"found SCSI scanner \"AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 1.10\" at /dev/pass3"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15445
msgid "The output should show the interface type of the scanner and the device node used to attach the scanner to the system. The vendor and the product model may or may not appear."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:15450
msgid "Some <acronym>USB</acronym> scanners require firmware to be loaded. Refer to sane-find-scanner(1) and sane(7) for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15455
msgid "Next, check if the scanner will be identified by a scanning frontend. The <application>SANE</application> backends include <command>scanimage</command> which can be used to list the devices and perform an image acquisition. Use <option>-L</option> to list the scanner devices. The first example is for a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> scanner and the second is for a <acronym>USB</acronym> scanner:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15463
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"device `snapscan:/dev/pass3' is a AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 flatbed scanner\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"device 'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2' is a Epson GT-8200 flatbed scanner"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"device `snapscan:/dev/pass3' is a AGFA SNAPSCAN 600 flatbed scanner\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"device 'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2' is a Epson GT-8200 flatbed scanner"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15468
msgid "In this second example, <literal>'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2'</literal> is the backend name (<literal>epson2</literal>) and <literal>/dev/ugen0.2</literal> is the device node used by the scanner."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15474
msgid "If <command>scanimage</command> is unable to identify the scanner, this message will appear:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15477
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"No scanners were identified. If you were expecting something different,\n"
"check that the scanner is plugged in, turned on and detected by the\n"
"sane-find-scanner tool (if appropriate). Please read the documentation\n"
"which came with this software (README, FAQ, manpages)."
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"No scanners were identified. If you were expecting something different,\n"
"check that the scanner is plugged in, turned on and detected by the\n"
"sane-find-scanner tool (if appropriate). Please read the documentation\n"
"which came with this software (README, FAQ, manpages)."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15484
msgid "If this happens, edit the backend configuration file in <filename>/usr/local/etc/sane.d/</filename> and define the scanner device used. For example, if the undetected scanner model is an <trademark class=\"registered\">EPSON Perfection</trademark> 1650 and it uses the <literal>epson2</literal> backend, edit <filename>/usr/local/etc/sane.d/epson2.conf</filename>. When editing, add a line specifying the interface and the device node used. In this case, add the following line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15494
#, no-wrap
msgid "usb /dev/ugen0.2"
msgstr "usb /dev/ugen0.2"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15496
msgid "Save the edits and verify that the scanner is identified with the right backend name and the device node:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15499
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"device 'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2' is a Epson GT-8200 flatbed scanner"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>scanimage -L</userinput>\n"
"device 'epson2:libusb:/dev/usb:/dev/ugen0.2' is a Epson GT-8200 flatbed scanner"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15502
msgid "Once <command>scanimage -L</command> sees the scanner, the configuration is complete and the scanner is now ready to use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15506
msgid "While <command>scanimage</command> can be used to perform an image acquisition from the command line, it is often preferable to use a graphical interface to perform image scanning. The <package>graphics/sane-frontends</package> package or port installs a simple but efficient graphical interface, <application>xscanimage</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15513
msgid "Alternately, <application>xsane</application>, which is installed with the <package>graphics/xsane</package> package or port, is another popular graphical scanning frontend. It offers advanced features such as various scanning modes, color correction, and batch scans. Both of these applications are usable as a <application>GIMP</application> plugin."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15522
msgid "Scanner Permissions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15524
msgid "In order to have access to the scanner, a user needs read and write permissions to the device node used by the scanner. In the previous example, the <acronym>USB</acronym> scanner uses the device node <filename>/dev/ugen0.2</filename> which is really a symlink to the real device node <filename>/dev/usb/0.2.0</filename>. The symlink and the device node are owned, respectively, by the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"groupname\">operator</systemitem> groups. While adding the user to these groups will allow access to the scanner, it is considered insecure to add a user to <systemitem class=\"groupname\">wheel</systemitem>. A better solution is to create a group and make the scanner device accessible to members of this group."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15537
msgid "This example creates a group called <systemitem class=\"groupname\"><replaceable>usb</replaceable></systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15539
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd usb</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupadd usb</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15541
msgid "Then, make the <filename>/dev/ugen0.2</filename> symlink and the <filename>/dev/usb/0.2.0</filename> device node accessible to the <systemitem class=\"groupname\">usb</systemitem> group with write permissions of <literal>0660</literal> or <literal>0664</literal> by adding the following lines to <filename>/etc/devfs.rules</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15548
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[system=5]\n"
"add path ugen0.2 mode 0660 group usb\n"
"add path usb/0.2.0 mode 0666 group usb"
msgstr ""
"[system=5]\n"
"add path ugen0.2 mode 0660 group usb\n"
"add path usb/0.2.0 mode 0666 group usb"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15552
msgid "Finally, add the users to <systemitem class=\"groupname\"><replaceable>usb</replaceable></systemitem> in order to allow access to the scanner:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15555
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod usb -m <replaceable>joe</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pw groupmod usb -m <replaceable>joe</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:15557
msgid "For more details refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pw</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:15587
msgid "Configuring the FreeBSD Kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15592
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>building a custom kernel</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>building a custom kernel</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15597
msgid "The kernel is the core of the FreeBSD operating system. It is responsible for managing memory, enforcing security controls, networking, disk access, and much more. While much of FreeBSD is dynamically configurable, it is still occasionally necessary to configure and compile a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15607
msgid "When to build a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15611
msgid "How to take a hardware inventory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15615
msgid "How to customize a kernel configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15619
msgid "How to use the kernel configuration file to create and build a new kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15624
msgid "How to install the new kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15628
msgid "How to troubleshoot if things go wrong."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15632
msgid "All of the commands listed in the examples in this chapter should be executed as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:15637
msgid "Why Build a Custom Kernel?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15639
msgid "Traditionally, FreeBSD used a monolithic kernel. The kernel was one large program, supported a fixed list of devices, and in order to change the kernel's behavior, one had to compile and then reboot into a new kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15644
msgid "Today, most of the functionality in the FreeBSD kernel is contained in modules which can be dynamically loaded and unloaded from the kernel as necessary. This allows the running kernel to adapt immediately to new hardware and for new functionality to be brought into the kernel. This is known as a modular kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15651
msgid "Occasionally, it is still necessary to perform static kernel configuration. Sometimes the needed functionality is so tied to the kernel that it can not be made dynamically loadable. Some security environments prevent the loading and unloading of kernel modules and require that only needed functionality is statically compiled into the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15658
msgid "Building a custom kernel is often a rite of passage for advanced BSD users. This process, while time consuming, can provide benefits to the FreeBSD system. Unlike the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel, which must support a wide range of hardware, a custom kernel can be stripped down to only provide support for that computer's hardware. This has a number of benefits, such as:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15668
msgid "Faster boot time. Since the kernel will only probe the hardware on the system, the time it takes the system to boot can decrease."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15674
msgid "Lower memory usage. A custom kernel often uses less memory than the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel by omitting unused features and device drivers. This is important because the kernel code remains resident in physical memory at all times, preventing that memory from being used by applications. For this reason, a custom kernel is useful on a system with a small amount of RAM."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:15685
msgid "Additional hardware support. A custom kernel can add support for devices which are not present in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15691
msgid "Before building a custom kernel, consider the reason for doing so. If there is a need for specific hardware support, it may already exist as a module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15695
msgid "Kernel modules exist in <filename>/boot/kernel</filename> and may be dynamically loaded into the running kernel using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Most kernel drivers have a loadable module and manual page. For example, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ath</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> wireless Ethernet driver has the following information in its manual page:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15701
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Alternatively, to load the driver as a module at boot time, place the\n"
"following line in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>:\n"
"\n"
"    if_ath_load=\"YES\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15706
msgid "Adding <literal>if_ath_load=\"YES\"</literal> to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> will load this module dynamically at boot time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15710
msgid "In some cases, there is no associated module in <filename>/boot/kernel</filename>. This is mostly true for certain subsystems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:15727
msgid "Finding the System Hardware"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15729
msgid "Before editing the kernel configuration file, it is recommended to perform an inventory of the machine's hardware. On a dual-boot system, the inventory can be created from the other operating system. For example, <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark>'s <application>Device Manager</application> contains information about installed devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:15737
msgid "Some versions of <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> have a <application>System</application> icon which can be used to access <application>Device Manager</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15742
msgid "If FreeBSD is the only installed operating system, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to determine the hardware that was found and listed during the boot probe. Most device drivers on FreeBSD have a manual page which lists the hardware supported by that driver. For example, the following lines indicate that the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>psm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver found a mouse:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15749
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"psm0: &lt;PS/2 Mouse&gt; irq 12 on atkbdc0\n"
"psm0: [GIANT-LOCKED]\n"
"psm0: [ITHREAD]\n"
"psm0: model Generic PS/2 mouse, device ID 0"
msgstr ""
"psm0: &lt;PS/2 Mouse&gt; irq 12 on atkbdc0\n"
"psm0: [GIANT-LOCKED]\n"
"psm0: [ITHREAD]\n"
"psm0: model Generic PS/2 mouse, device ID 0"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15754
msgid "Since this hardware exists, this driver should not be removed from a custom kernel configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15757
msgid "If the output of <command>dmesg</command> does not display the results of the boot probe output, instead read the contents of <filename>/var/run/dmesg.boot</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15761
msgid "Another tool for finding hardware is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pciconf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, which provides more verbose output. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15764
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>pciconf -lv</userinput>\n"
"ath0@pci0:3:0:0:        class=0x020000 card=0x058a1014 chip=0x1014168c rev=0x01 hdr=0x00\n"
"    vendor     = 'Atheros Communications Inc.'\n"
"    device     = 'AR5212 Atheros AR5212 802.11abg wireless'\n"
"    class      = network\n"
"    subclass   = ethernet"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>pciconf -lv</userinput>\n"
"ath0@pci0:3:0:0:        class=0x020000 card=0x058a1014 chip=0x1014168c rev=0x01 hdr=0x00\n"
"    vendor     = 'Atheros Communications Inc.'\n"
"    device     = 'AR5212 Atheros AR5212 802.11abg wireless'\n"
"    class      = network\n"
"    subclass   = ethernet"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15771
msgid "This output shows that the <filename>ath</filename> driver located a wireless Ethernet device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15774
msgid "The <option>-k</option> flag of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used to provide useful information. For example, it can be used to display a list of manual pages which contain a particular device brand or name:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15779
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>man -k <replaceable>Atheros</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>man -k <replaceable>Atheros</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15781
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ath(4)                   - Atheros IEEE 802.11 wireless network driver\n"
"ath_hal(4)               - Atheros Hardware Access Layer (HAL)"
msgstr ""
"ath(4)                   - Atheros IEEE 802.11 wireless network driver\n"
"ath_hal(4)               - Atheros Hardware Access Layer (HAL)"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15784
msgid "Once the hardware inventory list is created, refer to it to ensure that drivers for installed hardware are not removed as the custom kernel configuration is edited."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:15801 book.translate.xml:44320
msgid "The Configuration File"
msgstr "Het configuratiebestand"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15803
msgid "In order to create a custom kernel configuration file and build a custom kernel, the full FreeBSD source tree must first be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15807
msgid "If <filename>/usr/src/</filename> does not exist or it is empty, source has not been installed. Source can be installed using <application>Subversion</application> and the instructions in <xref linkend=\"svn\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15812
msgid "Once source is installed, review the contents of <filename>/usr/src/sys</filename>. This directory contains a number of subdirectories, including those which represent the following supported architectures: <filename>amd64</filename>, <filename>i386</filename>, <filename>ia64</filename>, <filename>pc98</filename>, <filename>powerpc</filename>, and <filename>sparc64</filename>. Everything inside a particular architecture's directory deals with that architecture only and the rest of the code is machine independent code common to all platforms. Each supported architecture has a <filename>conf</filename> subdirectory which contains the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel configuration file for that architecture."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15826
msgid "Do not make edits to <filename>GENERIC</filename>. Instead, copy the file to a different name and make edits to the copy. The convention is to use a name with all capital letters. When maintaining multiple FreeBSD machines with different hardware, it is a good idea to name it after the machine's hostname. This example creates a copy, named <filename>MYKERNEL</filename>, of the <filename>GENERIC</filename> configuration file for the <literal>amd64</literal> architecture:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15835
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/<replaceable>amd64</replaceable>/conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp GENERIC <replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/<replaceable>amd64</replaceable>/conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp GENERIC <replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15838
msgid "<filename><replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></filename> can now be customized with any <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text editor. The default editor is <application>vi</application>, though an easier editor for beginners, called <application>ee</application>, is also installed with FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15845
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>NOTES</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>NOTES</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15849
msgid "<primary>NOTES</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>NOTES</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:15850
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>configuration file</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>configuration file</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15855
msgid "The format of the kernel configuration file is simple. Each line contains a keyword that represents a device or subsystem, an argument, and a brief description. Any text after a <literal>#</literal> is considered a comment and ignored. To remove kernel support for a device or subsystem, put a <literal>#</literal> at the beginning of the line representing that device or subsystem. Do not add or remove a <literal>#</literal> for any line that you do not understand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:15866
msgid "It is easy to remove support for a device or option and end up with a broken kernel. For example, if the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ata</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver is removed from the kernel configuration file, a system using <acronym>ATA</acronym> disk drivers may not boot. When in doubt, just leave support in the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15873
msgid "In addition to the brief descriptions provided in this file, additional descriptions are contained in <filename>NOTES</filename>, which can be found in the same directory as <filename>GENERIC</filename> for that architecture. For architecture independent options, refer to <filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:15881
msgid "When finished customizing the kernel configuration file, save a backup copy to a location outside of <filename>/usr/src</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:15885
msgid "Alternately, keep the kernel configuration file elsewhere and create a symbolic link to the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15888
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /root/kernels</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp GENERIC /root/kernels/MYKERNEL</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /root/kernels/MYKERNEL</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/amd64/conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir /root/kernels</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp GENERIC /root/kernels/MYKERNEL</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ln -s /root/kernels/MYKERNEL</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15894
msgid "An <literal>include</literal> directive is available for use in configuration files. This allows another configuration file to be included in the current one, making it easy to maintain small changes relative to an existing file. If only a small number of additional options or drivers are required, this allows a delta to be maintained with respect to <filename>GENERIC</filename>, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:15902
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"include GENERIC\n"
"ident MYKERNEL\n"
"\n"
"options         IPFIREWALL\n"
"options         DUMMYNET\n"
"options         IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT\n"
"options         IPDIVERT"
msgstr ""
"include GENERIC\n"
"ident MYKERNEL\n"
"\n"
"options         IPFIREWALL\n"
"options         DUMMYNET\n"
"options         IPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT\n"
"options         IPDIVERT"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:15910
msgid "Using this method, the local configuration file expresses local differences from a <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel. As upgrades are performed, new features added to <filename>GENERIC</filename> will also be added to the local kernel unless they are specifically prevented using <literal>nooptions</literal> or <literal>nodevice</literal>. A comprehensive list of configuration directives and their descriptions may be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:15920
msgid "To build a file which contains all available options, run the following command as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:15923
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</replaceable>/conf &amp;&amp; make LINT</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</replaceable>/conf &amp;&amp; make LINT</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:16739
msgid "Building and Installing a Custom Kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16741
msgid "Once the edits to the custom configuration file have been saved, the source code for the kernel can be compiled using the following steps:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:16746
msgid "Building a Kernel"
msgstr "Een Kernel bouwen"

#. (itstool) path: procedure/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:16748
msgid "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>building / installing</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>kernel</primary> <secondary>building / installing</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16754
msgid "Change to this directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16756
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/src</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16760
msgid "Compile the new kernel by specifying the name of the custom kernel configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16763
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildkernel KERNCONF=<replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make buildkernel KERNCONF=<replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16767
msgid "Install the new kernel associated with the specified kernel configuration file. This command will copy the new kernel to <filename>/boot/kernel/kernel</filename> and save the old kernel to <filename>/boot/kernel.old/kernel</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16773
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installkernel KERNCONF=<replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make installkernel KERNCONF=<replaceable>MYKERNEL</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16777
msgid "Shutdown the system and reboot into the new kernel. If something goes wrong, refer to <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig-noboot\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16782
msgid "By default, when a custom kernel is compiled, all kernel modules are rebuilt. To update a kernel faster or to build only custom modules, edit <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename> before starting to build the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16787
msgid "For example, this variable specifies the list of modules to build instead of using the default of building all modules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16791
#, no-wrap
msgid "MODULES_OVERRIDE = linux acpi"
msgstr "MODULES_OVERRIDE = linux acpi"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16793
msgid "Alternately, this variable lists which modules to exclude from the build process:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16796
#, no-wrap
msgid "WITHOUT_MODULES = linux acpi sound"
msgstr "WITHOUT_MODULES = linux acpi sound"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16798
msgid "Additional variables are available. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:16801
msgid "<primary><filename>/boot/kernel.old</filename></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><filename>/boot/kernel.old</filename></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:16807
msgid "If Something Goes Wrong"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16809
msgid "There are four categories of trouble that can occur when building a custom kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16814
msgid "<command>config</command> fails"
msgstr "<command>config</command> fails"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16817
msgid "If <command>config</command> fails, it will print the line number that is incorrect. As an example, for the following message, make sure that line 17 is typed correctly by comparing it to <filename>GENERIC</filename> or <filename>NOTES</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16823
#, no-wrap
msgid "config: line 17: syntax error"
msgstr "config: line 17: syntax error"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16828
msgid "<command>make</command> fails"
msgstr "<command>make</command> fails"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16831
msgid "If <command>make</command> fails, it is usually due to an error in the kernel configuration file which is not severe enough for <command>config</command> to catch. Review the configuration, and if the problem is not apparent, send an email to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD general questions mailing list</link> which contains the kernel configuration file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16841
msgid "The kernel does not boot"
msgstr "De kernel start niet"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16844
msgid "If the new kernel does not boot or fails to recognize devices, do not panic! Fortunately, FreeBSD has an excellent mechanism for recovering from incompatible kernels. Simply choose the kernel to boot from at the FreeBSD boot loader. This can be accessed when the system boot menu appears by selecting the <quote>Escape to a loader prompt</quote> option. At the prompt, type <command>boot <replaceable>kernel.old</replaceable></command>, or the name of any other kernel that is known to boot properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16856
msgid "After booting with a good kernel, check over the configuration file and try to build it again. One helpful resource is <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> which records the kernel messages from every successful boot. Also, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will print the kernel messages from the current boot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:16864
msgid "When troubleshooting a kernel, make sure to keep a copy of <filename>GENERIC</filename>, or some other kernel that is known to work, as a different name that will not get erased on the next build. This is important because every time a new kernel is installed, <filename>kernel.old</filename> is overwritten with the last installed kernel, which may or may not be bootable. As soon as possible, move the working kernel by renaming the directory containing the good kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16874
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /boot/kernel <replaceable>/boot/kernel.bad</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /boot/<replaceable>kernel.good</replaceable> /boot/kernel</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /boot/kernel <replaceable>/boot/kernel.bad</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mv /boot/<replaceable>kernel.good</replaceable> /boot/kernel</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:16881
msgid "The kernel works, but <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> does not"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:16884
msgid "If the kernel version differs from the one that the system utilities have been built with, for example, a kernel built from -CURRENT sources is installed on a -RELEASE system, many system status commands like <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ps</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>vmstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> will not work. To fix this, <link linkend=\"makeworld\">recompile and install a world</link> built with the same version of the source tree as the kernel. It is never a good idea to use a different version of the kernel than the rest of the operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:16909
msgid "Printing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:16912 book.translate.xml:28771
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </personname><contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Warren</firstname> <surname>Block</surname> </personname> <contrib>Origineel bijgedragen door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:16921
msgid "Putting information on paper is a vital function, despite many attempts to eliminate it. Printing has two basic components. The data must be delivered to the printer, and must be in a form that the printer can understand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:16929
msgid "Basic printing can be set up quickly. The printer must be capable of printing plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text. For printing to other types of files, see <xref linkend=\"printing-lpd-filters\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16936
msgid "Create a directory to store files while they are being printed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16939 book.translate.xml:17348
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p /var/spool/lpd/lp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chown daemon:daemon /var/spool/lpd/lp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 770 /var/spool/lpd/lp</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mkdir -p /var/spool/lpd/lp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chown daemon:daemon /var/spool/lpd/lp</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 770 /var/spool/lpd/lp</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16945
msgid "As <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, create <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr "Als <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, creëer <filename>/ etc/printcap</filename> met de volgende inhoud:"

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16949
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp:\\\n"
"\t<replaceable>:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\</replaceable>  <co xml:id=\"printing-qs-co-printcap\"/>\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""
"lp:\\\n"
"\t<replaceable>:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\</replaceable>  <co xml:id=\"printing-qs-co-printcap\"/>\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16958
msgid "This line is for a printer connected to a <acronym>USB</acronym> port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16961
msgid "For a printer connected to a parallel or <quote>printer</quote> port, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16964 book.translate.xml:17405
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=/dev/lpt0:\\"
msgstr ":lp=/dev/lpt0:\\"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16966
msgid "For a printer connected directly to a network, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16969 book.translate.xml:17414
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=:rm=<replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable>:rp=raw:\\"
msgstr ":lp=:rm=<replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable>:rp=raw:\\"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:16971
msgid "Replace <replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable> with the <acronym>DNS</acronym> host name of the network printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16980
msgid "Enable <command>lpd</command> by editing <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, adding this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:16983 book.translate.xml:17471
#, no-wrap
msgid "lpd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr "lpd_enable=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:16985 book.translate.xml:17473
msgid "Start the service:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16987
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service lpd start</userinput>\n"
"Starting lpd."
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service lpd start</userinput>\n"
"Starting lpd."

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:16992
msgid "Print a test:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:16994
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>printf \"1. This printer can print.\\n2. This is the second line.\\n\" | lpr</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>printf \"1. This printer can print.\\n2. This is the second line.\\n\" | lpr</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:16997
msgid "If both lines do not start at the left border, but <quote>stairstep</quote> instead, see <xref linkend=\"printing-lpd-filters-stairstep\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:17002
msgid "Text files can now be printed with <command>lpr</command>. Give the filename on the command line, or pipe output directly into <command>lpr</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17007
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr textfile.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -lh | lpr</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr textfile.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -lh | lpr</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17014
msgid "Printer Connections"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17016
msgid "Printers are connected to computer systems in a variety of ways. Small desktop printers are usually connected directly to a computer's <acronym>USB</acronym> port. Older printers are connected to a parallel or <quote>printer</quote> port. Some printers are directly connected to a network, making it easy for multiple computers to share them. A few printers use a rare serial port connection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17024
msgid "FreeBSD can communicate with all of these types of printers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17029 book.translate.xml:17391
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>USB</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17032
msgid "<acronym>USB</acronym> printers can be connected to any available <acronym>USB</acronym> port on the computer."
msgstr "<acronym>USB</acronym> printers can be connected to any available <acronym>USB</acronym> port on the computer."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17036
msgid "When FreeBSD detects a <acronym>USB</acronym> printer, two device entries are created: <filename>/dev/ulpt0</filename> and <filename>/dev/unlpt0</filename>. Data sent to either device will be relayed to the printer. After each print job, <filename>ulpt0</filename> resets the <acronym>USB</acronym> port. Resetting the port can cause problems with some printers, so the <filename>unlpt0</filename> device is usually used instead. <filename>unlpt0</filename> does not reset the USB port at all."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17051
msgid "Parallel (<acronym>IEEE</acronym>-1284)"
msgstr "Parallel (<acronym>IEEE</acronym>-1284)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17054
msgid "The parallel port device is <filename>/dev/lpt0</filename>. This device appears whether a printer is attached or not, it is not autodetected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17059
msgid "Vendors have largely moved away from these <quote>legacy</quote> ports, and many computers no longer have them. Adapters can be used to connect a parallel printer to a <acronym>USB</acronym> port. With such an adapter, the printer can be treated as if it were actually a <acronym>USB</acronym> printer. Devices called <emphasis>print servers</emphasis> can also be used to connect parallel printers directly to a network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17071
msgid "Serial (RS-232)"
msgstr "Serieel (RS-232)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17074
msgid "Serial ports are another legacy port, rarely used for printers except in certain niche applications. Cables, connectors, and required wiring vary widely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17078
msgid "For serial ports built into a motherboard, the serial device name is <filename>/dev/cuau0</filename> or <filename>/dev/cuau1</filename>. Serial <acronym>USB</acronym> adapters can also be used, and these will appear as <filename>/dev/cuaU<replaceable>0</replaceable></filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17085
msgid "Several communication parameters must be known to communicate with a serial printer. The most important are <emphasis>baud rate</emphasis> or <acronym>BPS</acronym> (Bits Per Second) and <emphasis>parity</emphasis>. Values vary, but typical serial printers use a baud rate of 9600 and no parity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17095 book.translate.xml:17409
msgid "Network"
msgstr "Netwerk"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17098
msgid "Network printers are connected directly to the local computer network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17101
msgid "The <acronym>DNS</acronym> hostname of the printer must be known. If the printer is assigned a dynamic address by <acronym>DHCP</acronym>, <acronym>DNS</acronym> should be dynamically updated so that the host name always has the correct <acronym>IP</acronym> address. Network printers are often given static <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses to avoid this problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17109
msgid "Most network printers understand print jobs sent with the <acronym>LPD</acronym> protocol. A print queue name can also be specified. Some printers process data differently depending on which queue is used. For example, a <literal>raw</literal> queue prints the data unchanged, while the <literal>text</literal> queue adds carriage returns to plain text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17117
msgid "Many network printers can also print data sent directly to port 9100."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17126
msgid "Wired network connections are usually the easiest to set up and give the fastest printing. For direct connection to the computer, <acronym>USB</acronym> is preferred for speed and simplicity. Parallel connections work but have limitations on cable length and speed. Serial connections are more difficult to configure. Cable wiring differs between models, and communication parameters like baud rate and parity bits must add to the complexity. Fortunately, serial printers are rare."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17139
msgid "Common Page Description Languages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17141
msgid "Data sent to a printer must be in a language that the printer can understand. These languages are called Page Description Languages, or <acronym>PDL</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17147
msgid "<acronym>ASCII</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17150
msgid "Plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text is the simplest way to send data to a printer. Characters correspond one to one with what will be printed: an <literal>A</literal> in the data prints an <literal>A</literal> on the page. Very little formatting is available. There is no way to select a font or proportional spacing. The forced simplicity of plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> means that text can be printed straight from the computer with little or no encoding or translation. The printed output corresponds directly with what was sent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17161
msgid "Some inexpensive printers cannot print plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text. This makes them more difficult to set up, but it is usually still possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17169
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>"
msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17172
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> is almost the opposite of <acronym>ASCII</acronym>. Rather than simple text, a <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> program is a set of instructions that draw the final document. Different fonts and graphics can be used. However, this power comes at a price. The program that draws the page must be written. Usually this program is generated by application software, so the process is invisible to the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17181
msgid "Inexpensive printers sometimes leave out <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> compatibility as a cost-saving measure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17187
msgid "<acronym>PCL</acronym> (Printer Command Language)"
msgstr "<acronym>PCL</acronym> (Printer Command Language)"

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17190
msgid "<acronym>PCL</acronym> is an extension of <acronym>ASCII</acronym>, adding escape sequences for formatting, font selection, and printing graphics. Many printers provide <acronym>PCL5</acronym> support. Some support the newer <acronym>PCL6</acronym> or <acronym>PCLXL</acronym>. These later versions are supersets of <acronym>PCL5</acronym> and can provide faster printing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:17202
msgid "Host-Based"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17205
msgid "Manufacturers can reduce the cost of a printer by giving it a simple processor and very little memory. These printers are not capable of printing plain text. Instead, bitmaps of text and graphics are drawn by a driver on the host computer and then sent to the printer. These are called <emphasis>host-based</emphasis> printers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:17213
msgid "Communication between the driver and a host-based printer is often through proprietary or undocumented protocols, making them functional only on the most common operating systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17222
msgid "Converting <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> to Other <acronym>PDL</acronym>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17225
msgid "Many applications from the Ports Collection and FreeBSD utilities produce <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> output. This table shows the utilities available to convert that into other common <acronym>PDL</acronym>s:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:17231
msgid "Output <acronym>PDL</acronym>s"
msgstr "Uitvoer <acronym>PDL</acronym>s"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17236
msgid "Output <acronym>PDL</acronym>"
msgstr "Uitvoer <acronym>PDL</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17238
msgid "Generated By"
msgstr "Gegenereerd door"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17245
msgid "<acronym>PCL</acronym> or <acronym>PCL5</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>PCL-</acronym> of <acronym>PCL5</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17247 book.translate.xml:17255 book.translate.xml:17263
msgid "<package role=\"port\">print/ghostscript9</package>"
msgstr "<package role=\"port\">print/ghostscript9</package>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17248
msgid "<literal>-sDEVICE=ljet4</literal> for monochrome, <literal>-sDEVICE=cljet5</literal> for color"
msgstr "<literal>- sDEVICE = ljet4</literal> voor zwart/wit, <literal>- sDEVICE = cljet5</literal> voor kleur"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17253
msgid "<acronym>PCLXL</acronym> or <acronym>PCL6</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>PCLXL</acronym> of <acronym>PCL6</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17256
msgid "<literal>-sDEVICE=pxlmono</literal> for monochrome, <literal>-sDEVICE=pxlcolor</literal> for color"
msgstr "<literal>- sDEVICE = pxlmono</literal> voor zwart/wit, <literal>- sDEVICE = pxlcolor</literal> voor kleur"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17262
msgid "<acronym>ESC/P2</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>ESC/P2</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17264
msgid "<literal>-sDEVICE=uniprint</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>-sDEVICE=uniprint</literal>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17268
msgid "<acronym>XQX</acronym>"
msgstr "<acronym>XQX</acronym>"

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17269
msgid "<package role=\"port\">print/foo2zjs</package>"
msgstr "<package role=\"port\">print/foo2zjs</package>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17280
msgid "For the easiest printing, choose a printer that supports <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>. Printers that support <acronym>PCL</acronym> are the next preferred. With <package role=\"port\">print/ghostscript</package>, these printers can be used as if they understood <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> natively. Printers that support <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> or <acronym>PCL</acronym> directly almost always support direct printing of plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text files also."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17290
msgid "Line-based printers like typical inkjets usually do not support <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> or <acronym>PCL</acronym>. They often can print plain <acronym>ASCII</acronym> text files. <package role=\"port\">print/ghostscript</package> supports the <acronym>PDL</acronym>s used by some of these printers. However, printing an entire graphic-based page on these printers is often very slow due to the large amount of data to be transferred and printed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17299
msgid "Host-based printers are often more difficult to set up. Some cannot be used at all because of proprietary <acronym>PDL</acronym>s. Avoid these printers when possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17304
msgid "Descriptions of many <acronym>PDL</acronym>s can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.undocprint.org/formats/page_description_languages\"/>. The particular <acronym>PDL</acronym> used by various models of printers can be found at <link xlink:href=\"http://www.openprinting.org/printers\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17312
msgid "Direct Printing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17314
msgid "For occasional printing, files can be sent directly to a printer device without any setup. For example, a file called <filename>sample.txt</filename> can be sent to a <acronym>USB</acronym> printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17319
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp sample.txt /dev/unlpt0</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cp sample.txt /dev/unlpt0</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17321
msgid "Direct printing to network printers depends on the abilities of the printer, but most accept print jobs on port 9100, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be used with them. To print the same file to a printer with the <acronym>DNS</acronym> hostname of <replaceable>netlaser</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17327
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nc <replaceable>netlaser</replaceable> 9100 &lt; sample.txt</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>nc <replaceable>netlaser</replaceable> 9100 &lt; sample.txt</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17331
msgid "<acronym>LPD</acronym> (Line Printer Daemon)"
msgstr "<acronym>LPD</acronym> (Line Printer Daemon)"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17333
msgid "Printing a file in the background is called <emphasis>spooling</emphasis>. A spooler allows the user to continue with other programs on the computer without waiting for the printer to slowly complete the print job."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17338
msgid "FreeBSD includes a spooler called <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Print jobs are submitted with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr "FreeBSD bevat een spooler <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>genoemd. Afdruktaken worden ingediend met <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle>-<manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17342 book.translate.xml:28860
msgid "Initial Setup"
msgstr "Initiële setup"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17344
msgid "A directory for storing print jobs is created, ownership is set, and the permissions are set to prevent other users from viewing the contents of those files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17352
msgid "Printers are defined in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>. An entry for each printer includes details like a name, the port where it is attached, and various other settings. Create <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17358
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp:\\\t\t\t\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-name\"/>\n"
"\t:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-device\"/>\n"
"\t:sh:\\\t\t\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-header\"/>\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\t\t\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-mx\"/>\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-sd\"/>\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-lf\"/>"
msgstr ""
"lp:\\\t\t\t\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-name\"/>\n"
"\t:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-device\"/>\n"
"\t:sh:\\\t\t\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-header\"/>\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\t\t\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-mx\"/>\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-sd\"/>\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\t<co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-co-lf\"/>"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17367
msgid "The name of this printer. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> sends print jobs to the <literal>lp</literal> printer unless another printer is specified with <option>-P</option>, so the default printer should be named <literal>lp</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17375
msgid "The device where the printer is connected. Replace this line with the appropriate one for the connection type shown here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17383
msgid "Connection Type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17384
msgid "Device Entry in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17392
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\"
msgstr ":lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\"

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17394
msgid "This is the <emphasis>non-resetting</emphasis> <acronym>USB</acronym> printer device. If problems are experienced, use <filename>ulpt0</filename> instead, which resets the <acronym>USB</acronym> port on each use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17404
msgid "Parallel"
msgstr "Parallel"

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17411
msgid "For a printer supporting the <acronym>LPD</acronym> protocol:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17416
msgid "For printers supporting port 9100 printing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17419
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=9100@<replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable>:\\"
msgstr ":lp=9100@<replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable>:\\"

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17421
msgid "For both types, replace <replaceable>network-printer-name</replaceable> with the <acronym>DNS</acronym> host name of the network printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:17428
msgid "Serial"
msgstr "Serieel"

#. (itstool) path: entry/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17429
#, no-wrap
msgid ":lp=/dev/cuau0:br=9600:pa=none:\\"
msgstr ":lp=/dev/cuau0:br=9600:pa=none:\\"

#. (itstool) path: entry/para
#: book.translate.xml:17431
msgid "These values are for a typical serial printer connected to a motherboard serial port. The baud rate is 9600, and no parity is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17442
msgid "Suppress the printing of a header page at the start of a print job."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17447
msgid "Do not limit the maximum size of a print job."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17451
msgid "The path to the spooling directory for this printer. Each printer uses its own spooling directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17456
msgid "The log file where errors on this printer will be reported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17461
msgid "After creating <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>chkprintcap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to test it for errors:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17464
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chkprintcap</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chkprintcap</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17466
msgid "Fix any reported problems before continuing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17468
msgid "Enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17475
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service lpd start</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service lpd start</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17479
msgid "Printing with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17481
msgid "Documents are sent to the printer with <command>lpr</command>. A file to be printed can be named on the command line or piped into <command>lpr</command>. These two commands are equivalent, sending the contents of <filename>doc.txt</filename> to the default printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17487
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr doc.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cat doc.txt | lpr</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr doc.txt</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cat doc.txt | lpr</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17490
msgid "Printers can be selected with <option>-P</option>. To print to a printer called <replaceable>laser</replaceable>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17494
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr -Plaser doc.txt</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr -Plaser doc.txt</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17498
msgid "Filters"
msgstr "Filters"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17500
msgid "The examples shown so far have sent the contents of a text file directly to the printer. As long as the printer understands the content of those files, output will be printed correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17505
msgid "Some printers are not capable of printing plain text, and the input file might not even be plain text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17508
msgid "<emphasis>Filters</emphasis> allow files to be translated or processed. The typical use is to translate one type of input, like plain text, into a form that the printer can understand, like <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> or <acronym>PCL</acronym>. Filters can also be used to provide additional features, like adding page numbers or highlighting source code to make it easier to read."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17516
msgid "The filters discussed here are <emphasis>input filters</emphasis> or <emphasis>text filters</emphasis>. These filters convert the incoming file into different forms. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to become <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> before creating the files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17523
msgid "Filters are specified in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> with the <literal>if=</literal> identifier. To use <filename>/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf</filename> as a filter, modify <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17529
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"lp:\\\n"
"\t:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\n"
"\t:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\   <co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-filters-co-if\"/>\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""
"lp:\\\n"
"\t:lp=/dev/unlpt0:\\\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:\\\n"
"\t:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\   <co xml:id=\"printing-lpd-filters-co-if\"/>\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:17539
msgid "<literal>if=</literal> identifies the <emphasis>input filter</emphasis> that will be used on incoming text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:17546
msgid "The backslash <emphasis>line continuation</emphasis> characters at the end of the lines in <filename>printcap</filename> entries reveal that an entry for a printer is really just one long line with entries delimited by colon characters. An earlier example can be rewritten as a single less-readable line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17553
#, no-wrap
msgid "lp:lp=/dev/unlpt0:sh:mx#0:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr "lp:lp=/dev/unlpt0:sh:mx#0:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17557
msgid "Preventing Stairstepping on Plain Text Printers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17559
msgid "Typical FreeBSD text files contain only a single line feed character at the end of each line. These lines will <quote>stairstep</quote> on a standard printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17563
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"A printed file looks\n"
"                    like the steps of a staircase\n"
"                                                 scattered by the wind"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17567
msgid "A filter can convert the newline characters into carriage returns and newlines. The carriage returns make the printer return to the left after each line. Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17573
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"CR=$'\\r'\n"
"/usr/bin/sed -e \"s/$/${CR}/g\""
msgstr ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"CR=$'\\r'\n"
"/usr/bin/sed -e \"s/$/${CR}/g\""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17577 book.translate.xml:17612 book.translate.xml:17644
#: book.translate.xml:17698
msgid "Set the permissions and make it executable:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17579
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17581 book.translate.xml:17616
msgid "Modify <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> to use the new filter:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17584
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\"
msgstr ":if=/usr/local/libexec/lf2crlf:\\"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17586
msgid "Test the filter by printing the same plain text file. The carriage returns will cause each line to start at the left side of the page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17592
msgid "Fancy Plain Text on <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> Printers with <package>print/enscript</package>"
msgstr "Fancy platte tekst op <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript-</trademark> Printers met <package>print/enscript</package>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17595
msgid "<acronym>GNU</acronym> <application>Enscript</application> converts plain text files into nicely-formatted <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> for printing on <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> printers. It adds page numbers, wraps long lines, and provides numerous other features to make printed text files easier to read. Depending on the local paper size, install either <package role=\"port\">print/enscript-letter</package> or <package role=\"port\">print/enscript-a4</package> from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17606
msgid "Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/enscript</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr "Maak <filename>/usr/local/libexec/enscript</filename> met deze inhoud:"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17609
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"/usr/local/bin/enscript -o -"
msgstr ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"/usr/local/bin/enscript -o -"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17614
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/enscript</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/enscript</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17619
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\"
msgstr ":if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17621
msgid "Test the filter by printing a plain text file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17625
msgid "Printing <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> to <acronym>PCL</acronym> Printers"
msgstr "Het afdrukken van <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> op <acronym>PCL-</acronym> Printers"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17628
msgid "Many programs produce <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> documents. However, inexpensive printers often only understand plain text or <acronym>PCL</acronym>. This filter converts <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> files to <acronym>PCL</acronym> before sending them to the printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17634
msgid "Install the Ghostscript <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> interpreter, <package role=\"port\">print/ghostscript9</package>, from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17638
msgid "Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr "Maak <filename>/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl</filename> met deze inhoud:"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17641
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"/usr/local/bin/gs -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE -dBATCH -q -sDEVICE=ljet4 -sOutputFile=- -"
msgstr ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"/usr/local/bin/gs -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE -dBATCH -q -sDEVICE=ljet4 -sOutputFile=- -"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17646
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17648
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> input sent to this script will be rendered and converted to <acronym>PCL</acronym> before being sent on to the printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17652 book.translate.xml:17702
msgid "Modify <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> to use this new input filter:"
msgstr "Wijzig <filename>printcap/etc/printcap</filename> voor het gebruik van deze nieuwe invoerfilter:"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17655
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl:\\"
msgstr ":if=/usr/local/libexec/ps2pcl:\\"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17657
msgid "Test the filter by sending a small <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> program to it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17660
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>printf \"%%\\!PS \\n /Helvetica findfont 18 scalefont setfont \\\n"
"72 432 moveto (PostScript printing successful.) show showpage \\004\" | lpr</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>printf \"%%\\!PS \\n /Helvetica findfont 18 scalefont setfont \\\n"
"72 432 moveto (PostScript printing successful.) show showpage \\004\" | lpr</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17665
msgid "Smart Filters"
msgstr "Slimme Filters"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17667
msgid "A filter that detects the type of input and automatically converts it to the correct format for the printer can be very convenient. The first two characters of a <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> file are usually <literal>%!</literal>. A filter can detect those two characters. <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> files can be sent on to a <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> printer unchanged. Text files can be converted to <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> with <application>Enscript</application> as shown earlier. Create <filename>/usr/local/libexec/psif</filename> with these contents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17678
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"#\n"
"#  psif - Print PostScript or plain text on a PostScript printer\n"
"#\n"
"IFS=\"\" read -r first_line\n"
"first_two_chars=`expr \"$first_line\" : '\\(..\\)'`\n"
"\n"
"case \"$first_two_chars\" in\n"
"%!)\n"
"    # %! : PostScript job, print it.\n"
"    echo \"$first_line\" &amp;&amp; cat &amp;&amp; exit 0\n"
"    exit 2\n"
"    ;;\n"
"*)\n"
"    # otherwise, format with enscript\n"
"    ( echo \"$first_line\"; cat ) | /usr/local/bin/enscript -o - &amp;&amp; exit 0\n"
"    exit 2\n"
"    ;;\n"
"esac"
msgstr ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"#\n"
"#  psif - Print PostScript or plain text on a PostScript printer\n"
"#\n"
"IFS=\"\" read -r first_line\n"
"first_two_chars=`expr \"$first_line\" : '\\(..\\)'`\n"
"\n"
"case \"$first_two_chars\" in\n"
"%!)\n"
"    # %! : PostScript job, print it.\n"
"    echo \"$first_line\" &amp;&amp; cat &amp;&amp; exit 0\n"
"    exit 2\n"
"    ;;\n"
"*)\n"
"    # otherwise, format with enscript\n"
"    ( echo \"$first_line\"; cat ) | /usr/local/bin/enscript -o - &amp;&amp; exit 0\n"
"    exit 2\n"
"    ;;\n"
"esac"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17700
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/psif</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 555 /usr/local/libexec/psif</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17705
#, no-wrap
msgid ":if=/usr/local/libexec/psif:\\"
msgstr ":if=/usr/local/libexec/psif:\\"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17707
msgid "Test the filter by printing <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> and plain text files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17712
msgid "Other Smart Filters"
msgstr "Andere slimme filters"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17714
msgid "Writing a filter that detects many different types of input and formats them correctly is challenging. <package role=\"port\">print/apsfilter</package> from the Ports Collection is a smart <quote>magic</quote> filter that detects dozens of file types and automatically converts them to the <acronym>PDL</acronym> understood by the printer. See <link xlink:href=\"http://www.apsfilter.org\"/> for more details."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17726
msgid "Multiple Queues"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17728
msgid "The entries in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> are really definitions of <emphasis>queues</emphasis>. There can be more than one queue for a single printer. When combined with filters, multiple queues provide users more control over how their jobs are printed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17734
msgid "As an example, consider a networked <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> laser printer in an office. Most users want to print plain text, but a few advanced users want to be able to print <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> files directly. Two entries can be created for the same printer in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17740
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"textprinter:\\\n"
"\t:lp=9100@officelaser:\\\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/textprinter:\\\n"
"\t:if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n"
"\n"
"psprinter:\\\n"
"\t:lp=9100@officelaser:\\\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/psprinter:\\\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"
msgstr ""
"textprinter:\\\n"
"\t:lp=9100@officelaser:\\\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/textprinter:\\\n"
"\t:if=/usr/local/libexec/enscript:\\\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:\n"
"\n"
"psprinter:\\\n"
"\t:lp=9100@officelaser:\\\n"
"\t:sh:\\\n"
"\t:mx#0:\\\n"
"\t:sd=/var/spool/lpd/psprinter:\\\n"
"\t:lf=/var/log/lpd-errs:"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17755
msgid "Documents sent to <literal>textprinter</literal> will be formatted by the <filename>/usr/local/libexec/enscript</filename> filter shown in an earlier example. Advanced users can print <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> files on <literal>psprinter</literal>, where no filtering is done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17762
msgid "This multiple queue technique can be used to provide direct access to all kinds of printer features. A printer with a duplexer could use two queues, one for ordinary single-sided printing, and one with a filter that sends the command sequence to enable double-sided printing and then sends the incoming file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17771
msgid "Monitoring and Controlling Printing"
msgstr "Toezicht en controle op afdrukken"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17773
msgid "Several utilities are available to monitor print jobs and check and control printer operation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17777
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17779
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> shows the status of a user's print jobs. Print jobs from other users are not shown."
msgstr "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> toont de status van de afdruktaken van een gebruiker. Afdruktaken van andere gebruikers worden niet weergegeven."

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17782
msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on a single printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17785
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpq -P<replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     0    (standard input)                      12792 bytes"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpq -P<replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     0    (standard input)                      12792 bytes"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17789
msgid "Show the current user's pending jobs on all printers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17792
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpq -a</userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     1    (standard input)                      27320 bytes\n"
"\n"
"laser:\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     287  (standard input)                      22443 bytes"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpq -a</userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     1    (standard input)                      27320 bytes\n"
"\n"
"laser:\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     287  (standard input)                      22443 bytes"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17803
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lprm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lprm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17805
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lprm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to remove print jobs. Normal users are only allowed to remove their own jobs. <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> can remove any or all jobs."
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lprm</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> wordt gebruikt om afdruktaken te verwijderen. Normale gebruikers zijn alleen toegestaan om hun eigen opdracht te verwijderen. <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> kan elke opdracht verwijderen."

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17810
msgid "Remove all pending jobs from a printer:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17812
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lprm -P<replaceable>lp</replaceable> -</userinput>\n"
"dfA002smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA002smithy dequeued\n"
"dfA003smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA003smithy dequeued\n"
"dfA004smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA004smithy dequeued"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lprm -P<replaceable>lp</replaceable> -</userinput>\n"
"dfA002smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA002smithy dequeued\n"
"dfA003smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA003smithy dequeued\n"
"dfA004smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA004smithy dequeued"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17820
msgid "Remove a single job from a printer. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to find the job number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17823
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpq</userinput>\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     5    (standard input)                      12188 bytes\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lprm -P<replaceable>lp</replaceable> <replaceable>5</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"dfA005smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA005smithy dequeued"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpq</userinput>\n"
"Rank   Owner      Job  Files                                 Total Size\n"
"1st    jsmith     5    (standard input)                      12188 bytes\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lprm -P<replaceable>lp</replaceable> <replaceable>5</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"dfA005smithy dequeued\n"
"cfA005smithy dequeued"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17832
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17834
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to check and modify printer status. <literal>lpc</literal> is followed by a command and an optional printer name. <literal>all</literal> can be used instead of a specific printer name, and the command will be applied to all printers. Normal users can view status with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Only <systemitem> class=\"username\"&gt;root</systemitem> can use commands which modify printer status."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17843
msgid "Show the status of all printers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17845
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpc status all</userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tqueuing is enabled\n"
"\tprinting is enabled\n"
"\t1 entry in spool area\n"
"\tprinter idle\n"
"laser:\n"
"\tqueuing is enabled\n"
"\tprinting is enabled\n"
"\t1 entry in spool area\n"
"\twaiting for laser to come up"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpc status all</userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tqueuing is enabled\n"
"\tprinting is enabled\n"
"\t1 entry in spool area\n"
"\tprinter idle\n"
"laser:\n"
"\tqueuing is enabled\n"
"\tprinting is enabled\n"
"\t1 entry in spool area\n"
"\twaiting for laser to come up"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17857
msgid "Prevent a printer from accepting new jobs, then begin accepting new jobs again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17860
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc disable <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tqueuing disabled\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc enable <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tqueuing enabled"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc disable <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tqueuing disabled\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc enable <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tqueuing enabled"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17867
msgid "Stop printing, but continue to accept new jobs. Then begin printing again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17870
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc stop <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinting disabled\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc start <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinting enabled\n"
"\tdaemon started"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc stop <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinting disabled\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc start <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinting enabled\n"
"\tdaemon started"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17878
msgid "Restart a printer after some error condition:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17880
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc restart <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tno daemon to abort\n"
"\tprinting enabled\n"
"\tdaemon restarted"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc restart <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tno daemon to abort\n"
"\tprinting enabled\n"
"\tdaemon restarted"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17886
msgid "Turn the print queue off and disable printing, with a message to explain the problem to users:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17889
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc down <replaceable>lp</replaceable> Repair parts will arrive on Monday</userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinter and queuing disabled\n"
"\tstatus message is now: Repair parts will arrive on Monday"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc down <replaceable>lp</replaceable> Repair parts will arrive on Monday</userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinter and queuing disabled\n"
"\tstatus message is now: Repair parts will arrive on Monday"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17894
msgid "Re-enable a printer that is down:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17896
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc up <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinting enabled\n"
"\tdaemon started"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>lpc up <replaceable>lp</replaceable></userinput>\n"
"lp:\n"
"\tprinting enabled\n"
"\tdaemon started"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17901
msgid "See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more commands and options."
msgstr "Zie <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> voor meer opdrachten en opties."

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17906
msgid "Shared Printers"
msgstr "Gedeelde Printers"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17908
msgid "Printers are often shared by multiple users in businesses and schools. Additional features are provided to make sharing printers more convenient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17913
msgid "Aliases"
msgstr "Aliassen"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17915
msgid "The printer name is set in the first line of the entry in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>. Additional names, or <emphasis>aliases</emphasis>, can be added after that name. Aliases are separated from the name and each other by vertical bars:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:17921
#, no-wrap
msgid "lp|<replaceable>repairsprinter</replaceable>|<replaceable>salesprinter</replaceable>:\\"
msgstr "lp|<replaceable>repairsprinter</replaceable>|<replaceable>salesprinter</replaceable>:\\"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17923
msgid "Aliases can be used in place of the printer name. For example, users in the Sales department print to their printer with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17927
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr -P<replaceable>salesprinter</replaceable> <replaceable>sales-report.txt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr -P<replaceable>salesprinter</replaceable> <replaceable>sales-report.txt</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17929
msgid "Users in the Repairs department print to <emphasis>their</emphasis> printer with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:17932
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr -P<replaceable>repairsprinter</replaceable> <replaceable>repairs-report.txt</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>lpr -P<replaceable>repairsprinter</replaceable> <replaceable>repairs-report.txt</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17934
msgid "All of the documents print on that single printer. When the Sales department grows enough to need their own printer, the alias can be removed from the shared printer entry and used as the name of a new printer. Users in both departments continue to use the same commands, but the Sales documents are sent to the new printer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:17943
msgid "Header Pages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17945
msgid "It can be difficult for users to locate their documents in the stack of pages produced by a busy shared printer. <emphasis>Header pages</emphasis> were created to solve this problem. A header page with the user name and document name is printed before each print job. These pages are also sometimes called <emphasis>banner</emphasis> or <emphasis>separator</emphasis> pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17953
msgid "Enabling header pages differs depending on whether the printer is connected directly to the computer with a <acronym>USB</acronym>, parallel, or serial cable, or is connected remotely over a network."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17958
msgid "Header pages on directly-connected printers are enabled by removing the <literal>:sh:\\</literal> (Suppress Header) line from the entry in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>. These header pages only use line feed characters for new lines. Some printers will need the <filename>/usr/share/examples/printing/hpif</filename> filter to prevent stairstepped text. The filter configures <acronym>PCL</acronym> printers to print both carriage returns and line feeds when a line feed is received."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:17968
msgid "Header pages for network printers must be configured on the printer itself. Header page entries in <filename>/etc/printcap</filename> are ignored. Settings are usually available from the printer front panel or a configuration web page accessible with a web browser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:17979 book.translate.xml:22790
msgid "References"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17981
msgid "Example files: <filename role=\"directory\">/usr/share/examples/printing/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17983
msgid "The <emphasis>4.3BSD Line Printer Spooler Manual</emphasis>, <filename>/usr/share/doc/smm/07.lpd/paper.ascii.gz</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:17987
msgid "Manual pages: <citerefentry><refentrytitle>printcap</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lprm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpq</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:17993
msgid "Other Printing Systems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:17995
msgid "Several other printing systems are available in addition to the built-in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. These systems offer support for other protocols or additional features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18000
msgid "<acronym>CUPS</acronym> (Common <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> Printing System)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18003
msgid "<acronym>CUPS</acronym> is a popular printing system available on many operating systems. Using <acronym>CUPS</acronym> on FreeBSD is documented in a separate article:<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/cups\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18010
msgid "HPLIP"
msgstr "HPLIP"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18012
msgid "Hewlett Packard provides a printing system that supports many of their inkjet and laser printers. The port is <package role=\"port\">print/hplip</package>. The main web page is at <link xlink:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\"/>. The port handles all the installation details on FreeBSD. Configuration information is shown at <link xlink:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18021
msgid "LPRng"
msgstr "LPRng"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18023
msgid "<application>LPRng</application> was developed as an enhanced alternative to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>lpd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The port is <package role=\"port\">sysutils/LPRng</package>. For details and documentation, see <link xlink:href=\"http://www.lprng.com/\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:18041
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary Compatibility"
msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binaire compatibiliteit"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:18044
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Jim</firstname> <surname>Mock</surname> </personname> <contrib>Restructured and parts updated by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Jim</firstname> <surname>Mock</surname> </personname> <contrib>Opnieuw gestructureerd en delen bijgewerkt door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:18055
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Brian N.</firstname> <surname>Handy</surname> </personname> <contrib>Originally contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Brian N.</firstname> <surname>Handige</surname> </personname> <contrib>Origineel bijgedragen door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:18063
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Rich</firstname> <surname>Murphey</surname> </personname>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Rich</firstname> <surname>Murphey</surname> </personname>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18075
msgid "<primary>Linux binary compatibility</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Linux binary compatibility</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18083
msgid "FreeBSD provides binary compatibility with <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, allowing users to install and run most <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries on a FreeBSD system without having to first modify the binary. It has even been reported that, in some situations, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries perform better on FreeBSD than they do on <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18089
msgid "However, some <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>-specific operating system features are not supported under FreeBSD. For example, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries will not work on FreeBSD if they overly use <trademark>i386</trademark> specific calls, such as enabling virtual 8086 mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:18095
msgid "Support for 64-bit binary compatibility with <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> was added in FreeBSD 10.3."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:18103
msgid "How to enable <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary compatibility on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:18108
msgid "How to install additional <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> shared libraries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:18113
msgid "How to install <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> applications on a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:18118
msgid "The implementation details of <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> compatibility in FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:18127
msgid "Know how to install <link linkend=\"ports\">additional third-party software</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:18135
msgid "Configuring <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> Binary Compatibility"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18137
msgid "<primary>Ports Collection</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Ports Collection</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18139
msgid "By default, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> libraries are not installed and <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary compatibility is not enabled. <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> libraries can either be installed manually or from the FreeBSD Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18144
msgid "Before attempting to build the port, load the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel module, otherwise the build will fail:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18147
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload linux</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload linux</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18149
msgid "For 64-bit compatibility:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18151
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload linux64</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload linux64</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18153
msgid "To verify that the module is loaded:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18155
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>kldstat</userinput>\n"
"      Id Refs Address    Size     Name\n"
"      1    2 0xc0100000 16bdb8   kernel\n"
"      7    1 0xc24db000 d000     linux.ko"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>kldstat</userinput>\n"
"      Id Refs Address    Size     Name\n"
"      1    2 0xc0100000 16bdb8   kernel\n"
"      7    1 0xc24db000 d000     linux.ko"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18160
msgid "The <package>emulators/linux_base-c6</package> package or port is the easiest way to install a base set of <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> libraries and binaries on a FreeBSD system. To install the port:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18165
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>printf \"compat.linux.osrelease=2.6.18\\n\" &gt;&gt; /etc/sysctl.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl compat.linux.osrelease=2.6.18</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install emulators/linux_base-c6</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>printf \"compat.linux.osrelease=2.6.18\\n\" &gt;&gt; /etc/sysctl.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl compat.linux.osrelease=2.6.18</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install emulators/linux_base-c6</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18169
msgid "For <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> compatibility to be enabled at boot time, add this line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:18172
#, no-wrap
msgid "linux_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr "linux_enable=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18174
msgid "On 64-bit machines, <filename>/etc/rc.d/abi</filename> will automatically load the module for 64-bit emulation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18177
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>COMPAT_LINUX</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary>COMPAT_LINUX</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:18182
msgid "Users who prefer to statically link <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary compatibility into a custom kernel should add <literal>options COMPAT_LINUX</literal> to their custom kernel configuration file. Compile and install the new kernel as described in <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18189
msgid "Installing Additional Libraries Manually"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18191
msgid "<primary>shared libraries</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>shared libraries</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18195
msgid "If a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> application complains about missing shared libraries after configuring <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary compatibility, determine which shared libraries the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary needs and install them manually."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18200
msgid "From a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system, <command>ldd</command> can be used to determine which shared libraries the application needs. For example, to check which shared libraries <command>linuxdoom</command> needs, run this command from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system that has <application>Doom</application> installed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18207
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ldd linuxdoom</userinput>\n"
"libXt.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) =&gt; /usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n"
"libX11.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) =&gt; /usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0\n"
"libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) =&gt; /lib/libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ldd linuxdoom</userinput>\n"
"libXt.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) =&gt; /usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n"
"libX11.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) =&gt; /usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0\n"
"libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) =&gt; /lib/libc.so.4.6.29"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18212
msgid "<primary>symbolic links</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>symbolic links</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18216
msgid "Then, copy all the files in the last column of the output from the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system into <filename>/compat/linux</filename> on the FreeBSD system. Once copied, create symbolic links to the names in the first column. This example will result in the following files on the FreeBSD system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18223
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3 -&gt; libXt.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3 -&gt; libX11.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -&gt; libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr ""
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3 -&gt; libXt.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3 -&gt; libX11.so.3.1.0\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -&gt; libc.so.4.6.29"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18230
msgid "If a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> shared library already exists with a matching major revision number to the first column of the <command>ldd</command> output, it does not need to be copied to the file named in the last column, as the existing library should work. It is advisable to copy the shared library if it is a newer version, though. The old one can be removed, as long as the symbolic link points to the new one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18238
msgid "For example, these libraries already exist on the FreeBSD system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18241
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.27\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -&gt; libc.so.4.6.27"
msgstr ""
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.27\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -&gt; libc.so.4.6.27"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18244
msgid "and <command>ldd</command> indicates that a binary requires a later version:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18247
#, no-wrap
msgid "libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) -&gt; libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr "libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) -&gt; libc.so.4.6.29"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18249
msgid "Since the existing library is only one or two versions out of date in the last digit, the program should still work with the slightly older version. However, it is safe to replace the existing <filename>libc.so</filename> with the newer version:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18255
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -&gt; libc.so.4.6.29"
msgstr ""
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29\n"
"/compat/linux/lib/libc.so.4 -&gt; libc.so.4.6.29"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18258
msgid "Generally, one will need to look for the shared libraries that <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries depend on only the first few times that a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> program is installed on FreeBSD. After a while, there will be a sufficient set of <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> shared libraries on the system to be able to run newly installed <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries without any extra work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18267
msgid "Installing <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>ELF</acronym> Binaries"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18270
msgid "<primary>Linux</primary> <secondary>ELF binaries</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>Linux</primary> <secondary>ELF binaries</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18275
msgid "<acronym>ELF</acronym> binaries sometimes require an extra step. When an unbranded <acronym>ELF</acronym> binary is executed, it will generate an error message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18279
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>./my-linux-elf-binary</userinput>\n"
"ELF binary type not known\n"
"Abort"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>./my-linux-elf-binary</userinput>\n"
"ELF binary type not known\n"
"Abort"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18283
msgid "To help the FreeBSD kernel distinguish between a FreeBSD <acronym>ELF</acronym> binary and a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>brandelf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18287
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>brandelf -t Linux my-linux-elf-binary</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>brandelf -t Linux my-linux-elf-binary</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:18289
msgid "<primary>GNU toolchain</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>GNU toolchain</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18293
msgid "Since the GNU toolchain places the appropriate branding information into <acronym>ELF</acronym> binaries automatically, this step is usually not necessary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18299
msgid "Installing a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>RPM</acronym> Based Application"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18302
msgid "To install a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>RPM</acronym>-based application, first install the <package>archivers/rpm4</package> package or port. Once installed, <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> can use this command to install a <filename>.rpm</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18309
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /compat/linux</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rpm2cpio &lt; /path/to/linux.archive.rpm | cpio -id</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /compat/linux</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>rpm2cpio &lt; /path/to/linux.archive.rpm | cpio -id</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18312
msgid "If necessary, <command>brandelf</command> the installed <acronym>ELF</acronym> binaries. Note that this will prevent a clean uninstall."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:18318
msgid "Configuring the Hostname Resolver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18320
msgid "If <acronym>DNS</acronym> does not work or this error appears:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:18323
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"resolv+: \"bind\" is an invalid keyword resolv+:\n"
"\"hosts\" is an invalid keyword"
msgstr ""
"resolv+: \"bind\" is an invalid keyword resolv+:\n"
"\"hosts\" is an invalid keyword"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18326
msgid "configure <filename>/compat/linux/etc/host.conf</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:18329
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"order hosts, bind\n"
"multi on"
msgstr ""
"order hosts, bind\n"
"multi on"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:18332
msgid "This specifies that <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> is searched first and <acronym>DNS</acronym> is searched second. When <filename>/compat/linux/etc/host.conf</filename> does not exist, <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> applications use <filename>/etc/host.conf</filename> and complain about the incompatible FreeBSD syntax. Remove <literal>bind</literal> if a name server is not configured using <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:19167 book.translate.xml:40426 book.translate.xml:51465
msgid "Advanced Topics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19169
msgid "This section describes how <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary compatibility works and is based on an email written to <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-chat\">FreeBSD chat mailing list</link> by Terry Lambert <email>tlambert@primenet.com</email> (Message ID: <literal>&lt;199906020108.SAA07001@usr09.primenet.com&gt;</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19174
msgid "<primary>execution class loader</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>execution class loader</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19176
msgid "FreeBSD has an abstraction called an <quote>execution class loader</quote>. This is a wedge into the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>execve</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19180
msgid "Historically, the <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> loader examined the magic number (generally the first 4 or 8 bytes of the file) to see if it was a binary known to the system, and if so, invoked the binary loader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19185
msgid "If it was not the binary type for the system, the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>execve</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> call returned a failure, and the shell attempted to start executing it as shell commands. The assumption was a default of <quote>whatever the current shell is</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19191
msgid "Later, a hack was made for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to examine the first two characters, and if they were <literal>:\\n</literal>, it invoked the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> shell instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19195
msgid "FreeBSD has a list of loaders, instead of a single loader, with a fallback to the <literal>#!</literal> loader for running shell interpreters or shell scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19199
msgid "<primary>ELF</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>ELF</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19203 book.translate.xml:53515
msgid "<primary>Solaris</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>Solaris</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19207
msgid "For the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>ABI</acronym> support, FreeBSD sees the magic number as an ELF binary. The ELF loader looks for a specialized <emphasis>brand</emphasis>, which is a comment section in the ELF image, and which is not present on SVR4/<trademark>Solaris</trademark> ELF binaries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19213
msgid "For <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries to function, they must be <emphasis>branded</emphasis> as type <literal>Linux</literal> using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>brandelf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19217
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>brandelf -t Linux file</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>brandelf -t Linux file</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19219
msgid "<primary>ELF</primary> <secondary>branding</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>ELF</primary> <secondary>branding</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19224
msgid "When the ELF loader sees the <literal>Linux</literal> brand, the loader replaces a pointer in the <literal>proc</literal> structure. All system calls are indexed through this pointer. In addition, the process is flagged for special handling of the trap vector for the signal trampoline code, and several other (minor) fix-ups that are handled by the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19232
msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system call vector contains, among other things, a list of <literal>sysent[]</literal> entries whose addresses reside in the kernel module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19236
msgid "When a system call is called by the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binary, the trap code dereferences the system call function pointer off the <literal>proc</literal> structure, and gets the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>, not the FreeBSD, system call entry points."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19241
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> mode dynamically <emphasis>reroots</emphasis> lookups. This is, in effect, equivalent to the <option>union</option> option to file system mounts. First, an attempt is made to lookup the file in <filename>/compat/linux/<replaceable>original-path</replaceable></filename>. If that fails, the lookup is done in <filename>/<replaceable>original-path</replaceable></filename>. This makes sure that binaries that require other binaries can run. For example, the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> toolchain can all run under <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <acronym>ABI</acronym> support. It also means that the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries can load and execute FreeBSD binaries, if there are no corresponding <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries present, and that a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>uname</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> command can be placed in the <filename>/compat/linux</filename> directory tree to ensure that the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries cannot tell they are not running on <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19258
msgid "In effect, there is a <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> kernel in the FreeBSD kernel. The various underlying functions that implement all of the services provided by the kernel are identical to both the FreeBSD system call table entries, and the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> system call table entries: file system operations, virtual memory operations, signal delivery, and System V IPC. The only difference is that FreeBSD binaries get the FreeBSD <emphasis>glue</emphasis> functions, and <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries get the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <emphasis>glue</emphasis> functions. The FreeBSD <emphasis>glue</emphasis> functions are statically linked into the kernel, and the <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> <emphasis>glue</emphasis> functions can be statically linked, or they can be accessed via a kernel module."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19271
msgid "Technically, this is not really emulation, it is an <acronym>ABI</acronym> implementation. It is sometimes called <quote><trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> emulation</quote> because the implementation was done at a time when there was no other word to describe what was going on. Saying that FreeBSD ran <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> binaries was not true, since the code was not compiled in."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: book.translate.xml:19283
msgid "System Administration"
msgstr "Systeembeheer"

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:19286
msgid "The remaining chapters cover all aspects of FreeBSD system administration. Each chapter starts by describing what will be learned as a result of reading the chapter, and also details what the reader is expected to know before tackling the material."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: partintro/para
#: book.translate.xml:19292
msgid "These chapters are designed to be read as the information is needed. They do not need to be read in any particular order, nor must all of them be read before beginning to use FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19307
msgid "Configuration and Tuning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19310
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Chern</firstname> <surname>Lee</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Chern</firstname> <surname>Lee</surname> </personname> <contrib>Geschreven door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19320
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Mike</firstname> <surname>Smith</surname> </personname> <contrib>Based on a tutorial written by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Mike</firstname> <surname>Smith</surname> </personname> <contrib>Gebaseerd op een tutorial geschreven door </contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19330
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Matt</firstname> <surname>Dillon</surname> </personname> <contrib>Also based on tuning(7) written by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Matt</firstname> <surname>Dillon</surname> </personname> <contrib>Ook op basis van tuning(7) geschreven door </contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19343
msgid "<primary>system configuration</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>system configuration</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19346
msgid "<primary>system optimization</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>system optimization</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19350
msgid "One of the important aspects of FreeBSD is proper system configuration. This chapter explains much of the FreeBSD configuration process, including some of the parameters which can be set to tune a FreeBSD system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19359
msgid "The basics of <filename>rc.conf</filename> configuration and <filename>/usr/local/etc/rc.d</filename> startup scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19365
msgid "How to configure and test a network card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19369
msgid "How to configure virtual hosts on network devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19374
msgid "How to use the various configuration files in <filename>/etc</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19379
msgid "How to tune FreeBSD using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19383
msgid "How to tune disk performance and modify kernel limitations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19392 book.translate.xml:29515 book.translate.xml:31262
#: book.translate.xml:35210 book.translate.xml:46398
msgid "Understand <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> and FreeBSD basics (<xref linkend=\"basics\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19397
msgid "Be familiar with the basics of kernel configuration and compilation (<xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19405
msgid "Starting Services"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19418
msgid "<primary>services</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>services</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19422
msgid "Many users install third party software on FreeBSD from the Ports Collection and require the installed services to be started upon system initialization. Services, such as <package>mail/postfix</package> or <package>www/apache22</package> are just two of the many software packages which may be started during system initialization. This section explains the procedures available for starting third party software."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19431
msgid "In FreeBSD, most included services, such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, are started through the system startup scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19435
msgid "Extended Application Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19437
msgid "Now that FreeBSD includes <filename>rc.d</filename>, configuration of application startup is easier and provides more features. Using the key words discussed in <xref linkend=\"configtuning-rcd\"/>, applications can be set to start after certain other services and extra flags can be passed through <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> in place of hard coded flags in the startup script. A basic script may look similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19446
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"#\n"
"# PROVIDE: utility\n"
"# REQUIRE: DAEMON\n"
"# KEYWORD: shutdown\n"
"\n"
". /etc/rc.subr\n"
"\n"
"name=utility\n"
"rcvar=utility_enable\n"
"\n"
"command=\"/usr/local/sbin/utility\"\n"
"\n"
"load_rc_config $name\n"
"\n"
"#\n"
"# DO NOT CHANGE THESE DEFAULT VALUES HERE\n"
"# SET THEM IN THE /etc/rc.conf FILE\n"
"#\n"
"utility_enable=${utility_enable-\"NO\"}\n"
"pidfile=${utility_pidfile-\"/var/run/utility.pid\"}\n"
"\n"
"run_rc_command \"$1\""
msgstr ""
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"#\n"
"# PROVIDE: utility\n"
"# REQUIRE: DAEMON\n"
"# KEYWORD: shutdown\n"
"\n"
". /etc/rc.subr\n"
"\n"
"name=utility\n"
"rcvar=utility_enable\n"
"\n"
"command=\"/usr/local/sbin/utility\"\n"
"\n"
"load_rc_config $name\n"
"\n"
"#\n"
"# DO NOT CHANGE THESE DEFAULT VALUES HERE\n"
"# SET THEM IN THE /etc/rc.conf FILE\n"
"#\n"
"utility_enable=${utility_enable-\"NO\"}\n"
"pidfile=${utility_pidfile-\"/var/run/utility.pid\"}\n"
"\n"
"run_rc_command \"$1\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19470
msgid "This script will ensure that the provided <literal>utility</literal> will be started after the <literal>DAEMON</literal> pseudo-service. It also provides a method for setting and tracking the process ID (<acronym>PID</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19476
msgid "This application could then have the following line placed in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19479
#, no-wrap
msgid "utility_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr "utility_enable=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19481
msgid "This method allows for easier manipulation of command line arguments, inclusion of the default functions provided in <filename>/etc/rc.subr</filename>, compatibility with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rcorder</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and provides for easier configuration via <filename>rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19489
msgid "Using Services to Start Services"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19491
msgid "Other services can be started using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Working with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>inetd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and its configuration is described in depth in <xref linkend=\"network-inetd\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19496
msgid "In some cases, it may make more sense to use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to start system services. This approach has a number of advantages as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> runs these processes as the owner of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This allows regular users to start and maintain their own applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19503
msgid "The <literal>@reboot</literal> feature of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, may be used in place of the time specification. This causes the job to run when <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is started, normally during system initialization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19512
msgid "Configuring <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19525
msgid "<primary>cron</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>cron</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19530
msgid "One of the most useful utilities in FreeBSD is <application>cron</application>. This utility runs in the background and regularly checks <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> for tasks to execute and searches <filename>/var/cron/tabs</filename> for custom crontab files. These files are used to schedule tasks which <application>cron</application> runs at the specified times. Each entry in a crontab defines a task to run and is known as a <firstterm>cron job</firstterm>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19540
msgid "Two different types of configuration files are used: the system crontab, which should not be modified, and user crontabs, which can be created and edited as needed. The format used by these files is documented in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. The format of the system crontab, <filename>/etc/crontab</filename> includes a <literal>who</literal> column which does not exist in user crontabs. In the system crontab, <application>cron</application> runs the command as the user specified in this column. In a user crontab, all commands run as the user who created the crontab."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19551
msgid "User crontabs allow individual users to schedule their own tasks. The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user can also have a user <filename>crontab</filename> which can be used to schedule tasks that do not exist in the system <filename>crontab</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19557
msgid "Here is a sample entry from the system crontab, <filename>/etc/crontab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19560
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# /etc/crontab - root's crontab for FreeBSD\n"
"#\n"
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"# <co xml:id=\"co-comments\"/>\n"
"SHELL=/bin/sh\n"
"PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin <co xml:id=\"co-env\"/>\n"
"#\n"
"#minute\thour\tmday\tmonth\twday\twho\tcommand <co xml:id=\"co-field-descr\"/>\n"
"#\n"
"*/5\t*\t*\t*\t*\troot\t/usr/libexec/atrun <co xml:id=\"co-main\"/>"
msgstr ""
"# /etc/crontab - root's crontab for FreeBSD\n"
"#\n"
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"# <co xml:id=\"co-comments\"/>\n"
"SHELL=/bin/sh\n"
"PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin <co xml:id=\"co-env\"/>\n"
"#\n"
"#minute\thour\tmday\tmonth\twday\twho\tcommand <co xml:id=\"co-field-descr\"/>\n"
"#\n"
"*/5\t*\t*\t*\t*\troot\t/usr/libexec/atrun <co xml:id=\"co-main\"/>"

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19573
msgid "Lines that begin with the <literal>#</literal> character are comments. A comment can be placed in the file as a reminder of what and why a desired action is performed. Comments cannot be on the same line as a command or else they will be interpreted as part of the command; they must be on a new line. Blank lines are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19582
msgid "The equals (<literal>=</literal>) character is used to define any environment settings. In this example, it is used to define the <envar>SHELL</envar> and <envar>PATH</envar>. If the <envar>SHELL</envar> is omitted, <application>cron</application> will use the default Bourne shell. If the <envar>PATH</envar> is omitted, the full path must be given to the command or script to run."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19593
msgid "This line defines the seven fields used in a system crontab: <literal>minute</literal>, <literal>hour</literal>, <literal>mday</literal>, <literal>month</literal>, <literal>wday</literal>, <literal>who</literal>, and <literal>command</literal>. The <literal>minute</literal> field is the time in minutes when the specified command will be run, the <literal>hour</literal> is the hour when the specified command will be run, the <literal>mday</literal> is the day of the month, <literal>month</literal> is the month, and <literal>wday</literal> is the day of the week. These fields must be numeric values, representing the twenty-four hour clock, or a <literal>*</literal>, representing all values for that field. The <literal>who</literal> field only exists in the system crontab and specifies which user the command should be run as. The last field is the command to be executed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19612
msgid "This entry defines the values for this cron job. The <literal>*/5</literal>, followed by several more <literal>*</literal> characters, specifies that <command>/usr/libexec/atrun</command> is invoked by <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> every five minutes of every hour, of every day and day of the week, of every month."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:19620
msgid "Commands can include any number of switches. However, commands which extend to multiple lines need to be broken with the backslash <quote>\\</quote> continuation character."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19628
msgid "Creating a User Crontab"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19630
msgid "To create a user crontab, invoke <command>crontab</command> in editor mode:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19633
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>crontab -e</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>crontab -e</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19635
msgid "This will open the user's crontab using the default text editor. The first time a user runs this command, it will open an empty file. Once a user creates a crontab, this command will open that file for editing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19640
msgid "It is useful to add these lines to the top of the crontab file in order to set the environment variables and to remember the meanings of the fields in the crontab:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19644
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SHELL=/bin/sh\n"
"PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin\n"
"# Order of crontab fields\n"
"# minute\thour\tmday\tmonth\twday\tcommand"
msgstr ""
"SHELL=/bin/sh\n"
"PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin\n"
"# Order of crontab fields\n"
"# minute\thour\tmday\tmonth\twday\tcommand"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19649
msgid "Then add a line for each command or script to run, specifying the time to run the command. This example runs the specified custom Bourne shell script every day at two in the afternoon. Since the path to the script is not specified in <literal>PATH</literal>, the full path to the script is given:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19656
#, no-wrap
msgid "0\t14\t*\t*\t*\t/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh"
msgstr "0\t14\t*\t*\t*\t/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh"

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:19659
msgid "Before using a custom script, make sure it is executable and test it with the limited set of environment variables set by cron. To replicate the environment that would be used to run the above cron entry, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19664
#, no-wrap
msgid "env -i SHELL=/bin/sh PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin HOME=/home/<replaceable>dru</replaceable> LOGNAME=<replaceable>dru</replaceable> <replaceable>/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh</replaceable>"
msgstr "env -i SHELL=/bin/sh PATH=/etc:/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin HOME=/home/<replaceable>dru</replaceable> LOGNAME=<replaceable>dru</replaceable> <replaceable>/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh</replaceable>"

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:19666
msgid "The environment set by cron is discussed in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Checking that scripts operate correctly in a cron environment is especially important if they include any commands that delete files using wildcards."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19672
msgid "When finished editing the crontab, save the file. It will automatically be installed and <application>cron</application> will read the crontab and run its cron jobs at their specified times. To list the cron jobs in a crontab, use this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19678
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>crontab -l</userinput>\n"
"0\t14\t*\t*\t*\t/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>crontab -l</userinput>\n"
"0\t14\t*\t*\t*\t/usr/home/dru/bin/mycustomscript.sh"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19681
msgid "To remove all of the cron jobs in a user crontab:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19683
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>crontab -r</userinput>\n"
"remove crontab for dru? <userinput>y</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>crontab -r</userinput>\n"
"remove crontab for dru? <userinput>y</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19690
msgid "Managing Services in FreeBSD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19703
msgid "FreeBSD uses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> system of startup scripts during system initialization and for managing services. The scripts listed in <filename>/etc/rc.d</filename> provide basic services which can be controlled with the <option>start</option>, <option>stop</option>, and <option>restart</option> options to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For instance, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> can be restarted with the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19711
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd restart</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd restart</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19713
msgid "This procedure can be used to start services on a running system. Services will be started automatically at boot time as specified in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For example, to enable <citerefentry><refentrytitle>natd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> at system startup, add the following line to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19719
#, no-wrap
msgid "natd_enable=\"YES\""
msgstr "natd_enable=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19721
msgid "If a <option>natd_enable=\"NO\"</option> line is already present, change the <literal>NO</literal> to <literal>YES</literal>. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> scripts will automatically load any dependent services during the next boot, as described below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19727
msgid "Since the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> system is primarily intended to start and stop services at system startup and shutdown time, the <option>start</option>, <option>stop</option> and <option>restart</option> options will only perform their action if the appropriate <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> variable is set. For instance, <command>sshd restart</command> will only work if <varname>sshd_enable</varname> is set to <option>YES</option> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. To <option>start</option>, <option>stop</option> or <option>restart</option> a service regardless of the settings in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, these commands should be prefixed with <quote>one</quote>. For instance, to restart <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> regardless of the current <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> setting, execute the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19743
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd onerestart</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd onerestart</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19745
msgid "To check if a service is enabled in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, run the appropriate <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> script with <option>rcvar</option>. This example checks to see if <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is enabled in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19751
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd rcvar</userinput>\n"
"# sshd\n"
"#\n"
"sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"#   (default: \"\")"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd rcvar</userinput>\n"
"# sshd\n"
"#\n"
"sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"#   (default: \"\")"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:19758
msgid "The <literal># sshd</literal> line is output from the above command, not a <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> console."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19763
msgid "To determine whether or not a service is running, use <option>status</option>. For instance, to verify that <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sshd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19767
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd status</userinput>\n"
"sshd is running as pid 433."
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service sshd status</userinput>\n"
"sshd is running as pid 433."

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19770
msgid "In some cases, it is also possible to <option>reload</option> a service. This attempts to send a signal to an individual service, forcing the service to reload its configuration files. In most cases, this means sending the service a <literal>SIGHUP</literal> signal. Support for this feature is not included for every service."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19777
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> system is used for network services and it also contributes to most of the system initialization. For instance, when the <filename>/etc/rc.d/bgfsck</filename> script is executed, it prints out the following message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19783
#, no-wrap
msgid "Starting background file system checks in 60 seconds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19785
msgid "This script is used for background file system checks, which occur only during system initialization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19788
msgid "Many system services depend on other services to function properly. For example, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>yp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and other <acronym>RPC</acronym>-based services may fail to start until after the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rpcbind</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> service has started. To resolve this issue, information about dependencies and other meta-data is included in the comments at the top of each startup script. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rcorder</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> program is used to parse these comments during system initialization to determine the order in which system services should be invoked to satisfy the dependencies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19799
msgid "The following key word must be included in all startup scripts as it is required by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.subr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to <quote>enable</quote> the startup script:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19805
msgid "<literal>PROVIDE</literal>: Specifies the services this file provides."
msgstr "<literal>PROVIDE</literal>: geeft de diensten dit bestand voorziet."

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19810
msgid "The following key words may be included at the top of each startup script. They are not strictly necessary, but are useful as hints to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rcorder</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19816
msgid "<literal>REQUIRE</literal>: Lists services which are required for this service. The script containing this key word will run <emphasis>after</emphasis> the specified services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19823
msgid "<literal>BEFORE</literal>: Lists services which depend on this service. The script containing this key word will run <emphasis>before</emphasis> the specified services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19830
msgid "By carefully setting these keywords for each startup script, an administrator has a fine-grained level of control of the startup order of the scripts, without the need for <quote>runlevels</quote> used by some <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> operating systems."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19836
msgid "Additional information can be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.subr</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Refer to <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/rc-scripting\">this article</link> for instructions on how to create custom <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> scripts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19842
msgid "Managing System-Specific Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19844
msgid "<primary>rc files</primary> <secondary><filename>rc.conf</filename></secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>rc files</primary> <secondary><filename>rc.conf</filename></secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19849
msgid "The principal location for system configuration information is <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. This file contains a wide range of configuration information and it is read at system startup to configure the system. It provides the configuration information for the <filename>rc*</filename> files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19856
msgid "The entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> override the default settings in <filename>/etc/defaults/rc.conf</filename>. The file containing the default settings should not be edited. Instead, all system-specific changes should be made to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19863
msgid "A number of strategies may be applied in clustered applications to separate site-wide configuration from system-specific configuration in order to reduce administration overhead. The recommended approach is to place system-specific configuration into <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</filename>. For example, these entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> apply to all systems:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19872
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"keyrate=\"fast\"\n"
"defaultrouter=\"10.1.1.254\""
msgstr ""
"sshd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"keyrate=\"fast\"\n"
"defaultrouter=\"10.1.1.254\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19876
msgid "Whereas these entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</filename> apply to this system only:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:19880
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"hostname=\"node1.example.org\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1/8\""
msgstr ""
"hostname=\"node1.example.org\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1/8\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19883
msgid "Distribute <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> to every system using an application such as <application>rsync</application> or <application>puppet</application>, while <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</filename> remains unique."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19890
msgid "Upgrading the system will not overwrite <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, so system configuration information will not be lost."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:19895
msgid "Both <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> and <filename>/etc/rc.conf.local</filename> are parsed by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This allows system operators to create complex configuration scenarios. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for further information on this topic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:19907
msgid "Setting Up Network Interface Cards"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:19910 book.translate.xml:32266 book.translate.xml:32695
#: book.translate.xml:33078
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Marc</firstname> <surname>Fonvieille</surname> </personname> <contrib>Bijgedragen door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19920 book.translate.xml:20133
msgid "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>configuration</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:19925
msgid "Adding and configuring a network interface card (<acronym>NIC</acronym>) is a common task for any FreeBSD administrator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:19930
msgid "Locating the Correct Driver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:19932
msgid "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>driver</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>driver</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19937
msgid "First, determine the model of the <acronym>NIC</acronym> and the chip it uses. FreeBSD supports a wide variety of <acronym>NIC</acronym>s. Check the Hardware Compatibility List for the FreeBSD release to see if the <acronym>NIC</acronym> is supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19943
msgid "If the <acronym>NIC</acronym> is supported, determine the name of the FreeBSD driver for the <acronym>NIC</acronym>. Refer to <filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES</filename> and <filename>/usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</replaceable>/conf/NOTES</filename> for the list of <acronym>NIC</acronym> drivers with some information about the supported chipsets. When in doubt, read the manual page of the driver as it will provide more information about the supported hardware and any known limitations of the driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19953
msgid "The drivers for common <acronym>NIC</acronym>s are already present in the <filename>GENERIC</filename> kernel, meaning the <acronym>NIC</acronym> should be probed during boot. The system's boot messages can be viewed by typing <command>more /var/run/dmesg.boot</command> and using the spacebar to scroll through the text. In this example, two Ethernet <acronym>NIC</acronym>s using the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver are present on the system:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:19962
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dc0: &lt;82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX&gt; port 0xa000-0xa0ff mem 0xd3800000-0xd38\n"
"000ff irq 15 at device 11.0 on pci0\n"
"miibus0: &lt;MII bus&gt; on dc0\n"
"bmtphy0: &lt;BCM5201 10/100baseTX PHY&gt; PHY 1 on miibus0\n"
"bmtphy0:  10baseT, 10baseT-FDX, 100baseTX, 100baseTX-FDX, auto\n"
"dc0: Ethernet address: 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n"
"dc0: [ITHREAD]\n"
"dc1: &lt;82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX&gt; port 0x9800-0x98ff mem 0xd3000000-0xd30\n"
"000ff irq 11 at device 12.0 on pci0\n"
"miibus1: &lt;MII bus&gt; on dc1\n"
"bmtphy1: &lt;BCM5201 10/100baseTX PHY&gt; PHY 1 on miibus1\n"
"bmtphy1:  10baseT, 10baseT-FDX, 100baseTX, 100baseTX-FDX, auto\n"
"dc1: Ethernet address: 00:a0:cc:da:da:db\n"
"dc1: [ITHREAD]"
msgstr ""
"dc0: &lt;82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX&gt; port 0xa000-0xa0ff mem 0xd3800000-0xd38\n"
"000ff irq 15 at device 11.0 on pci0\n"
"miibus0: &lt;MII bus&gt; on dc0\n"
"bmtphy0: &lt;BCM5201 10/100baseTX PHY&gt; PHY 1 on miibus0\n"
"bmtphy0:  10baseT, 10baseT-FDX, 100baseTX, 100baseTX-FDX, auto\n"
"dc0: Ethernet address: 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n"
"dc0: [ITHREAD]\n"
"dc1: &lt;82c169 PNIC 10/100BaseTX&gt; port 0x9800-0x98ff mem 0xd3000000-0xd30\n"
"000ff irq 11 at device 12.0 on pci0\n"
"miibus1: &lt;MII bus&gt; on dc1\n"
"bmtphy1: &lt;BCM5201 10/100baseTX PHY&gt; PHY 1 on miibus1\n"
"bmtphy1:  10baseT, 10baseT-FDX, 100baseTX, 100baseTX-FDX, auto\n"
"dc1: Ethernet address: 00:a0:cc:da:da:db\n"
"dc1: [ITHREAD]"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:19977
msgid "If the driver for the <acronym>NIC</acronym> is not present in <filename>GENERIC</filename>, but a driver is available, the driver will need to be loaded before the <acronym>NIC</acronym> can be configured and used. This may be accomplished in one of two ways:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19985
msgid "The easiest way is to load a kernel module for the <acronym>NIC</acronym> using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. To also automatically load the driver at boot time, add the appropriate line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. Not all <acronym>NIC</acronym> drivers are available as modules."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:19995
msgid "Alternatively, statically compile support for the <acronym>NIC</acronym> into a custom kernel. Refer to <filename>/usr/src/sys/conf/NOTES</filename>, <filename>/usr/src/sys/<replaceable>arch</replaceable>/conf/NOTES</filename> and the manual page of the driver to determine which line to add to the custom kernel configuration file. For more information about recompiling the kernel, refer to <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/>. If the <acronym>NIC</acronym> was detected at boot, the kernel does not need to be recompiled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20008
msgid "Using <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <acronym>NDIS</acronym> Drivers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20010
msgid "<primary><acronym>NDIS</acronym></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><acronym>NDIS</acronym></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20013
msgid "<primary>NDISulator</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>NDISulator</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20016
msgid "<primary><trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> drivers</primary>"
msgstr "<primary><trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> -stuurprogramma 's</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20019
msgid "<primary><trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark></primary> <secondary>device drivers</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary> <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark><trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>  </primary> <secondary>apparaatstuurprogramma 's</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20023
msgid "<primary><acronym>KLD</acronym> (kernel loadable object)</primary>"
msgstr "<primary><acronym>KLD</acronym> (kernel loadable object)</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20031
msgid "Unfortunately, there are still many vendors that do not provide schematics for their drivers to the open source community because they regard such information as trade secrets. Consequently, the developers of FreeBSD and other operating systems are left with two choices: develop the drivers by a long and pain-staking process of reverse engineering or using the existing driver binaries available for <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> platforms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20040
msgid "FreeBSD provides <quote>native</quote> support for the Network Driver Interface Specification (<acronym>NDIS</acronym>). It includes <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndisgen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> which can be used to convert a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP driver into a format that can be used on FreeBSD. Because the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver uses a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP binary, it only runs on <trademark>i386</trademark> and amd64 systems. <acronym>PCI</acronym>, CardBus, <acronym>PCMCIA</acronym>, and <acronym>USB</acronym> devices are supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20050
msgid "To use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndisgen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, three things are needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20054
msgid "FreeBSD kernel sources."
msgstr "De broncode van de kernel van FreeBSD."

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20058
msgid "A <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP driver binary with a <filename>.SYS</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20063
msgid "A <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP driver configuration file with a <filename>.INF</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20068
msgid "Download the <filename>.SYS</filename> and <filename>.INF</filename> files for the specific <acronym>NIC</acronym>. Generally, these can be found on the driver CD or at the vendor's website. The following examples use <filename>W32DRIVER.SYS</filename> and <filename>W32DRIVER.INF</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20075
msgid "The driver bit width must match the version of FreeBSD. For FreeBSD/i386, use a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 32-bit driver. For FreeBSD/amd64, a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 64-bit driver is needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20079
msgid "The next step is to compile the driver binary into a loadable kernel module. As <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndisgen</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20084
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ndisgen <replaceable>/path/to/W32DRIVER.INF</replaceable> <replaceable>/path/to/W32DRIVER.SYS</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>ndisgen <replaceable>/path/to/W32DRIVER.INF</replaceable> <replaceable>/path/to/W32DRIVER.SYS</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20086
msgid "This command is interactive and prompts for any extra information it requires. A new kernel module will be generated in the current directory. Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>kldload</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to load the new module:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20091
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload <replaceable>./W32DRIVER_SYS.ko</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload <replaceable>./W32DRIVER_SYS.ko</replaceable></userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20093
msgid "In addition to the generated kernel module, the <filename>ndis.ko</filename> and <filename>if_ndis.ko</filename> modules must be loaded. This should happen automatically when any module that depends on <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> is loaded. If not, load them manually, using the following commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20100
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload ndis</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload if_ndis</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload ndis</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>kldload if_ndis</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20103
msgid "The first command loads the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> miniport driver wrapper and the second loads the generated <acronym>NIC</acronym> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20107
msgid "Check <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to see if there were any load errors. If all went well, the output should be similar to the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20111
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ndis0: &lt;Wireless-G PCI Adapter&gt; mem 0xf4100000-0xf4101fff irq 3 at device 8.0 on pci1\n"
"ndis0: NDIS API version: 5.0\n"
"ndis0: Ethernet address: 0a:b1:2c:d3:4e:f5\n"
"ndis0: 11b rates: 1Mbps 2Mbps 5.5Mbps 11Mbps\n"
"ndis0: 11g rates: 6Mbps 9Mbps 12Mbps 18Mbps 36Mbps 48Mbps 54Mbps"
msgstr ""
"ndis0: &lt;Wireless-G PCI Adapter&gt; mem 0xf4100000-0xf4101fff irq 3 at device 8.0 on pci1\n"
"ndis0: NDIS API version: 5.0\n"
"ndis0: Ethernet address: 0a:b1:2c:d3:4e:f5\n"
"ndis0: 11b rates: 1Mbps 2Mbps 5.5Mbps 11Mbps\n"
"ndis0: 11g rates: 6Mbps 9Mbps 12Mbps 18Mbps 36Mbps 48Mbps 54Mbps"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20117
msgid "From here, <filename>ndis0</filename> can be configured like any other <acronym>NIC</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20120
msgid "To configure the system to load the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ndis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> modules at boot time, copy the generated module, <filename>W32DRIVER_SYS.ko</filename>, to <filename>/boot/modules</filename>. Then, add the following line to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20126
#, no-wrap
msgid "W32DRIVER_SYS_load=\"YES\""
msgstr "W32DRIVER_SYS_load=\"YES\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20131
msgid "Configuring the Network Card"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20138
msgid "Once the right driver is loaded for the <acronym>NIC</acronym>, the card needs to be configured. It may have been configured at installation time by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bsdinstall</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20143
msgid "To display the <acronym>NIC</acronym> configuration, enter the following command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20146
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig</userinput>\n"
"dc0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=80008&lt;VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n"
"        inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.1.255\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX &lt;full-duplex&gt;)\n"
"        status: active\n"
"dc1: flags=8802&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=80008&lt;VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:a0:cc:da:da:db\n"
"        inet 10.0.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n"
"        media: Ethernet 10baseT/UTP\n"
"        status: no carrier\n"
"lo0: flags=8049&lt;UP,LOOPBACK,RUNNING,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 16384\n"
"        options=3&lt;RXCSUM,TXCSUM&gt;\n"
"        inet6 fe80::1%lo0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x4\n"
"        inet6 ::1 prefixlen 128\n"
"        inet 127.0.0.1 netmask 0xff000000\n"
"        nd6 options=3&lt;PERFORMNUD,ACCEPT_RTADV&gt;"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ifconfig</userinput>\n"
"dc0: flags=8843&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=80008&lt;VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n"
"        inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.1.255\n"
"        media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX &lt;full-duplex&gt;)\n"
"        status: active\n"
"dc1: flags=8802&lt;UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"        options=80008&lt;VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE&gt;\n"
"        ether 00:a0:cc:da:da:db\n"
"        inet 10.0.0.1 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 10.0.0.255\n"
"        media: Ethernet 10baseT/UTP\n"
"        status: no carrier\n"
"lo0: flags=8049&lt;UP,LOOPBACK,RUNNING,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 16384\n"
"        options=3&lt;RXCSUM,TXCSUM&gt;\n"
"        inet6 fe80::1%lo0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x4\n"
"        inet6 ::1 prefixlen 128\n"
"        inet 127.0.0.1 netmask 0xff000000\n"
"        nd6 options=3&lt;PERFORMNUD,ACCEPT_RTADV&gt;"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20166
msgid "In this example, the following devices were displayed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20171
msgid "<filename>dc0</filename>: The first Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20176
msgid "<filename>dc1</filename>: The second Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20181
msgid "<filename>lo0</filename>: The loopback device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20186
msgid "FreeBSD uses the driver name followed by the order in which the card is detected at boot to name the <acronym>NIC</acronym>. For example, <filename>sis2</filename> is the third <acronym>NIC</acronym> on the system using the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sis</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20193
msgid "In this example, <filename>dc0</filename> is up and running. The key indicators are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20198
msgid "<literal>UP</literal> means that the card is configured and ready."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20203
msgid "The card has an Internet (<literal>inet</literal>) address, <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.3</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20208
msgid "It has a valid subnet mask (<literal>netmask</literal>), where <systemitem class=\"netmask\">0xffffff00</systemitem> is the same as <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.0</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20215
msgid "It has a valid broadcast address, <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">192.168.1.255</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20219
msgid "The <acronym>MAC</acronym> address of the card (<literal>ether</literal>) is <systemitem class=\"etheraddress\">00:a0:cc:da:da:da</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20224
msgid "The physical media selection is on autoselection mode (<literal>media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX &lt;full-duplex&gt;)</literal>). In this example, <filename>dc1</filename> is configured to run with <literal>10baseT/UTP</literal> media. For more information on available media types for a driver, refer to its manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20234
msgid "The status of the link (<literal>status</literal>) is <literal>active</literal>, indicating that the carrier signal is detected. For <filename>dc1</filename>, the <literal>status: no carrier</literal> status is normal when an Ethernet cable is not plugged into the card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20243
msgid "If the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> output had shown something similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20246
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dc0: flags=8843&lt;BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\toptions=80008&lt;VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE&gt;\n"
"\tether 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n"
"\tmedia: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX &lt;full-duplex&gt;)\n"
"\tstatus: active"
msgstr ""
"dc0: flags=8843&lt;BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST&gt; metric 0 mtu 1500\n"
"\toptions=80008&lt;VLAN_MTU,LINKSTATE&gt;\n"
"\tether 00:a0:cc:da:da:da\n"
"\tmedia: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX &lt;full-duplex&gt;)\n"
"\tstatus: active"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20252
msgid "it would indicate the card has not been configured."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20254
msgid "The card must be configured as <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>. The <acronym>NIC</acronym> configuration can be performed from the command line with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> but will not persist after a reboot unless the configuration is also added to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. If a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server is present on the LAN, just add this line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20263
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_dc0=\"DHCP\""
msgstr "ifconfig_dc0=\"DHCP\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20265
msgid "Replace <replaceable>dc0</replaceable> with the correct value for the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20268
msgid "The line added, then, follow the instructions given in <xref linkend=\"config-network-testing\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:20272
msgid "If the network was configured during installation, some entries for the <acronym>NIC</acronym>(s) may be already present. Double check <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> before adding any lines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20278
msgid "In the case, there is no <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server, the <acronym>NIC</acronym>(s) have to be configured manually. Add a line for each <acronym>NIC</acronym> present on the system, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20283
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_dc0=\"inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n"
"ifconfig_dc1=\"inet 10.0.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 media 10baseT/UTP\""
msgstr ""
"ifconfig_dc0=\"inet 192.168.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n"
"ifconfig_dc1=\"inet 10.0.0.1 netmask 255.255.255.0 media 10baseT/UTP\""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20286
msgid "Replace <filename>dc0</filename> and <filename>dc1</filename> and the <acronym>IP</acronym> address information with the correct values for the system. Refer to the man page for the driver, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ifconfig</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more details about the allowed options and the syntax of <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20293
msgid "If the network is not using <acronym>DNS</acronym>, edit <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> to add the names and <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the hosts on the <acronym>LAN</acronym>, if they are not already there. For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and to <filename>/usr/share/examples/etc/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:20301
msgid "If there is no <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server and access to the Internet is needed, manually configure the default gateway and the nameserver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20305
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'defaultrouter=\"<replaceable>your_default_router</replaceable>\"' &gt;&gt; /etc/rc.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'nameserver <replaceable>your_DNS_server</replaceable>' &gt;&gt; /etc/resolv.conf</userinput>"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'defaultrouter=\"<replaceable>your_default_router</replaceable>\"' &gt;&gt; /etc/rc.conf</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>echo 'nameserver <replaceable>your_DNS_server</replaceable>' &gt;&gt; /etc/resolv.conf</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20311
msgid "Testing and Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20313
msgid "Once the necessary changes to <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> are saved, a reboot can be used to test the network configuration and to verify that the system restarts without any configuration errors. Alternatively, apply the settings to the networking system with this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20320 book.translate.xml:62686
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif restart</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service netif restart</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:20323
msgid "If a default gateway has been set in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, also issue this command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20327
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service routing restart</userinput>"
msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service routing restart</userinput>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20330
msgid "Once the networking system has been relaunched, test the <acronym>NIC</acronym>s."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20334
msgid "Testing the Ethernet Card"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20336
msgid "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>testing</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>testing</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20341
msgid "To verify that an Ethernet card is configured correctly, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> the interface itself, and then <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> another machine on the <acronym>LAN</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20345
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ping -c5 192.168.1.3</userinput>\n"
"PING 192.168.1.3 (192.168.1.3): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.082 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.074 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.076 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.108 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.076 ms\n"
"\n"
"--- 192.168.1.3 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.074/0.083/0.108/0.013 ms"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ping -c5 192.168.1.3</userinput>\n"
"PING 192.168.1.3 (192.168.1.3): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.082 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.074 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.076 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.108 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.3: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.076 ms\n"
"\n"
"--- 192.168.1.3 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.074/0.083/0.108/0.013 ms"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20357
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ping -c5 192.168.1.2</userinput>\n"
"PING 192.168.1.2 (192.168.1.2): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.726 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.766 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.700 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.747 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.704 ms\n"
"\n"
"--- 192.168.1.2 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.700/0.729/0.766/0.025 ms"
msgstr ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ping -c5 192.168.1.2</userinput>\n"
"PING 192.168.1.2 (192.168.1.2): 56 data bytes\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.726 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.766 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.700 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.747 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.2: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.704 ms\n"
"\n"
"--- 192.168.1.2 ping statistics ---\n"
"5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss\n"
"round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 0.700/0.729/0.766/0.025 ms"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20369
msgid "To test network resolution, use the host name instead of the <acronym>IP</acronym> address. If there is no <acronym>DNS</acronym> server on the network, <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> must first be configured. To this purpose, edit <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> to add the names and <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses of the hosts on the <acronym>LAN</acronym>, if they are not already there. For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and to <filename>/usr/share/examples/etc/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20384
msgid "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</secondary>"
msgstr "<primary>network cards</primary> <secondary>troubleshooting</secondary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20389
msgid "When troubleshooting hardware and software configurations, check the simple things first. Is the network cable plugged in? Are the network services properly configured? Is the firewall configured correctly? Is the <acronym>NIC</acronym> supported by FreeBSD? Before sending a bug report, always check the Hardware Notes, update the version of FreeBSD to the latest STABLE version, check the mailing list archives, and search the Internet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20398
msgid "If the card works, yet performance is poor, read through <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tuning</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Also, check the network configuration as incorrect network settings can cause slow connections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20403
msgid "Some users experience one or two <errorname>device timeout</errorname> messages, which is normal for some cards. If they continue, or are bothersome, determine if the device is conflicting with another device. Double check the cable connections. Consider trying another card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20410
msgid "To resolve <errorname>watchdog timeout</errorname> errors, first check the network cable. Many cards require a <acronym>PCI</acronym> slot which supports bus mastering. On some old motherboards, only one <acronym>PCI</acronym> slot allows it, usually slot 0. Check the <acronym>NIC</acronym> and the motherboard documentation to determine if that may be the problem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20419
msgid "<errorname>No route to host</errorname> messages occur if the system is unable to route a packet to the destination host. This can happen if no default route is specified or if a cable is unplugged. Check the output of <command>netstat -rn</command> and make sure there is a valid route to the host. If there is not, read <xref linkend=\"network-routing\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20427
msgid "<errorname>ping: sendto: Permission denied</errorname> error messages are often caused by a misconfigured firewall. If a firewall is enabled on FreeBSD but no rules have been defined, the default policy is to deny all traffic, even <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Refer to <xref linkend=\"firewalls\"/> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20434
msgid "Sometimes performance of the card is poor or below average. In these cases, try setting the media selection mode from <literal>autoselect</literal> to the correct media selection. While this works for most hardware, it may or may not resolve the issue. Again, check all the network settings, and refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tuning</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:20446
msgid "Virtual Hosts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20448
msgid "<primary>virtual hosts</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>virtual hosts</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20449
msgid "<primary><acronym>IP</acronym> aliases</primary>"
msgstr "<primary><acronym>IP</acronym> aliases</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20452
msgid "A common use of FreeBSD is virtual site hosting, where one server appears to the network as many servers. This is achieved by assigning multiple network addresses to a single interface."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20457
msgid "A given network interface has one <quote>real</quote> address, and may have any number of <quote>alias</quote> addresses. These aliases are normally added by placing alias entries in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>, as seen in this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20463
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx\""
msgstr "ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx netmask xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx\""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20465
msgid "Alias entries must start with <literal>alias<replaceable>0</replaceable></literal> using a sequential number such as <literal>alias0</literal>, <literal>alias1</literal>, and so on. The configuration process will stop at the first missing number."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20472
msgid "The calculation of alias netmasks is important. For a given interface, there must be one address which correctly represents the network's netmask. Any other addresses which fall within this network must have a netmask of all <literal>1</literal>s, expressed as either <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.255</systemitem> or <systemitem class=\"netmask\">0xffffffff</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20480
msgid "For example, consider the case where the <filename>fxp0</filename> interface is connected to two networks: <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.0</systemitem> with a netmask of <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.0</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.16</systemitem> with a netmask of <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.240</systemitem>. The system is to be configured to appear in the ranges <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.1</systemitem> through <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.5</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.17</systemitem> through <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.20</systemitem>. Only the first address in a given network range should have a real netmask. All the rest (<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.2</systemitem> through <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">10.1.1.5</systemitem> and <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.18</systemitem> through <systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">202.0.75.20</systemitem>) must be configured with a netmask of <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.255</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20502
msgid "The following <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> entries configure the adapter correctly for this scenario:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20505
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet 10.1.1.2 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias1=\"inet 10.1.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias2=\"inet 10.1.1.4 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias3=\"inet 10.1.1.5 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias4=\"inet 202.0.75.17 netmask 255.255.255.240\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias5=\"inet 202.0.75.18 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias6=\"inet 202.0.75.19 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias7=\"inet 202.0.75.20 netmask 255.255.255.255\""
msgstr ""
"ifconfig_fxp0=\"inet 10.1.1.1 netmask 255.255.255.0\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias0=\"inet 10.1.1.2 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias1=\"inet 10.1.1.3 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias2=\"inet 10.1.1.4 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias3=\"inet 10.1.1.5 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias4=\"inet 202.0.75.17 netmask 255.255.255.240\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias5=\"inet 202.0.75.18 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias6=\"inet 202.0.75.19 netmask 255.255.255.255\"\n"
"ifconfig_fxp0_alias7=\"inet 202.0.75.20 netmask 255.255.255.255\""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20515
msgid "A simpler way to express this is with a space-separated list of <acronym>IP</acronym> address ranges. The first address will be given the indicated subnet mask and the additional addresses will have a subnet mask of <literal>255.255.255.255</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20521
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig_fxp0_aliases=\"inet 10.1.1.1-5/24 inet 202.0.75.17-20/28\""
msgstr "ifconfig_fxp0_aliases=\"inet 10.1.1.1-5/24 inet 202.0.75.17-20/28\""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:20526
msgid "Configuring System Logging"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:20529
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Niclas</firstname> <surname>Zeising</surname> </personname> <contrib>Contributed by </contrib>"
msgstr "<personname> <firstname>Niclas</firstname> <surname>Zeising</surname> </personname> <contrib>Bijgedragen door</contrib>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20539
msgid "<primary>system logging</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>system logging</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20542 book.translate.xml:57402
msgid "<primary>syslog</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>syslog</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20545
msgid "<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr "<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20549
msgid "Generating and reading system logs is an important aspect of system administration. The information in system logs can be used to detect hardware and software issues as well as application and system configuration errors. This information also plays an important role in security auditing and incident response. Most system daemons and applications will generate log entries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20557
msgid "FreeBSD provides a system logger, <application>syslogd</application>, to manage logging. By default, <application>syslogd</application> is started when the system boots. This is controlled by the variable <literal>syslogd_enable</literal> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. There are numerous application arguments that can be set using <literal>syslogd_flags</literal> in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on the available arguments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:20568
msgid "This section describes how to configure the FreeBSD system logger for both local and remote logging and how to perform log rotation and log management."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20573
msgid "Configuring Local Logging"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20575
msgid "<primary>syslog.conf</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>syslog.conf</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20577
msgid "The configuration file, <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>, controls what <application>syslogd</application> does with log entries as they are received. There are several parameters to control the handling of incoming events. The <firstterm>facility</firstterm> describes which subsystem generated the message, such as the kernel or a daemon, and the <firstterm>level</firstterm> describes the severity of the event that occurred. This makes it possible to configure if and where a log message is logged, depending on the facility and level. It is also possible to take action depending on the application that sent the message, and in the case of remote logging, the hostname of the machine generating the logging event."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20592
msgid "This configuration file contains one line per action, where the syntax for each line is a selector field followed by an action field. The syntax of the selector field is <replaceable>facility.level</replaceable> which will match log messages from <replaceable>facility</replaceable> at level <replaceable>level</replaceable> or higher. It is also possible to add an optional comparison flag before the level to specify more precisely what is logged. Multiple selector fields can be used for the same action, and are separated with a semicolon (<literal>;</literal>). Using <literal>*</literal> will match everything. The action field denotes where to send the log message, such as to a file or remote log host. As an example, here is the default <filename>syslog.conf</filename> from FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20607
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"#       Spaces ARE valid field separators in this file. However,\n"
"#       other *nix-like systems still insist on using tabs as field\n"
"#       separators. If you are sharing this file between systems, you\n"
"#       may want to use only tabs as field separators here.\n"
"#       Consult the syslog.conf(5) manpage.\n"
"*.err;kern.warning;auth.notice;mail.crit                /dev/console\n"
"*.notice;authpriv.none;kern.debug;lpr.info;mail.crit;news.err   /var/log/messages\n"
"security.*                                      /var/log/security\n"
"auth.info;authpriv.info                         /var/log/auth.log\n"
"mail.info                                       /var/log/maillog\n"
"lpr.info                                        /var/log/lpd-errs\n"
"ftp.info                                        /var/log/xferlog\n"
"cron.*                                          /var/log/cron\n"
"!-devd\n"
"*.=debug                                        /var/log/debug.log\n"
"*.emerg                                         *\n"
"# uncomment this to log all writes to /dev/console to /var/log/console.log\n"
"#console.info                                   /var/log/console.log\n"
"# uncomment this to enable logging of all log messages to /var/log/all.log\n"
"# touch /var/log/all.log and chmod it to mode 600 before it will work\n"
"#*.*                                            /var/log/all.log\n"
"# uncomment this to enable logging to a remote loghost named loghost\n"
"#*.*                                            @loghost\n"
"# uncomment these if you're running inn\n"
"# news.crit                                     /var/log/news/news.crit\n"
"# news.err                                      /var/log/news/news.err\n"
"# news.notice                                   /var/log/news/news.notice\n"
"# Uncomment this if you wish to see messages produced by devd\n"
"# !devd\n"
"# *.&gt;=info\n"
"!ppp\n"
"*.*                                             /var/log/ppp.log\n"
"!*"
msgstr ""
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"#       Spaces ARE valid field separators in this file. However,\n"
"#       other *nix-like systems still insist on using tabs as field\n"
"#       separators. If you are sharing this file between systems, you\n"
"#       may want to use only tabs as field separators here.\n"
"#       Consult the syslog.conf(5) manpage.\n"
"*.err;kern.warning;auth.notice;mail.crit                /dev/console\n"
"*.notice;authpriv.none;kern.debug;lpr.info;mail.crit;news.err   /var/log/messages\n"
"security.*                                      /var/log/security\n"
"auth.info;authpriv.info                         /var/log/auth.log\n"
"mail.info                                       /var/log/maillog\n"
"lpr.info                                        /var/log/lpd-errs\n"
"ftp.info                                        /var/log/xferlog\n"
"cron.*                                          /var/log/cron\n"
"!-devd\n"
"*.=debug                                        /var/log/debug.log\n"
"*.emerg                                         *\n"
"# uncomment this to log all writes to /dev/console to /var/log/console.log\n"
"#console.info                                   /var/log/console.log\n"
"# uncomment this to enable logging of all log messages to /var/log/all.log\n"
"# touch /var/log/all.log and chmod it to mode 600 before it will work\n"
"#*.*                                            /var/log/all.log\n"
"# uncomment this to enable logging to a remote loghost named loghost\n"
"#*.*                                            @loghost\n"
"# uncomment these if you're running inn\n"
"# news.crit                                     /var/log/news/news.crit\n"
"# news.err                                      /var/log/news/news.err\n"
"# news.notice                                   /var/log/news/news.notice\n"
"# Uncomment this if you wish to see messages produced by devd\n"
"# !devd\n"
"# *.&gt;=info\n"
"!ppp\n"
"*.*                                             /var/log/ppp.log\n"
"!*"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20643
msgid "In this example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20647
msgid "Line 8 matches all messages with a level of <literal>err</literal> or higher, as well as <literal>kern.warning</literal>, <literal>auth.notice</literal> and <literal>mail.crit</literal>, and sends these log messages to the console (<filename>/dev/console</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20657
msgid "Line 12 matches all messages from the <literal>mail</literal> facility at level <literal>info</literal> or above and logs the messages to <filename>/var/log/maillog</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20664
msgid "Line 17 uses a comparison flag (<literal>=</literal>) to only match messages at level <literal>debug</literal> and logs them to <filename>/var/log/debug.log</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20671
msgid "Line 33 is an example usage of a program specification. This makes the rules following it only valid for the specified program. In this case, only the messages generated by <application>ppp</application> are logged to <filename>/var/log/ppp.log</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20679
msgid "The available levels, in order from most to least critical are <literal>emerg</literal>, <literal>alert</literal>, <literal>crit</literal>, <literal>err</literal>, <literal>warning</literal>, <literal>notice</literal>, <literal>info</literal>, and <literal>debug</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20686
msgid "The facilities, in no particular order, are <literal>auth</literal>, <literal>authpriv</literal>, <literal>console</literal>, <literal>cron</literal>, <literal>daemon</literal>, <literal>ftp</literal>, <literal>kern</literal>, <literal>lpr</literal>, <literal>mail</literal>, <literal>mark</literal>, <literal>news</literal>, <literal>security</literal>, <literal>syslog</literal>, <literal>user</literal>, <literal>uucp</literal>, and <literal>local0</literal> through <literal>local7</literal>. Be aware that other operating systems might have different facilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20698
msgid "To log everything of level <literal>notice</literal> and higher to <filename>/var/log/daemon.log</filename>, add the following entry:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20702
#, no-wrap
msgid "daemon.notice                                        /var/log/daemon.log"
msgstr "daemon.notice                                        /var/log/daemon.log"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20704
msgid "For more information about the different levels and facilities, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. For more information about <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>, its syntax, and more advanced usage examples, see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:20712
msgid "Log Management and Rotation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20714
msgid "<primary>newsyslog</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>newsyslog</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20715
msgid "<primary>newsyslog.conf</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>newsyslog.conf</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20716
msgid "<primary>log rotation</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>log rotation</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:20717
msgid "<primary>log management</primary>"
msgstr "<primary>log management</primary>"

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20719
msgid "Log files can grow quickly, taking up disk space and making it more difficult to locate useful information. Log management attempts to mitigate this. In FreeBSD, <application>newsyslog</application> is used to manage log files. This built-in program periodically rotates and compresses log files, and optionally creates missing log files and signals programs when log files are moved. The log files may be generated by <application>syslogd</application> or by any other program which generates log files. While <application>newsyslog</application> is normally run from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, it is not a system daemon. In the default configuration, it runs every hour."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20732
msgid "To know which actions to take, <application>newsyslog</application> reads its configuration file, <filename>/etc/newsyslog.conf</filename>. This file contains one line for each log file that <application>newsyslog</application> manages. Each line states the file owner, permissions, when to rotate that file, optional flags that affect log rotation, such as compression, and programs to signal when the log is rotated. Here is the default configuration in FreeBSD:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20742
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# configuration file for newsyslog\n"
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"# Entries which do not specify the '/pid_file' field will cause the\n"
"# syslogd process to be signalled when that log file is rotated.  This\n"
"# action is only appropriate for log files which are written to by the\n"
"# syslogd process (ie, files listed in /etc/syslog.conf).  If there\n"
"# is no process which needs to be signalled when a given log file is\n"
"# rotated, then the entry for that file should include the 'N' flag.\n"
"#\n"
"# The 'flags' field is one or more of the letters: BCDGJNUXZ or a '-'.\n"
"#\n"
"# Note: some sites will want to select more restrictive protections than the\n"
"# defaults.  In particular, it may be desirable to switch many of the 644\n"
"# entries to 640 or 600.  For example, some sites will consider the\n"
"# contents of maillog, messages, and lpd-errs to be confidential.  In the\n"
"# future, these defaults may change to more conservative ones.\n"
"#\n"
"# logfilename          [owner:group]    mode count size when  flags [/pid_file] [sig_num]\n"
"/var/log/all.log                        600  7     *    @T00  J\n"
"/var/log/amd.log                        644  7     100  *     J\n"
"/var/log/auth.log                       600  7     100  @0101T JC\n"
"/var/log/console.log                    600  5     100  *     J\n"
"/var/log/cron                           600  3     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/daily.log                      640  7     *    @T00  JN\n"
"/var/log/debug.log                      600  7     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/kerberos.log                   600  7     100  *     J\n"
"/var/log/lpd-errs                       644  7     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/maillog                        640  7     *    @T00  JC\n"
"/var/log/messages                       644  5     100  @0101T JC\n"
"/var/log/monthly.log                    640  12    *    $M1D0 JN\n"
"/var/log/pflog                          600  3     100  *     JB    /var/run/pflogd.pid\n"
"/var/log/ppp.log        root:network    640  3     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/devd.log                       644  3     100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/security                       600  10    100  *     JC\n"
"/var/log/sendmail.st                    640  10    *    168   B\n"
"/var/log/utx.log                        644  3     *    @01T05 B\n"
"/var/log/weekly.log                     640  5     1    $W6D0 JN\n"
"/var/log/xferlog                        600  7     100  *     JC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20782
msgid "Each line starts with the name of the log to be rotated, optionally followed by an owner and group for both rotated and newly created files. The <literal>mode</literal> field sets the permissions on the log file and <literal>count</literal> denotes how many rotated log files should be kept. The <literal>size</literal> and <literal>when</literal> fields tell <application>newsyslog</application> when to rotate the file. A log file is rotated when either its size is larger than the <literal>size</literal> field or when the time in the <literal>when</literal> field has passed. An asterisk (<literal>*</literal>) means that this field is ignored. The <replaceable>flags</replaceable> field gives further instructions, such as how to compress the rotated file or to create the log file if it is missing. The last two fields are optional and specify the name of the Process ID (<acronym>PID</acronym>) file of a process and a signal number to send to that process when the file is rotated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20800
msgid "For more information on all fields, valid flags, and how to specify the rotation time, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>newsyslog.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Since <application>newsyslog</application> is run from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, it cannot rotate files more often than it is scheduled to run from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cron</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:20809
msgid "Configuring Remote Logging"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20822
msgid "Monitoring the log files of multiple hosts can become unwieldy as the number of systems increases. Configuring centralized logging can reduce some of the administrative burden of log file administration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:20827
msgid "In FreeBSD, centralized log file aggregation, merging, and rotation can be configured using <application>syslogd</application> and <application>newsyslog</application>. This section demonstrates an example configuration, where host <systemitem>A</systemitem>, named <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">logserv.example.com</systemitem>, will collect logging information for the local network. Host <systemitem>B</systemitem>, named <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">logclient.example.com</systemitem>, will be configured to pass logging information to the logging server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20839
msgid "Log Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20841
msgid "A log server is a system that has been configured to accept logging information from other hosts. Before configuring a log server, check the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20847
msgid "If there is a firewall between the logging server and any logging clients, ensure that the firewall ruleset allows <acronym>UDP</acronym> port 514 for both the clients and the server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:20854
msgid "The logging server and all client machines must have forward and reverse entries in the local <acronym>DNS</acronym>. If the network does not have a <acronym>DNS</acronym> server, create entries in each system's <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Proper name resolution is required so that log entries are not rejected by the logging server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20864
msgid "On the log server, edit <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename> to specify the name of the client to receive log entries from, the logging facility to be used, and the name of the log to store the host's log entries. This example adds the hostname of <systemitem>B</systemitem>, logs all facilities, and stores the log entries in <filename>/var/log/logclient.log</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:20874
msgid "Sample Log Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20876
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"+logclient.example.com\n"
"*.*     /var/log/logclient.log"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20880
msgid "When adding multiple log clients, add a similar two-line entry for each client. More information about the available facilities may be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslog.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20884
msgid "Next, configure <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"syslogd_flags=\"-a logclient.example.com -v -v\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20890
msgid "The first entry starts <application>syslogd</application> at system boot. The second entry allows log entries from the specified client. The <option>-v -v</option> increases the verbosity of logged messages. This is useful for tweaking facilities as administrators are able to see what type of messages are being logged under each facility."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20898
msgid "Multiple <option>-a</option> options may be specified to allow logging from multiple clients. <acronym>IP</acronym> addresses and whole netblocks may also be specified. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>syslogd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for a full list of possible options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20904
msgid "Finally, create the log file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20906
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>touch /var/log/logclient.log</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20908
msgid "At this point, <application>syslogd</application> should be restarted and verified:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20911
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service syslogd restart</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pgrep syslog</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20914
msgid "If a <acronym>PID</acronym> is returned, the server restarted successfully, and client configuration can begin. If the server did not restart, consult <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> for the error."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20921
msgid "Log Client Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20923
msgid "A logging client sends log entries to a logging server on the network. The client also keeps a local copy of its own logs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20927
msgid "Once a logging server has been configured, edit <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename> on the logging client:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20931
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"syslogd_enable=\"YES\"\n"
"syslogd_flags=\"-s -v -v\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20934
msgid "The first entry enables <application>syslogd</application> on boot up. The second entry prevents logs from being accepted by this client from other hosts (<option>-s</option>) and increases the verbosity of logged messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20940
msgid "Next, define the logging server in the client's <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename>. In this example, all logged facilities are sent to a remote system, denoted by the <literal>@</literal> symbol, with the specified hostname:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20946
#, no-wrap
msgid "*.*\t\t@logserv.example.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20948
msgid "After saving the edit, restart <application>syslogd</application> for the changes to take effect:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20952 book.translate.xml:20996
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service syslogd restart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20954
msgid "To test that log messages are being sent across the network, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>logger</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> on the client to send a message to <application>syslogd</application>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:20958
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>logger \"<replaceable>Test message from logclient</replaceable>\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20960
msgid "This message should now exist both in <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> on the client and <filename>/var/log/logclient.log</filename> on the log server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:20967
msgid "Debugging Log Servers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20969
msgid "If no messages are being received on the log server, the cause is most likely a network connectivity issue, a hostname resolution issue, or a typo in a configuration file. To isolate the cause, ensure that both the logging server and the logging client are able to <command>ping</command> each other using the hostname specified in their <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. If this fails, check the network cabling, the firewall ruleset, and the hostname entries in the <acronym>DNS</acronym> server or <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> on both the logging server and clients. Repeat until the <command>ping</command> is successful from both hosts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20983
msgid "If the <command>ping</command> succeeds on both hosts but log messages are still not being received, temporarily increase logging verbosity to narrow down the configuration issue. In the following example, <filename>/var/log/logclient.log</filename> on the logging server is empty and <filename>/var/log/messages</filename> on the logging client does not indicate a reason for the failure. To increase debugging output, edit the <literal>syslogd_flags</literal> entry on the logging server and issue a restart:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:20994
#, no-wrap
msgid "syslogd_flags=\"-d -a logclient.example.com -v -v\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:20998
msgid "Debugging data similar to the following will flash on the console immediately after the restart:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21001
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n"
"syslogd: restarted\n"
"logmsg: pri 6, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"Logging to FILE /var/log/messages\n"
"syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"cvthname(192.168.1.10)\n"
"validate: dgram from IP 192.168.1.10, port 514, name logclient.example.com;\n"
"rejected in rule 0 due to name mismatch."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21010
msgid "In this example, the log messages are being rejected due to a typo which results in a hostname mismatch. The client's hostname should be <literal>logclient</literal>, not <literal>logclien</literal>. Fix the typo, issue a restart, and verify the results:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21016
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service syslogd restart</userinput>\n"
"logmsg: pri 56, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: restart\n"
"syslogd: restarted\n"
"logmsg: pri 6, flags 4, from logserv.example.com, msg syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"syslogd: kernel boot file is /boot/kernel/kernel\n"
"logmsg: pri 166, flags 17, from logserv.example.com,\n"
"msg Dec 10 20:55:02 &lt;syslog.err&gt; logserv.example.com syslogd: exiting on signal 2\n"
"cvthname(192.168.1.10)\n"
"validate: dgram from IP 192.168.1.10, port 514, name logclient.example.com;\n"
"accepted in rule 0.\n"
"logmsg: pri 15, flags 0, from logclient.example.com, msg Dec 11 02:01:28 trhodes: Test message 2\n"
"Logging to FILE /var/log/logclient.log\n"
"Logging to FILE /var/log/messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21030
msgid "At this point, the messages are being properly received and placed in the correct file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21035 book.translate.xml:52939
msgid "Security Considerations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21037
msgid "As with any network service, security requirements should be considered before implementing a logging server. Log files may contain sensitive data about services enabled on the local host, user accounts, and configuration data. Network data sent from the client to the server will not be encrypted or password protected. If a need for encryption exists, consider using <package>security/stunnel</package>, which will transmit the logging data over an encrypted tunnel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21047
msgid "Local security is also an issue. Log files are not encrypted during use or after log rotation. Local users may access log files to gain additional insight into system configuration. Setting proper permissions on log files is critical. The built-in log rotator, <application>newsyslog</application>, supports setting permissions on newly created and rotated log files. Setting log files to mode <literal>600</literal> should prevent unwanted access by local users. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>newsyslog.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for additional information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21065
msgid "<filename>/etc</filename> Layout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21068
msgid "There are a number of directories in which configuration information is kept. These include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21078
msgid "<filename>/etc</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21079
msgid "Generic system-specific configuration information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21084
msgid "<filename>/etc/defaults</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21085
msgid "Default versions of system configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21090
msgid "<filename>/etc/mail</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21091
msgid "Extra <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> configuration and other <acronym>MTA</acronym> configuration files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21096
msgid "<filename>/etc/ppp</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21097
msgid "Configuration for both user- and kernel-ppp programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21102 book.translate.xml:55715
msgid "<filename>/etc/namedb</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21103
msgid "Default location for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> data. Normally <filename>named.conf</filename> and zone files are stored here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21109
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21110
msgid "Configuration files for installed applications. May contain per-application subdirectories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21115
msgid "<filename>/usr/local/etc/rc.d</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21116
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> scripts for installed applications."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21121
msgid "<filename>/var/db</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21122
msgid "Automatically generated system-specific database files, such as the package database and the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>locate</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> database."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21132
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21134
msgid "<primary>hostname</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21135 book.translate.xml:49592 book.translate.xml:50694
#: book.translate.xml:51580 book.translate.xml:55425
msgid "<primary>DNS</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21138
msgid "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21140
msgid "<primary><filename>resolv.conf</filename></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21144
msgid "How a FreeBSD system accesses the Internet Domain Name System (<acronym>DNS</acronym>) is controlled by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21148
msgid "The most common entries to <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21158
msgid "<literal>nameserver</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21159
msgid "The <acronym>IP</acronym> address of a name server the resolver should query. The servers are queried in the order listed with a maximum of three."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21166
msgid "<literal>search</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21167
msgid "Search list for hostname lookup. This is normally determined by the domain of the local hostname."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21173
msgid "<literal>domain</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:21174
msgid "The local domain name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21180
msgid "A typical <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21183
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"search example.com\n"
"nameserver 147.11.1.11\n"
"nameserver 147.11.100.30"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:21188
msgid "Only one of the <literal>search</literal> and <literal>domain</literal> options should be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21192
msgid "When using <acronym>DHCP</acronym>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dhclient</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> usually rewrites <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> with information received from the <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21199
msgid "<filename>/etc/hosts</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21201
msgid "<primary>hosts</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21203
msgid "<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> is a simple text database which works in conjunction with <acronym>DNS</acronym> and <acronym>NIS</acronym> to provide host name to <acronym>IP</acronym> address mappings. Entries for local computers connected via a <acronym>LAN</acronym> can be added to this file for simplistic naming purposes instead of setting up a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>named</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> server. Additionally, <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> can be used to provide a local record of Internet names, reducing the need to query external <acronym>DNS</acronym> servers for commonly accessed names."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21216
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"# Host Database\n"
"#\n"
"# This file should contain the addresses and aliases for local hosts that\n"
"# share this file.  Replace 'my.domain' below with the domainname of your\n"
"# machine.\n"
"#\n"
"# In the presence of the domain name service or NIS, this file may\n"
"# not be consulted at all; see /etc/nsswitch.conf for the resolution order.\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"::1\t\t\tlocalhost localhost.my.domain\n"
"127.0.0.1\t\tlocalhost localhost.my.domain\n"
"#\n"
"# Imaginary network.\n"
"#10.0.0.2\t\tmyname.my.domain myname\n"
"#10.0.0.3\t\tmyfriend.my.domain myfriend\n"
"#\n"
"# According to RFC 1918, you can use the following IP networks for\n"
"# private nets which will never be connected to the Internet:\n"
"#\n"
"#\t10.0.0.0\t-   10.255.255.255\n"
"#\t172.16.0.0\t-   172.31.255.255\n"
"#\t192.168.0.0\t-   192.168.255.255\n"
"#\n"
"# In case you want to be able to connect to the Internet, you need\n"
"# real official assigned numbers.  Do not try to invent your own network\n"
"# numbers but instead get one from your network provider (if any) or\n"
"# from your regional registry (ARIN, APNIC, LACNIC, RIPE NCC, or AfriNIC.)\n"
"#"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21249
msgid "The format of <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21252
#, no-wrap
msgid "[Internet address] [official hostname] [alias1] [alias2] ..."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21254
msgid "For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21256
#, no-wrap
msgid "10.0.0.1 myRealHostname.example.com myRealHostname foobar1 foobar2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21258
msgid "Consult <citerefentry><refentrytitle>hosts</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:21264
msgid "Tuning with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21266 book.translate.xml:21311
msgid "<primary>sysctl</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21267
msgid "<primary>tuning</primary> <secondary>with sysctl</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21272
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to make changes to a running FreeBSD system. This includes many advanced options of the <acronym>TCP/IP</acronym> stack and virtual memory system that can dramatically improve performance for an experienced system administrator. Over five hundred system variables can be read and set using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21279
msgid "At its core, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> serves two functions: to read and to modify system settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21282
msgid "To view all readable variables:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21284
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sysctl -a</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21286
msgid "To read a particular variable, specify its name:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21288
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.maxproc</userinput>\n"
"kern.maxproc: 1044"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21291
msgid "To set a particular variable, use the <replaceable>variable</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable> syntax:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21295
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.maxfiles=5000</userinput>\n"
"kern.maxfiles: 2088 -&gt; 5000"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21298
msgid "Settings of sysctl variables are usually either strings, numbers, or booleans, where a boolean is <literal>1</literal> for yes or <literal>0</literal> for no."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21302
msgid "To automatically set some variables each time the machine boots, add them to <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>. For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <xref linkend=\"configtuning-sysctlconf\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21308
msgid "<filename>sysctl.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21310
msgid "<primary>sysctl.conf</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21313
msgid "The configuration file for <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>, looks much like <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>. Values are set in a <literal>variable=value</literal> form. The specified values are set after the system goes into multi-user mode. Not all variables are settable in this mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21320
msgid "For example, to turn off logging of fatal signal exits and prevent users from seeing processes started by other users, the following tunables can be set in <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:21325
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# Do not log fatal signal exits (e.g., sig 11)\n"
"kern.logsigexit=0\n"
"\n"
"# Prevent users from seeing information about processes that\n"
"# are being run under another UID.\n"
"security.bsd.see_other_uids=0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:21335
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> Read-only"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21348
msgid "In some cases it may be desirable to modify read-only <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> values, which will require a reboot of the system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21352
msgid "For instance, on some laptop models the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cardbus</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> device will not probe memory ranges and will fail with errors similar to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21356
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cbb0: Could not map register memory\n"
"device_probe_and_attach: cbb0 attach returned 12"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21359
msgid "The fix requires the modification of a read-only <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> setting. Add <option>hw.pci.allow_unsupported_io_range=1</option> to <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> and reboot. Now <citerefentry><refentrytitle>cardbus</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> should work properly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:21368
msgid "Tuning Disks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:21370
msgid "The following section will discuss various tuning mechanisms and options which may be applied to disk devices. In many cases, disks with mechanical parts, such as <acronym>SCSI</acronym> drives, will be the bottleneck driving down the overall system performance. While a solution is to install a drive without mechanical parts, such as a solid state drive, mechanical drives are not going away anytime in the near future. When tuning disks, it is advisable to utilize the features of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>iostat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> command to test various changes to the system. This command will allow the user to obtain valuable information on system <acronym>IO</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21384
msgid "Sysctl Variables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21387
msgid "<varname>vfs.vmiodirenable</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21389
msgid "<primary><varname>vfs.vmiodirenable</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21393
msgid "The <varname>vfs.vmiodirenable</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable may be set to either <literal>0</literal> (off) or <literal>1</literal> (on). It is set to <literal>1</literal> by default. This variable controls how directories are cached by the system. Most directories are small, using just a single fragment (typically 1 K) in the file system and typically 512 bytes in the buffer cache. With this variable turned off, the buffer cache will only cache a fixed number of directories, even if the system has a huge amount of memory. When turned on, this <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> allows the buffer cache to use the <acronym>VM</acronym> page cache to cache the directories, making all the memory available for caching directories. However, the minimum in-core memory used to cache a directory is the physical page size (typically 4 K) rather than 512  bytes. Keeping this option enabled is recommended if the system is running any services which manipulate large numbers of files. Such services can include web caches, large mail systems, and news systems. Keeping this option on will generally not reduce performance, even with the wasted memory, but one should experiment to find out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21419
msgid "<varname>vfs.write_behind</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21421
msgid "<primary><varname>vfs.write_behind</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21425
msgid "The <varname>vfs.write_behind</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable defaults to <literal>1</literal> (on). This tells the file system to issue media writes as full clusters are collected, which typically occurs when writing large sequential files. This avoids saturating the buffer cache with dirty buffers when it would not benefit I/O performance. However, this may stall processes and under certain circumstances should be turned off."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21437
msgid "<varname>vfs.hirunningspace</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21439
msgid "<primary><varname>vfs.hirunningspace</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21443
msgid "The <varname>vfs.hirunningspace</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable determines how much outstanding write I/O may be queued to disk controllers system-wide at any given instance. The default is usually sufficient, but on machines with many disks, try bumping it up to four or five <emphasis>megabytes</emphasis>. Setting too high a value which exceeds the buffer cache's write threshold can lead to bad clustering performance. Do not set this value arbitrarily high as higher write values may add latency to reads occurring at the same time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21454
msgid "There are various other buffer cache and <acronym>VM</acronym> page cache related <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> values. Modifying these values is not recommended as the <acronym>VM</acronym> system does a good job of automatically tuning itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21462
msgid "<varname>vm.swap_idle_enabled</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21464
msgid "<primary><varname>vm.swap_idle_enabled</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21468
msgid "The <varname>vm.swap_idle_enabled</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable is useful in large multi-user systems with many active login users and lots of idle processes. Such systems tend to generate continuous pressure on free memory reserves. Turning this feature on and tweaking the swapout hysteresis (in idle seconds) via <varname>vm.swap_idle_threshold1</varname> and <varname>vm.swap_idle_threshold2</varname> depresses the priority of memory pages associated with idle processes more quickly then the normal pageout algorithm. This gives a helping hand to the pageout daemon. Only turn this option on if needed, because the tradeoff is essentially pre-page memory sooner rather than later which eats more swap and disk bandwidth. In a small system this option will have a determinable effect, but in a large system that is already doing moderate paging, this option allows the <acronym>VM</acronym> system to stage whole processes into and out of memory easily."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21489
msgid "<varname>hw.ata.wc</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21491
msgid "<primary><varname>hw.ata.wc</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21495
msgid "Turning off <acronym>IDE</acronym> write caching reduces write bandwidth to <acronym>IDE</acronym> disks, but may sometimes be necessary due to data consistency issues introduced by hard drive vendors. The problem is that some <acronym>IDE</acronym> drives lie about when a write completes. With <acronym>IDE</acronym> write caching turned on, <acronym>IDE</acronym> hard drives write data to disk out of order and will sometimes delay writing some blocks indefinitely when under heavy disk load. A crash or power failure may cause serious file system corruption. Check the default on the system by observing the <varname>hw.ata.wc</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable. If <acronym>IDE</acronym> write caching is turned off, one can set this read-only variable to <literal>1</literal> in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> in order to enable it at boot time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21513
msgid "For more information, refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ata</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21517
msgid "<literal>SCSI_DELAY</literal> (<varname>kern.cam.scsi_delay</varname>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21520
msgid "<primary><varname>kern.cam.scsi_delay</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21524
msgid "<primary>kernel options</primary> <secondary><literal>SCSI DELAY</literal></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21529
msgid "The <literal>SCSI_DELAY</literal> kernel configuration option may be used to reduce system boot times. The defaults are fairly high and can be responsible for <literal>15</literal> seconds of delay in the boot process. Reducing it to <literal>5</literal> seconds usually works with modern drives. The <varname>kern.cam.scsi_delay</varname> boot time tunable should be used. The tunable and kernel configuration option accept values in terms of <emphasis>milliseconds</emphasis> and <emphasis>not</emphasis> <emphasis>seconds</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21545
msgid "Soft Updates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21547
msgid "<primary>Soft Updates</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21548
msgid "<primary><citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21550
msgid "To fine-tune a file system, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This program has many different options. To toggle Soft Updates on and off, use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:21554
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tunefs -n enable /filesystem</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>tunefs -n disable /filesystem</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21557
msgid "A file system cannot be modified with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tunefs</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> while it is mounted. A good time to enable Soft Updates is before any partitions have been mounted, in single-user mode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21561
msgid "Soft Updates is recommended for <acronym>UFS</acronym> file systems as it drastically improves meta-data performance, mainly file creation and deletion, through the use of a memory cache. There are two downsides to Soft Updates to be aware of. First, Soft Updates guarantee file system consistency in the case of a crash, but could easily be several seconds or even a minute behind updating the physical disk. If the system crashes, unwritten data may be lost. Secondly, Soft Updates delay the freeing of file system blocks. If the root file system is almost full, performing a major update, such as <command>make installworld</command>, can cause the file system to run out of space and the update to fail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21575
msgid "More Details About Soft Updates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21577
msgid "<primary>Soft Updates</primary> <secondary>details</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21582
msgid "Meta-data updates are updates to non-content data like inodes or directories. There are two traditional approaches to writing a file system's meta-data back to disk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21586
msgid "Historically, the default behavior was to write out meta-data updates synchronously. If a directory changed, the system waited until the change was actually written to disk. The file data buffers (file contents) were passed through the buffer cache and backed up to disk later on asynchronously. The advantage of this implementation is that it operates safely. If there is a failure during an update, meta-data is always in a consistent state. A file is either created completely or not at all. If the data blocks of a file did not find their way out of the buffer cache onto the disk by the time of the crash, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> recognizes this and repairs the file system by setting the file length to <literal>0</literal>. Additionally, the implementation is clear and simple. The disadvantage is that meta-data changes are slow. For example, <command>rm -r</command> touches all the files in a directory sequentially, but each directory change will be written synchronously to the disk. This includes updates to the directory itself, to the inode table, and possibly to indirect blocks allocated by the file. Similar considerations apply for unrolling large hierarchies using <command>tar -x</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21609
msgid "The second approach is to use asynchronous meta-data updates. This is the default for a <acronym>UFS</acronym> file system mounted with <command>mount -o async</command>. Since all meta-data updates are also passed through the buffer cache, they will be intermixed with the updates of the file content data. The advantage of this implementation is there is no need to wait until each meta-data update has been written to disk, so all operations which cause huge amounts of meta-data updates work much faster than in the synchronous case. This implementation is still clear and simple, so there is a low risk for bugs creeping into the code. The disadvantage is that there is no guarantee for a consistent state of the file system. If there is a failure during an operation that updated large amounts of meta-data, like a power failure or someone pressing the reset button, the file system will be left in an unpredictable state. There is no opportunity to examine the state of the file system when the system comes up again as the data blocks of a file could already have been written to the disk while the updates of the inode table or the associated directory were not. It is impossible to implement a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> which is able to clean up the resulting chaos because the necessary information is not available on the disk. If the file system has been damaged beyond repair, the only choice is to reformat it and restore from backup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21636
msgid "The usual solution for this problem is to implement <emphasis>dirty region logging</emphasis>, which is also referred to as <emphasis>journaling</emphasis>. Meta-data updates are still written synchronously, but only into a small region of the disk. Later on, they are moved to their proper location. Because the logging area is a small, contiguous region on the disk, there are no long distances for the disk heads to move, even during heavy operations, so these operations are quicker than synchronous updates. Additionally, the complexity of the implementation is limited, so the risk of bugs being present is low. A disadvantage is that all meta-data is written twice, once into the logging region and once to the proper location, so performance <quote>pessimization</quote> might result. On the other hand, in case of a crash, all pending meta-data operations can be either quickly rolled back or completed from the logging area after the system comes up again, resulting in a fast file system startup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21655
msgid "Kirk McKusick, the developer of Berkeley <acronym>FFS</acronym>, solved this problem with Soft Updates. All pending meta-data updates are kept in memory and written out to disk in a sorted sequence (<quote>ordered meta-data updates</quote>). This has the effect that, in case of heavy meta-data operations, later updates to an item <quote>catch</quote> the earlier ones which are still in memory and have not already been written to disk. All operations are generally performed in memory before the update is written to disk and the data blocks are sorted according to their position so that they will not be on the disk ahead of their meta-data. If the system crashes, an implicit <quote>log rewind</quote> causes all operations which were not written to the disk appear as if they never happened. A consistent file system state is maintained that appears to be the one of 30 to 60 seconds earlier. The algorithm used guarantees that all resources in use are marked as such in their blocks and inodes. After a crash, the only resource allocation error that occurs is that resources are marked as <quote>used</quote> which are actually <quote>free</quote>. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> recognizes this situation, and frees the resources that are no longer used. It is safe to ignore the dirty state of the file system after a crash by forcibly mounting it with <command>mount -f</command>. In order to free resources that may be unused, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> needs to be run at a later time. This is the idea behind the <emphasis>background <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></emphasis>: at system startup time, only a <emphasis>snapshot</emphasis> of the file system is recorded and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is run afterwards. All file systems can then be mounted <quote>dirty</quote>, so the system startup proceeds in multi-user mode. Then, background <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> is scheduled for all file systems where this is required, to free resources that may be unused. File systems that do not use Soft Updates still need the usual foreground <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21693
msgid "The advantage is that meta-data operations are nearly as fast as asynchronous updates and are faster than <emphasis>logging</emphasis>, which has to write the meta-data twice. The disadvantages are the complexity of the code, a higher memory consumption, and some idiosyncrasies. After a crash, the state of the file system appears to be somewhat <quote>older</quote>. In situations where the standard synchronous approach would have caused some zero-length files to remain after the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fsck</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, these files do not exist at all with Soft Updates because neither the meta-data nor the file contents have been written to disk. Disk space is not released until the updates have been written to disk, which may take place some time after running <citerefentry><refentrytitle>rm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. This may cause problems when installing large amounts of data on a file system that does not have enough free space to hold all the files twice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:21715
msgid "Tuning Kernel Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21717
msgid "<primary>tuning</primary> <secondary>kernel limits</secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21723
msgid "File/Process Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21726
msgid "<varname>kern.maxfiles</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21728
msgid "<primary><varname>kern.maxfiles</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21732
msgid "The <varname>kern.maxfiles</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable can be raised or lowered based upon system requirements. This variable indicates the maximum number of file descriptors on the system. When the file descriptor table is full, <errorname>file: table is full</errorname> will show up repeatedly in the system message buffer, which can be viewed using <citerefentry><refentrytitle>dmesg</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21740
msgid "Each open file, socket, or fifo uses one file descriptor. A large-scale production server may easily require many thousands of file descriptors, depending on the kind and number of services running concurrently."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21745
msgid "In older FreeBSD releases, the default value of <varname>kern.maxfiles</varname> is derived from <option>maxusers</option> in the kernel configuration file. <varname>kern.maxfiles</varname> grows proportionally to the value of <option>maxusers</option>. When compiling a custom kernel, consider setting this kernel configuration option according to the use of the system. From this number, the kernel is given most of its pre-defined limits. Even though a production machine may not have 256 concurrent users, the resources needed may be similar to a high-scale web server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21757
msgid "The read-only <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable <varname>kern.maxusers</varname> is automatically sized at boot based on the amount of memory available in the system, and may be determined at run-time by inspecting the value of <varname>kern.maxusers</varname>. Some systems require larger or smaller values of <varname>kern.maxusers</varname> and values of <literal>64</literal>, <literal>128</literal>, and <literal>256</literal> are not uncommon. Going above <literal>256</literal> is not recommended unless a huge number of file descriptors is needed. Many of the tunable values set to their defaults by <varname>kern.maxusers</varname> may be individually overridden at boot-time or run-time in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename>. Refer to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> and <filename>/boot/defaults/loader.conf</filename> for more details and some hints."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
#: book.translate.xml:21779
msgid "The auto-tuning algorithm sets <literal>maxusers</literal> equal to the amount of memory in the system, with a minimum of <literal>32</literal>, and a maximum of <literal>384</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21776
msgid "In older releases, the system will auto-tune <literal>maxusers</literal> if it is set to <literal>0</literal>. <_:footnote-1/>. When setting this option, set <literal>maxusers</literal> to at least <literal>4</literal>, especially if the system runs <application>Xorg</application> or is used to compile software. The most important table set by <literal>maxusers</literal> is the maximum number of processes, which is set to <literal>20 + 16 * maxusers</literal>. If <literal>maxusers</literal> is set to <literal>1</literal>, there can only be <literal>36</literal> simultaneous processes, including the <literal>18</literal> or so that the system starts up at boot time and the <literal>15</literal> or so used by <application>Xorg</application>. Even a simple task like reading a manual page will start up nine processes to filter, decompress, and view it. Setting <literal>maxusers</literal> to <literal>64</literal> allows up to <literal>1044</literal> simultaneous processes, which should be enough for nearly all uses. If, however, the <errortype>proc table full</errortype> error is displayed when trying to start another program, or a server is running with a large number of simultaneous users, increase the number and rebuild."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:21808
msgid "<literal>maxusers</literal> does <emphasis>not</emphasis> limit the number of users which can log into the machine. It instead sets various table sizes to reasonable values considering the maximum number of users on the system and how many processes each user will be running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21818
msgid "<varname>kern.ipc.soacceptqueue</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21820
msgid "<primary><varname>kern.ipc.soacceptqueue</varname></primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21824
msgid "The <varname>kern.ipc.soacceptqueue</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable limits the size of the listen queue for accepting new <literal>TCP</literal> connections. The default value of <literal>128</literal> is typically too low for robust handling of new connections on a heavily loaded web server. For such environments, it is recommended to increase this value to <literal>1024</literal> or higher. A service such as <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or <application>Apache</application> may itself limit the listen queue size, but will often have a directive in its configuration file to adjust the queue size. Large listen queues do a better job of avoiding Denial of Service (<acronym>DoS</acronym>) attacks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21841
msgid "Network Limits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21843
msgid "The <literal>NMBCLUSTERS</literal> kernel configuration option dictates the amount of network Mbufs available to the system. A heavily-trafficked server with a low number of Mbufs will hinder performance. Each cluster represents approximately 2 K of memory, so a value of <literal>1024</literal> represents <literal>2</literal> megabytes of kernel memory reserved for network buffers. A simple calculation can be done to figure out how many are needed. A web server which maxes out at <literal>1000</literal> simultaneous connections where each connection uses a 6 K receive and 16 K send buffer, requires approximately 32 MB worth of network buffers to cover the web server. A good rule of thumb is to multiply by <literal>2</literal>, so 2x32 MB / 2 KB = 64 MB / 2 kB = <literal>32768</literal>. Values between <literal>4096</literal> and <literal>32768</literal> are recommended for machines with greater amounts of memory. Never specify an arbitrarily high value for this parameter as it could lead to a boot time crash. To observe network cluster usage, use <option>-m</option> with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>netstat</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21867
msgid "The <varname>kern.ipc.nmbclusters</varname> loader tunable should be used to tune this at boot time. Only older versions of FreeBSD will require the use of the <literal>NMBCLUSTERS</literal> kernel <citerefentry><refentrytitle>config</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:21873
msgid "For busy servers that make extensive use of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call, it may be necessary to increase the number of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> buffers via the <literal>NSFBUFS</literal> kernel configuration option or by setting its value in <filename>/boot/loader.conf</filename> (see <citerefentry><refentrytitle>loader</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> for details). A common indicator that this parameter needs to be adjusted is when processes are seen in the <literal>sfbufa</literal> state. The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable <varname>kern.ipc.nsfbufs</varname> is read-only. This parameter nominally scales with <varname>kern.maxusers</varname>, however it may be necessary to tune accordingly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:21887
msgid "Even though a socket has been marked as non-blocking, calling <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> on the non-blocking socket may result in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sendfile</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> call blocking until enough <literal>struct sf_buf</literal>'s are made available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21895
msgid "<varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.*</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21897
msgid "<primary>net.inet.ip.portrange.*</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21901
msgid "The <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.*</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables control the port number ranges automatically bound to <literal>TCP</literal> and <literal>UDP</literal> sockets. There are three ranges: a low range, a default range, and a high range. Most network programs use the default range which is controlled by <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.first</varname> and <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.last</varname>, which default to <literal>1024</literal> and <literal>5000</literal>, respectively. Bound port ranges are used for outgoing connections and it is possible to run the system out of ports under certain circumstances. This most commonly occurs when running a heavily loaded web proxy. The port range is not an issue when running a server which handles mainly incoming connections, such as a web server, or has a limited number of outgoing connections, such as a mail relay. For situations where there is a shortage of ports, it is recommended to increase <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.last</varname> modestly. A value of <literal>10000</literal>, <literal>20000</literal> or <literal>30000</literal> may be reasonable. Consider firewall effects when changing the port range. Some firewalls may block large ranges of ports, usually low-numbered ports, and expect systems to use higher ranges of ports for outgoing connections. For this reason, it is not recommended that the value of <varname>net.inet.ip.portrange.first</varname> be lowered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21932
msgid "<literal>TCP</literal> Bandwidth Delay Product"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:21934
msgid "<primary><literal>TCP</literal> Bandwidth Delay Product Limiting</primary> <secondary><varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.enable</varname></secondary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21940
msgid "<literal>TCP</literal> bandwidth delay product limiting can be enabled by setting the <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.enable</varname> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>sysctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> variable to <literal>1</literal>. This instructs the system to attempt to calculate the bandwidth delay product for each connection and limit the amount of data queued to the network to just the amount required to maintain optimum throughput."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21949
msgid "This feature is useful when serving data over modems, Gigabit Ethernet, high speed <literal>WAN</literal> links, or any other link with a high bandwidth delay product, especially when also using window scaling or when a large send window has been configured. When enabling this option, also set <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.debug</varname> to <literal>0</literal> to disable debugging. For production use, setting <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.min</varname> to at least <literal>6144</literal> may be beneficial. Setting high minimums may effectively disable bandwidth limiting, depending on the link. The limiting feature reduces the amount of data built up in intermediate route and switch packet queues and reduces the amount of data built up in the local host's interface queue. With fewer queued packets, interactive connections, especially over slow modems, will operate with lower <emphasis>Round Trip Times</emphasis>. This feature only effects server side data transmission such as uploading. It has no effect on data reception or downloading."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21969
msgid "Adjusting <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.stab</varname> is <emphasis>not</emphasis> recommended. This parameter defaults to <literal>20</literal>, representing 2 maximal packets added to the bandwidth delay product window calculation. The additional window is required to stabilize the algorithm and improve responsiveness to changing conditions, but it can also result in higher <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ping</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> times over slow links, though still much lower than without the inflight algorithm. In such cases, try reducing this parameter to <literal>15</literal>, <literal>10</literal>, or <literal>5</literal> and reducing <varname>net.inet.tcp.inflight.min</varname> to a value such as <literal>3500</literal> to get the desired effect. Reducing these parameters should be done as a last resort only."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:21988
msgid "Virtual Memory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:21991
msgid "<varname>kern.maxvnodes</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:21993
msgid "A vnode is the internal representation of a file or directory. Increasing the number of vnodes available to the operating system reduces disk I/O. Normally, this is handled by the operating system and does not need to be changed. In some cases where disk I/O is a bottleneck and the system is running out of vnodes, this setting needs to be increased. The amount of inactive and free <acronym>RAM</acronym> will need to be taken into account."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22003
msgid "To see the current number of vnodes in use:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22005
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl vfs.numvnodes</userinput>\n"
"vfs.numvnodes: 91349"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22008
msgid "To see the maximum vnodes:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22010
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>sysctl kern.maxvnodes</userinput>\n"
"kern.maxvnodes: 100000"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:22013
msgid "If the current vnode usage is near the maximum, try increasing <varname>kern.maxvnodes</varname> by a value of <literal>1000</literal>. Keep an eye on the number of <varname>vfs.numvnodes</varname>. If it climbs up to the maximum again, <varname>kern.maxvnodes</varname> will need to be increased further. Otherwise, a shift in memory usage as reported by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>top</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> should be visible and more memory should be active."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:22026
msgid "Adding Swap Space"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22028
msgid "Sometimes a system requires more swap space. This section describes two methods to increase swap space: adding swap to an existing partition or new hard drive, and creating a swap file on an existing partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22033
msgid "For information on how to encrypt swap space, which options exist, and why it should be done, refer to <xref linkend=\"swap-encrypting\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22037
msgid "Swap on a New Hard Drive or Existing Partition"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22039
msgid "Adding a new hard drive for swap gives better performance than using a partition on an existing drive. Setting up partitions and hard drives is explained in <xref linkend=\"disks-adding\"/> while <xref linkend=\"configtuning-initial\"/> discusses partition layouts and swap partition size considerations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22044
msgid "Use <command>swapon</command> to add a swap partition to the system. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22047
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapon <replaceable>/dev/ada1s1b</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:22050
msgid "It is possible to use any partition not currently mounted, even if it already contains data. Using <command>swapon</command> on a partition that contains data will overwrite and destroy that data. Make sure that the partition to be added as swap is really the intended partition before running <command>swapon</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22058
msgid "To automatically add this swap partition on boot, add an entry to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:22061
#, no-wrap
msgid "<replaceable>/dev/ada1s1b</replaceable>\tnone\tswap\tsw\t0\t0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22063
msgid "See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>fstab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for an explanation of the entries in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. More information about <command>swapon</command> can be found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>swapon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:22070
msgid "Creating a Swap File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22072
msgid "These examples create a 64M swap file called <filename>/usr/swap0</filename> instead of using a partition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:22076
msgid "Using swap files requires that the module needed by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>md</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> has either been built into the kernel or has been loaded before swap is enabled. See <xref linkend=\"kernelconfig\"/> for information about building a custom kernel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:22083
msgid "Creating a Swap File on FreeBSD 10.<replaceable>X</replaceable> and Later"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22088
msgid "Create the swap file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22090 book.translate.xml:22128
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>dd if=/dev/zero of=<replaceable>/usr/swap0</replaceable> bs=1m count=<replaceable>64</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22094
msgid "Set the proper permissions on the new file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22096 book.translate.xml:22135
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>chmod 0600 <replaceable>/usr/swap0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22100
msgid "Inform the system about the swap file by adding a line to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:22103
#, no-wrap
msgid "md99\tnone\tswap\tsw,file=/usr/swap0,late\t0\t0"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22105
msgid "The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>md</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></citerefentry> device <filename>md99</filename> is used, leaving lower device numbers available for interactive use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22111
msgid "Swap space will be added on system startup. To add swap space immediately, use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>swapon</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22114
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>swapon -aL</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:22120
msgid "Creating a Swap File on FreeBSD 9.<replaceable>X</replaceable> and Earlier"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22125
msgid "Create the swap file, <filename>/usr/swap0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22132
msgid "Set the proper permissions on <filename>/usr/swap0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22139
msgid "Enable the swap file in <filename>/etc/rc.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:22142
#, no-wrap
msgid "swapfile=\"<replaceable>/usr/swap0</replaceable>\"   # Set to name of swap file"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:22146
msgid "Swap space will be added on system startup. To enable the swap file immediately, specify a free memory device. Refer to <xref linkend=\"disks-virtual\"/> for more information about memory devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:22151
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>mdconfig -a -t vnode -f <replaceable>/usr/swap0</replaceable> -u <replaceable>0</replaceable> &amp;&amp; swapon /dev/md<replaceable>0</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:22160
msgid "Power and Resource Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:22163
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Hiten</firstname> <surname>Pandya</surname> </personname> <contrib>Written by </contrib>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: book.translate.xml:22171 book.translate.xml:22651
msgid "<personname> <firstname>Tom</firstname> <surname>Rhodes</surname> </personname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:22180
msgid "It is important to utilize hardware resources in an efficient manner. Power and resource management allows the operating system to monitor system limits and to possibly provide an alert if the system temperature increases